Search records | 東京工業大学附属図書館蔵書検索

選択: 全てをチェック | 全てのチェックをはずす

表示順選択

10 | 50 | 100 / ページ

検索結果: 8178 件

図書

1. Bionanodesign : following nature's touch

Maxim Ryadnov

出版情報:	Cambridge : RSC Publishing, c2009 ix, 238 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	RSC nanoscience & nanotechnology ; no.7
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introductory Notes / Chapter 1：

Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1：

Encoding Instructive / 1.2：

Starting Lowest / 1.3：

Picturing Biological / 1.4：

References

Recycling Hereditary / Chapter 2：

Coding Dual / 2.1：

Deoxyribonucleic / 2.1.1：

Building up in Two / 2.1.1.1：

Keeping in Shape / 2.1.1.2：

Priming Topological / 2.1.2：

Resequencing Basic / 2.1.2.1：

Choosing the Fittest / 2.1.2.1.1：

Evolving Diverse / 2.1.2.1.2：

Primary Motifs / 2.1.2.2：

Gluing Universal / 2.1.2.2.1：

Alienating Axial / 2.1.2.2.2：

Fixing Spatial / 2.2：

Hinting Geometric: Secondary Motifs / 2.2.1：

Crossing Double / 2.2.1.1：

Reporting Visible / 2.2.1.1.1：

Translating Symmetrical / 2.2.1.1.2：

Extending Cohesive / 2.2.1.2：

Sharing Mutual / 2.2.1.2.1：

Multiplying Traversal / 2.2.1.2.2：

Tiling Square / 2.2.1.2.3：

Scaffolding Algorithmic / 2.3：

Pursuing Autonomous / 2.3.1：

Lengthening to Shorten / 2.3.1.1：

Gathering to Limit / 2.3.1.2：

Assigning Arbitrary / 2.3.2：

Synchronising Local / 2.3.2.1：

Prescribing General / 2.3.2.2：

Adding up to Third / 2.3.3：

Wrapping to Shut / 2.3.3.1：

Framing to Classify / 2.3.3.2：

Outlook / 2.4：

Recaging Within / Chapter 3：

Enclosing to Deliver / 3.1：

Transporting Foreign / 3.1.1：

Fitting Flat and Straight / 3.1.1.1：

Spiralling Along / 3.1.1.2：

Packing Out and In / 3.1.2：

Spooling Around / 3.1.2.1：

Tunnelling Through

Escaping Walled / 3.1.3：

Capturing On and Off / 3.1.3.1：

Storing Exchangeable / 3.1.3.2：

Reacting Nano / 3.2：

Clustering Spherical / 3.2.1：

Contriving Consistent / 3.2.1.1：

Scaling Hosting / 3.2.1.2：

Following Linear / 3.2.2：

Channelling Inner

Converting Outer

Repairing from Inside / 3.3：

Uninviting Levy / 3.3.1：

Necessitating Exterior / 3.3.2：

Antagonising Dressing / 3.3.2.1：

Renting Occasional / 3.3.2.1.2：

Phasing West / 3.3.2.2：

Facing Concentric / 3.3.2.2.1：

Encircling Between / 3.3.2.2.2：

Singling Out Unique / 3.3.2.2.3：

Sharing the Balance / 3.3.3：

Driving Symmetrical / 3.3.3.1：

Sealing Annular / 3.3.3.2：

Reassembling Multiple / 3.4：

Keeping All in Touch / 4.1：

Unravelling the Essential / 4.1.1：

Winding Three in One / 4.1.1.1：

Aligning Stagger / 4.1.1.2：

Tapering Polar / 4.1.1.3：

Branching and Stretching / 4.1.1.4：

Replicating Apparent / 4.1.2：

Scraping Refusal / 4.1.2.1：

Tempting Compatible / 4.1.2.2：

Likening Synthetic / 4.1.2.3：

Recovering Intelligent / 4.1.2.4：

Restoring Available / 4.2：

Prompting Longitudinal / 4.2.1：

Invoking Granted / 4.2.1.1：

Reposing Modular / 4.3：

Displacing Coil / 4.3.1：

Settling Lateral / 4.3.2：

Bundling Exclusive / 4.3.2.1：

Permitting Distinctive / 4.3.2.2：

Inviting Captive / 4.3.2.3：

Clearing Limiting / 4.3.3：

Equilibrating Transitional / 4.3.3.1：

Extracting Minimal / 4.3.3.2：

Gambling Beyond / 4.4：

Guiding Proliferative / 4.4.1：

Feeding Proximate / 4.4.1.1：

Rooting Renewal / 4.4.1.2：

Accepting Inescapable / 4.4.2：

Patterning Positional / 4.4.2.1：

Relating Interfacial / 4.4.2.2：

Grafting Integral / 4.4.2.3：

Concluding Remarks / 4.5：

Learning Fluent / 5.1：

Parsing Semantic / 5.2：

Drawing Pragmatic / 5.3：

Revealing Contributory / Chapter 6：

Subject Index

Introductory Notes / Chapter 1：

Inspiring Hierarchical / 1.1：

Encoding Instructive / 1.2：

図書

2. Enzyme kinetics : principles and methods. 2nd, revised and update ed

Hans Bisswanger

出版情報:	Weinheim : WILEY-VCH, c2008 xviii, 301 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface to the Second English Edition

Preface to the First English Edition

Symbols and Abbreviations

Introduction and Definitions

References

Multiple Equilibria / 1：

Diffusion / 1.1：

Interaction between Macromolecules and Ligands / 1.2：

Binding Constants / 1.2.1：

Macromolecules with One Binding Site / 1.2.2：

Macromolecules with Identical Independent Binding Sites / 1.3：

General Binding Equation / 1.3.1：

Graphic Representations of the Binding Equation / 1.3.2：

Direct and Linear Diagrams / 1.3.2.1：

Analysis of Binding Data from Spectroscopic Titrations / 1.3.2.2：

Binding of Different Ligands, Competition / 1.3.3：

Non-competitive Binding / 1.3.4：

Macromolecules with Non-identical, Independent Binding Sites / 1.4：

Macromolecules with Identical, Interacting Binding Sites, Cooperativity / 1.5：

The Hill Equation / 1.5.1：

The Adair Equation / 1.5.2：

The Pauling Model / 1.5.3：

Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.4：

The Symmetry or Concerted Model / 1.5.5：

The Sequential Model and Negative Cooperativity / 1.5.6：

Analysis of Cooperativity / 1.5.7：

Physiological Aspects of Cooperativity / 1.5.8：

Examples of Allosteric Enzymes / 1.5.9：

Hemoglobin / 1.5.9.1：

Aspartate Transcarbamoylase / 1.5.9.2：

Aspartokinase / 1.5.9.3：

Phosphofructokinase / 1.5.9.4：

Allosteric Regulation of the Glycogen Metabolism / 1.5.9.5：

Membrane Bound Enzymes and Receptors / 1.5.9.6：

Non-identical, Interacting Binding Sites / 1.6：

Enzyme Kinetics / 2：

Reaction Order / 2.1：

First Order Reactions / 2.1.1：

Second Order Reactions / 2.1.2：

Zero Order Reactions / 2.1.3：

Steady-State Kinetics and the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2：

Derivation of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.2.1：

Analysis of Enzyme Kinetic Data / 2.3：

Graphical Representations of the Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.1：

Direct and Semi-logarithmic Representations / 2.3.1.1：

Direct Linear Plots / 2.3.1.2：

Linearization Methods / 2.3.1.3：

Analysis of Progress Curves / 2.3.2：

Integrated Michaelis-Menten Equation / 2.3.2.1：

Determination of Reaction Rates / 2.3.2.2：

Graphic Methods for Rate Determination / 2.3.2.3：

Graphic Determination of True Initial Rates / 2.3.2.4：

Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4：

Rate Equation for Reversible Enzyme Reactions / 2.4.1：

The Haldane Relationship / 2.4.2：

Product Inhibition / 2.4.3：

Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5：

Unspecific Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.1：

Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2：

General Features of Irreversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.2.1：

Suicide Substrates / 2.5.2.2：

Transition State Analogs / 2.5.2.3：

Analysis of Irreversible Inhibitions / 2.5.2.4：

Reversible Enzyme Inhibition / 2.5.3：

General Rate Equation / 2.5.3.1：

Non-Competitive Inhibition and Graphic Representation of Inhibition Data / 2.5.3.2：

Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.3：

Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.4：

Partially Non-competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.5：

Partially Uncompetitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.6：

Partially Competitive Inhibition / 2.5.3.7：

Noncompetitive and Uncompetitive Product Inhibition / 2.5.3.8：

Substrate Inhibition / 2.5.3.9：

Enzyme Reactions with Two Competing Substrates / 2.5.4：

Different Enzymes Catalyzing the Same Reaction / 2.5.5：

Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6：

Nomenclature / 2.6.1：

Random Mechanism / 2.6.2：

Ordered Mechanism / 2.6.3：

Ping-pong Mechanism / 2.6.4：

Product Inhibition in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.5：

Haldane Relationships in Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.6：

Mechanisms with more than Two Substrates / 2.6.7：

Other Nomenclatures for Multi-substrate Reactions / 2.6.8：

Derivation of Rate Equations of Complex Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.7：

King-Altmann Method / 2.7.1：

Simplified Derivations Applying Graph Theory / 2.7.2：

Combination of Equilibrium and Steady State Approach / 2.7.3：

Kinetic Treatment of Allosteric Enzymes / 2.8：

Hysteretic Enzymes / 2.8.1：

Kinetic Cooperativity, the Slow Transition Model / 2.8.2：

pH and Temperature Dependence of Enzymes / 2.9：

pH Optimum and Determination of pK Values / 2.9.1：

pH Stability / 2.9.2：

Temperature Dependence / 2.9.3：

Isotope Exchange / 2.10：

Isotope Exchange Kinetics / 2.10.1：

Isotope Effects / 2.10.2：

Primary Kinetic Isotope Effect / 2.10.2.1：

Influence of the Kinetic Isotope Effect on V and Km / 2.10.2.2：

Other Isotope Effects / 2.10.2.3：

Special Enzyme Mechanisms / 2.11：

Ribozymes / 2.11.1：

Polymer Substrates / 2.11.2：

Kinetics of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3：

External Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.1：

Internal Diffusion Limitation / 2.11.3.2：

Inhibition of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.3：

pH and Temperature Behavior of Immobilized Enzymes / 2.11.3.4：

Transport Processes / 2.11.4：

Enzyme Reactions at Membrane Interfaces / 2.11.5：

Application of Statistical Methods in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12：

General Remarks / 2.12.1：

Statistical Terms Used in Enzyme Kinetics / 2.12.2：

Methods / 3：

Methods for Investigation of Multiple Equilibria / 3.1：

Equilibrium Dialysis and General Aspects of Binding Measurements / 3.1.1：

Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.1：

Control Experiments and Sources of Error / 3.1.1.2：

Continuous Equilibrium Dialysis / 3.1.1.3：

Ultrafiltration / 3.1.2：

Gel Filtration / 3.1.3：

Batch Method / 3.1.3.1：

The Method of Hummel and Dreyer / 3.1.3.2：

Other Gel Filtration Methods / 3.1.3.3：

Ultracentrifugation / 3.1.4：

Fixed Angle Ultracentrifugation Methods / 3.1.4.1：

Sucrose Gradient Centrifugation / 3.1.4.2：

Surface Plasmon Resonance / 3.1.5：

Electrochemical Methods / 3.2：

The Oxygen Electrode / 3.2.1：

The CO2 Electrode / 3.2.2：

Potentiometry, Redox Potentials / 3.2.3：

The pH-stat / 3.2.4：

Polarography / 3.2.5：

Calorimetry / 3.3：

Spectroscopic Methods / 3.4：

Absorption Spectroscopy / 3.4.1：

The Lambert-Beer Law / 3.4.1.1：

Spectral Properties of Enzymes and Ligands / 3.4.1.2：

Structure of Spectrophotometers / 3.4.1.3：

Double Beam Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.4：

Difference Spectroscopy / 3.4.1.5：

The Dual Wavelength Spectrophotometer / 3.4.1.6：

Photochemical Action Spectra / 3.4.1.7：

Bioluminescence / 3.4.2：

Fluorescence / 3.4.3：

Quantum Yield / 3.4.3.1：

Structure of Spectrofluorimeters / 3.4.3.2：

Perturbations of Fluorescence Measurements / 3.4.3.3：

Fluorescent Compounds (Fluorophores) / 3.4.3.4：

Radiationless Energy Transfer / 3.4.3.5：

Fluorescence Polarization / 3.4.3.6：

Pulse Fluorimetry / 3.4.3.7：

Circular Dichroism and Optical Rotation Dispersion / 3.4.4：

Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5：

IR Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.1：

Raman Spectroscopy / 3.4.5.2：

Applications / 3.4.5.3：

Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy / 3.4.6：

Measurement of Fast Reactions / 3.5：

Flow Methods / 3.5.1：

The Continuous Flow Method / 3.5.1.1：

The Stopped-flow Method / 3.5.1.2：

Measurement of Enzyme Reactions by Flow Methods / 3.5.1.3：

Determination of the Dead Time / 3.5.1.4：

Relaxation Methods / 3.5.2：

The Temperature Jump Method / 3.5.2.1：

The Pressure Jump Method / 3.5.2.2：

The Electric Field Method / 3.5.2.3：

Flash Photolysis, Pico- and Femto-second Spectroscopy / 3.5.3：

Evaluation of Rapid Kinetic Reactions (Transient Kinetics) / 3.5.4：

Subject Index

Preface to the Second English Edition

Preface to the First English Edition

Symbols and Abbreviations

図書

3. Theoretical femtosecond physics : atoms and molecules in strong laser fields

F. Grossmann

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2008 xiii, 214 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Springer series on atomic, optical, and plasma physics ; 48
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Prerequisites / Part I：

A Short Introduction to Laser Physics / 1：

The Einstein Coefficients / 1.1：

Fundamentals of the Laser / 1.2：

Elementary Laser Theory / 1.2.1：

Realization of the Laser Principle / 1.2.2：

Pulsed Lasers / 1.3：

Frequency Comb / 1.3.1：

Carrier Envelope Phase / 1.3.2：

Husimi Representation of Laser Pulses / 1.3.3：

Some Gaussian Integrals / 1.A：

References

Time-Dependent Quantum Theory / 2：

The Time-Dependent Schrodinger Equation / 2.1：

Introduction / 2.1.1：

Time-Evolution Operator / 2.1.2：

Spectral Information / 2.1.3：

Analytical Solutions for Wavepackets / 2.1.4：

Analytical Approaches / 2.2：

Feynman's Path Integral / 2.2.1：

Semiclassical Approximation / 2.2.2：

Time-Dependent Perturbation Theory / 2.2.3：

Magnus Expansion / 2.2.4：

Time-Dependent Hartree Method / 2.2.5：

Quantum-Classical Methods / 2.2.6：

Floquet Theory / 2.2.7：

Numerical Methods / 2.3：

Orthogonal Basis Expansion / 2.3.1：

Split-Operator FFT Method / 2.3.2：

Alternative Methods of Time-Evolution / 2.3.3：

Semiclassical Initial Value Representations / 2.3.4：

The Royal Road to the Path Integral / 2.A：

Variational Calculus / 2.B：

Stability Matrix / 2.C：

From the HK- to the VVG-Propagator / 2.D：

Applications / Part II：

Field Matter Coupling and Two-Level Systems / 3：

Light Matter Interaction / 3.1：

Minimal Coupling / 3.1.1：

Length Gauge / 3.1.2：

Kramers-Henneberger Transformation / 3.1.3：

Volkov Wavepacket / 3.1.4：

Analytically Solvable Two-Level Problems / 3.2：

Dipole Matrix Element / 3.2.1：

Rabi Oscillations Induced by a Constant Perturbation / 3.2.2：

Time-Dependent Perturbations / 3.2.3：

Exactly Solvable Time-Dependent Cases / 3.2.4：

Generalized Parity Transformation / 3.A：

Two-Level System in an Incoherent Field / 3.B：

Single Electron Atoms in Strong Laser Fields / 4：

The Hydrogen Atom / 4.1：

Hydrogen in Three Dimensions / 4.1.1：

The One-Dimensional Coulomb Problem / 4.1.2：

Field Induced Ionization / 4.2：

Tunnel Ionization / 4.2.1：

Multiphoton Ionization / 4.2.2：

ATI in the Coulomb Potential / 4.2.3：

Stabilization in Very Strong Fields / 4.2.4：

Atoms Driven by HCP / 4.2.5：

High Harmonic Generation / 4.3：

Three-Step Model / 4.3.1：

Odd Harmonics Rule / 4.3.2：

Semiclassical Explanation of the Plateau / 4.3.3：

Cutoff and Odd Harmonics Revisited / 4.3.4：

Other Transmission Solutions / 6.6：

The Floating Platform / 6.6.1：

The Spring-Loaded Slider / 6.6.2：

Design and Control of the Laval Underactuated Hands / 6.7：

Design of Laval Underactuated Hands / 7.1：

Location and Orientation of the Fingers / 7.2.1：

Pinch Grasp Mechanism / 7.2.2：

The MARS Hand / 7.2.3：

The SARAH Hands / 7.2.4：

Control and Experimentation of the Laval Underactuated Hands / 7.3：

Hybrid Control of the MARS Hand / 7.3.1：

Force Control of the MARS Hand / 7.3.2：

Control of the SARAH hands / 7.3.3：

Conclusion / 7.4：

Summary and Contributions of the Book / 8.1：

Perspectives / 8.2：

Mathematical Proofs / A：

Influence of the Base Joint Spring / A.1：

Influence of k[subscript 1] / A.2：

Relationship between Proximal and Intermediate Forces / A.3：

Transmission Tree Formulae / A.4：

Serial Transmission Tree / A.4.1：

Symmetrical Transmission Tree / A.4.2：

References

Index

Introduction / 1：

Underactuation / 1.1：

Contributions of the Book / 1.2：

45.

図書

45. Computational methods for fluid dynamics. 3rd, rev. ed (: pbk)

Joel H. Ferziger, Milovan Perić

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2002 xiv, 423 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Basic Concepts of Fluid Flow / 1.：

Introduction / 1.1：

Conservation Principles / 1.2：

Mass Conservation / 1.3：

Momentum Conservation / 1.4：

Conservation of Scalar Quantities / 1.5：

Dimensionless Form of Equations / 1.6：

Simplified Mathematical Models / 1.7：

Incompressible Flow / 1.7.1：

Inviscid (Euler) Flow / 1.7.2：

Potential Flow / 1.7.3：

Creeping (Stokes) Flow / 1.7.4：

Boussinesq Approximation / 1.7.5：

Boundary Layer Approximation / 1.7.6：

Modeling of Complex Flow Phenomena / 1.7.7：

Mathematical Classification of Flows / 1.8：

Hyperbolic Flows / 1.8.1：

Parabolic Flows / 1.8.2：

Elliptic Flows / 1.8.3：

Mixed Flow Types / 1.8.4：

Plan of This Book / 1.9：

Introduction to Numerical Methods / 2.：

Approaches to Fluid Dynamical Problems / 2.1：

What is CFD? / 2.2：

Possibilities and Limitations of Numerical Methods / 2.3：

Components of a Numerical Solution Method / 2.4：

Mathematical Model / 2.4.1：

Discretization Method / 2.4.2：

Coordinate and Basis Vector Systems / 2.4.3：

Numerical Grid / 2.4.4：

Finite Approximations / 2.4.5：

Solution Method / 2.4.6：

Convergence Criteria / 2.4.7：

Properties of Numerical Solution Methods / 2.5：

Consistency / 2.5.1：

Stability / 2.5.2：

Convergence / 2.5.3：

Conservation / 2.5.4：

Boundedness / 2.5.5：

Realizability / 2.5.6：

Accuracy / 2.5.7：

Discretization Approaches / 2.6：

Finite Difference Method / 2.6.1：

Finite Volume Method / 2.6.2：

Finite Element Method / 2.6.3：

Finite Difference Methods / 3.：

Basic Concept / 3.1：

Approximation of the First Derivative / 3.3：

Taylor Series Expansion / 3.3.1：

Polynomial Fitting / 3.3.2：

Compact Schemes / 3.3.3：

Non-Uniform Grids / 3.3.4：

Approximation of the Second Derivative / 3.4：

Approximation of Mixed Derivatives / 3.5：

Approximation of Other Terms / 3.6：

Implementation of Boundary Conditions / 3.7：

The Algebraic Equation System / 3.8：

Discretization Errors / 3.9：

An Introduction to Spectral Methods / 3.10：

Another View of Discretization Error / 3.10.1：

Example / 3.11：

Finite Volume Methods / 4.：

Approximation of Surface Integrals / 4.1：

Approximation of Volume Integrals / 4.3：

Interpolation and Differentiation Practices / 4.4：

Upwind Interpolation (UDS) / 4.4.1：

Linear Interpolation (CDS) / 4.4.2：

Quadratic Upwind Interpolation (QUICK) / 4.4.3：

Higher-Order Schemes / 4.4.4：

Other Schemes / 4.4.5：

Examples / 4.5：

Solution of Linear Equation Systems / 5.：

Direct Methods / 5.1：

Gauss Elimination / 5.2.1：

LU Decomposition / 5.2.2：

Tridiagonal Systems / 5.2.3：

Cyclic Reduction / 5.2.4：

Iterative Methods / 5.3：

Some Basic Methods / 5.3.1：

Incomplete LU Decomposition: Stone's Method / 5.3.4：

ADI and Other Splitting Methods / 5.3.5：

Conjugate Gradient Methods / 5.3.6：

Biconjugate Gradients and CGSTAB / 5.3.7：

Multigrid Methods / 5.3.8：

Other Iterative Solvers / 5.3.9：

Coupled Equations and Their Solution / 5.4：

Simultaneous Solution / 5.4.1：

Sequential Solution / 5.4.2：

Under-Relaxation / 5.4.3：

Non-Linear Equations and their Solution / 5.5：

Newton-like Techniques / 5.5.1：

Other Techniques / 5.5.2：

Deferred-Correction Approaches / 5.6：

Convergence Criteria and Iteration Errors / 5.7：

Methods for Unsteady Problems / 5.8：

Methods for Initial Value Problems in ODEs / 6.1：

Two-Level Methods / 6.2.1：

Predictor-Corrector and Multipoint Methods / 6.2.2：

Runge-Kutta Methods / 6.2.3：

Other Methods / 6.2.4：

Application to the Generic Transport Equation / 6.3：

Explicit Methods / 6.3.1：

Implicit Methods / 6.3.2：

Solution of the Navier-Stokes Equations / 6.3.3：

Special Features of the Navier-Stokes Equations / 7.1：

Discretization of Convective and Viscous Terms / 7.1.1：

Discretization of Pressure Terms and Body Forces / 7.1.2：

Conservation Properties / 7.1.3：

Choice of Variable Arrangement on the Grid / 7.2：

Colocated Arrangement / 7.2.1：

Staggered Arrangements / 7.2.2：

Calculation of the Pressure / 7.3：

The Pressure Equation and its Solution / 7.3.1：

A Simple Explicit Time Advance Scheme / 7.3.2：

A Simple Implicit Time Advance Method / 7.3.3：

Implicit Pressure-Correction Methods / 7.3.4：

Fractional Step Methods / 7.4：

Streamfunction-Vorticity Methods / 7.4.2：

Artificial Compressibility Methods / 7.4.3：

Solution Methods for the Navier-Stokes Equations / 7.5：

Implicit Scheme Using Pressure-Correction and a Staggered Grid / 7.5.1：

Treatment of Pressure for Colocated Variables / 7.5.2：

SIMPLE Algorithm for a Colocated Variable Arrangement / 7.5.3：

Note on Pressure and Incompressibility / 7.6：

Boundary Conditions for the Navier-Stokes Equations / 7.7：

Complex Geometries / 7.8：

The Choice of Grid / 8.1：

Stepwise Approximation Using Regular Grids / 8.1.1：

Overlapping Grids / 8.1.2：

Boundary-Fitted Non-Orthogonal Grids / 8.1.3：

Grid Generation / 8.2：

The Choice of Velocity Components / 8.3：

Grid-Oriented Velocity Components / 8.3.1：

Cartesian Velocity Components / 8.3.2：

The Choice of Variable Arrangement / 8.4：

Methods Based on Coordinate Transformation / 8.4.1：

Method Based on Shape Functions / 8.5.2：

Approximation of Convective Fluxes / 8.6：

Approximation of Diffusive Fluxes / 8.6.2：

Approximation of Source Terms / 8.6.3：

Three-Dimensional Grids / 8.6.4：

Block-Structured Grids / 8.6.5：

Unstructured Grids / 8.6.6：

Control-Volume-Based Finite Element Methods / 8.7：

Pressure-Correction Equation / 8.8：

Axi-Symmetric Problems / 8.9：

Inlet / 8.10：

Outlet / 8.10.2：

Impermeable Walls / 8.10.3：

Symmetry Planes / 8.10.4：

Specified Pressure / 8.10.5：

Turbulent Flows / 8.11：

Direct Numerical Simulation (DNS) / 9.1：

Example: Spatial Decay of Grid Turbulence / 9.2.1：

Large Eddy Simulation (LES) / 9.3：

Smagorinsky and Related Models / 9.3.1：

Dynamic Models / 9.3.2：

Deconvolution Models / 9.3.3：

Example: Flow Over a Wall-Mounted Cube / 9.3.4：

Example: Stratified Homogeneous Shear Flow / 9.3.5：

RANS Models / 9.4：

Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) Equations / 9.4.1：

Simple Turbulence Models and their Application / 9.4.2：

The v2f Model / 9.4.3：

Example: Flow Around an Engine Valve / 9.4.4：

Reynolds Stress Models / 9.5：

Very Large Eddy Simulation / 9.6：

Compressible Flow / 10.：

Pressure-Correction Methods for Arbitrary Mach Number / 10.1：

Pressure-Velocity-Density Coupling / 10.2.1：

Boundary Conditions / 10.2.2：

Methods Designed for Compressible Flow / 10.2.3：

An Overview of Some Specific Methods / 10.3.1：

Efficiency and Accuracy Improvement / 11.：

Error Analysis and Estimation / 11.1：

Description of Errors / 11.1.1：

Estimation of Errors / 11.1.2：

Recommended Practice for CFD Uncertainty Analysis / 11.1.3：

Grid quality and optimization / 11.2：

Multigrid Methods for Flow Calculation / 11.3：

Adaptive Grid Methods and Local Grid Refinement / 11.4：

Parallel Computing in CFD / 11.5：

Iterative Schemes for Linear Equations / 11.5.1：

Domain Decomposition in Space / 11.5.2：

Domain Decomposition in Time / 11.5.3：

Efficiency of Parallel Computing / 11.5.4：

Special Topics / 12.：

Heat and Mass Transfer / 12.1：

Flows With Variable Fluid Properties / 12.3：

Moving Grids / 12.4：

Free-Surface Flows / 12.5：

Interface-Tracking Methods / 12.5.1：

Hybrid Methods / 12.5.2：

Meteorological and Oceanographic Applications / 12.6：

Multiphase flows / 12.7：

Combustion / 12.8：

Appendices / A.：

List of Computer Codes and How to Access Them / A.1：

List of Frequently Used Abbreviations / A.2：

References

Index

Preface

Basic Concepts of Fluid Flow / 1.：

Introduction / 1.1：

46.

図書

46. Numerical simulation in molecular dynamics : numerics, algorithms, parallelization, applications (: pbk)

Michael Griebel, Stephan Knapek, Gerhard Zumbusch

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2007 xi, 470 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Texts in computational science and engineering ; 5
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Computer Simulation - a Key Technology / 1：

From the Schrodinger Equation to Molecular Dynamics / 2：

The Schrodinger Equation / 2.1：

A Derivation of Classical Molecular Dynamics / 2.2：

TDSCF Approach and Ehrenfest Molecular Dynamics / 2.2.1：

Expansion in the Adiabatic Basis / 2.2.2：

Restriction to the Ground State / 2.2.3：

Approximation of the Potential Energy Hypersurface / 2.2.4：

An Outlook on Methods of Ab Initio Molecular Dynamics / 2.3：

The Linked Cell Method for Short-Range Potentials / 3：

Time Discretization - the Stormer-Verlet Method / 3.1：

Implementation of the Basic Algorithm / 3.2：

The Cutoff Radius / 3.3：

The Linked Cell Method / 3.4：

Implementation of the Linked Cell Method / 3.5：

First Application Examples and Extensions / 3.6：

Collision of Two Bodies I / 3.6.1：

Collision of Two Bodies II / 3.6.2：

Density Gradient / 3.6.3：

Rayleigh-Taylor Instability / 3.6.4：

Rayleigh-Benard Convection / 3.6.5：

Surface Waves in Granular Materials / 3.6.6：

Thermostats, Ensembles, and Applications / 3.7：

Thermostats and Equilibration / 3.7.1：

Statistical Mechanics and Thermodynamic Quantities / 3.7.2：

Phase Transition of Argon in the NVT Ensemble / 3.7.3：

The Parrinello-Rahman Method / 3.7.4：

Phase Transition of Argon in the NPT Ensemble / 3.7.5：

Parallelization / 4：

Parallel Computers and Parallelization Strategies / 4.1：

Domain Decomposition for the Linked Cell Method / 4.2：

Implementation / 4.3：

Performance Measurements and Benchmarks / 4.4：

Application Examples / 4.5：

Collision of Two Bodies / 4.5.1：

Extensions to More Complex Potentials and Molecules / 4.5.2：

Many-Body Potentials / 5.1：

Cracks in Metals - Finnis-Sinclair Potential / 5.1.1：

Phase Transition in Metals - EAM Potential / 5.1.2：

Fullerenes and Nanotubes - Brenner Potential / 5.1.3：

Potentials with Fixed Bond Structures / 5.2：

Membranes and Minimal Surfaces / 5.2.1：

Systems of Linear Molecules / 5.2.2：

Outlook to More Complex Molecules / 5.2.3：

Time Integration Methods / 6：

Errors of the Time Integration / 6.1：

Symplectic Methods / 6.2：

Multiple Time Step Methods - the Impulse Method / 6.3：

Constraints - the RATTLE Algorithm / 6.4：

Mesh-Based Methods for Long-Range Potentials / 7：

Solution of the Potential Equation / 7.1：

Boundary Conditions / 7.1.1：

Potential Equation and Potential Decomposition / 7.1.2：

Decomposition of the Potential Energy and of the Forces / 7.1.3：

Short-Range and Long-Range Energy and Force Terms / 7.2：

Short-Range Terms - Linked Cell Method / 7.2.1：

Long-Range Terms - Fast Poisson Solvers / 7.2.2：

Some Variants / 7.2.3：

Smooth Particle-Mesh Ewald Method (SPME) / 7.3：

Short-Range Terms / 7.3.1：

Long-Range Terms / 7.3.2：

Implementation of the SPME method / 7.3.3：

Application Examples and Extensions / 7.4：

Rayleigh-Taylor Instability with Coulomb Potential / 7.4.1：

Phase Transition in Ionic Microcrystals / 7.4.2：

Water as a Molecular System / 7.4.3：

Parallelization of the SPME Method / 7.5：

Example Application: Structure of the Universe / 7.5.2：

Tree Algorithms for Long-Range Potentials / 8：

Series Expansion of the Potential / 8.1：

Tree Structures for the Decomposition of the Far Field / 8.2：

Particle-Cluster Interactions and the Barnes-Hut Method / 8.3：

Method / 8.3.1：

Applications from Astrophysics / 8.3.2：

Parallel Tree Methods / 8.4：

An Implementation with Keys / 8.4.1：

Dynamical Load Balancing / 8.4.2：

Data Distribution with Space-Filling Curves / 8.4.3：

Applications / 8.4.4：

Methods of Higher Order / 8.5：

Cluster-Cluster Interactions and the Fast Multipole Method / 8.5.1：

Error Estimate / 8.6.1：

Comparisons and Outlook / 8.6.4：

Applications from Biochemistry and Biophysics / 9：

Bovine Pancreatic Trypsin Inhibitor / 9.1：

Membranes / 9.2：

Peptides and Proteins / 9.3：

Protein-Ligand Complex and Bonding / 9.4：

Prospects / 10：

Appendix / A：

Newton's, Hamilton's, and Euler-Lagrange's Equations / A.1：

Suggestions for Coding and Visualization / A.2：

Parallelization by MPI / A.3：

Maxwell-Boltzmann Distribution / A.4：

Parameters / A.5：

References

Index

Computer Simulation - a Key Technology / 1：

From the Schrodinger Equation to Molecular Dynamics / 2：

The Schrodinger Equation / 2.1：

47.

図書

47. Continuum models for phase transitions and twinning in crystals

Mario Pitteri, G. Zanzotto

出版情報:	Boca Raton, Fla. : Chapman & Hall/CRC, c2002 385 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Applied mathematics / ed. R.J. Knops ; 19
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

List of figures

List of tables

Foreword

Introduction / 1：

Outline of chapter contents / 1.1：

Some experimental observations / 1.2：

Preliminaries / 2：

Basic notation / 2.1：

Some notions of elementary group theory / 2.2：

Basic definitions / 2.2.1：

Conjugacy / 2.2.2：

Group actions and symmetry / 2.2.3：

Linear and orthogonal transformations / 2.3：

Tensors with period two / 2.3.1：

Simple shears / 2.3.2：

Finite groups of tensors or matrices / 2.3.3：

Affine transformations / 2.4：

Continuum mechanics / 2.5：

Deformation / 2.5.1：

Thermodynamic potentials and their invariance / 2.5.2：

Stability of equilibrium / 2.5.3：

Simple lattices / 3：

Definitions and global symmetry / 3.1：

Geometric symmetry and crystal systems / 3.2：

Crystallographic point groups and holohedries / 3.2.1：

Crystal classes and crystal systems / 3.2.2：

Laue groups / 3.2.3：

Arithmetic symmetry and Bravais lattice types / 3.3：

Lattice groups / 3.3.1：

Conjugacy in O (crystal systems) and in GL(3, Z) (Bravais lattice types) / 3.3.2：

Centerings / 3.3.3：

The fourteen Bravais lattices / 3.4：

Fixed sets of lattice groups / 3.5：

An example / 3.5.1：

Symmetry-preserving stretches for simple lattices / 3.6：

Commutation relations / 3.6.1：

Structure of the fixed sets / 3.6.2：

The Bain stretch in the centered cubic lattices / 3.6.3：

Lattice subspaces, packings and indices / 3.7：

Lattice rows and lattice planes / 3.7.1：

Close-packed structures / 3.7.2：

Miller indices and crystallographic equivalence / 3.7.3：

Miller-Bravais indices for hexagonal lattices / 3.7.4：

Lattice groups and fixed sets for planar lattices / 3.8：

Weak-transformation neighborhoods and variants / 4：

Reconciliatio of global and local symmetries / 4.1：

Symmetry-breaking stretches for simple lattices / 4.2：

Small deformations and weak phase transformations / 4.3：

Small symmetry-preserving stretches / 4.3.1：

Small symmetry-breaking stretches / 4.3.2：

Constructing the small symmetry-breaking stretches / 4.4：

Variant structures (local orbits) in the wt-nbhds / 4.5：

General definitions / 4.5.1：

Variants and cosets / 4.5.3：

Variant structures and conjugacy classes / 4.5.4：

Explicit variant structures / 5：

Variant structures in cubic wt-nbhds / 5.1：

Tetragonal conjugacy class and variant structure / 5.1.1：

Rhombohedral conjugacy class and variant structure / 5.1.2：

Orthorhombic conjugacy classes and variant structures / 5.1.3：

Orthorhombic 'cubic edges' variants / 5.1.3.1：

Orthorhombic 'mixed axes' variants / 5.1.3.2：

Monoclinic conjugacy classes / 5.1.4：

Monoclinic 'cubic edges' variants / 5.1.4.1：

Monoclinic 'face-diagonals' variants / 5.1.4.2：

Triclinic conjugacy class and variant structure / 5.1.5：

Variant structures in hexagonal wt-nbhds / 5.2：

Orthorhombic conjugacy class and variant structure / 5.2.1：

Monoclinic conjugacy classes and variant structures / 5.2.2：

Monoclinic 'basal diagonals' variants / 5.2.2.1：

Monoclinic 'basal side-axes' variants / 5.2.2.2：

Monoclinic 'optic axis' variants / 5.2.2.3：

Kinematics of weak phase transformations / 5.2.3：

Irreducible invariant subspaces for the holohedries / 5.4：

General properties / 5.4.1：

Reduced actions and reduced symmetry groups on the i.i. subspaces / 5.4.2：

Decompositions of Sym under the action of the holohedries / 5.4.3：

Triclinic decompositions / 5.4.3.1：

Monoclinic decompositions / 5.4.3.2：

Orthorhombic decompositions / 5.4.3.3：

Rhombohedral decompositions / 5.4.3.4：

Tetragonal decompositions / 5.4.3.5：

Hexagonal decompositions / 5.4.3.6：

Cubic decompositions / 5.4.3.7：

Energetics / 6：

Invariance of simple-lattice energies / 6.1：

The Cauchy-Born hypothesis / 6.2：

The Born rule / 6.2.1：

Failures of the Born rule / 6.2.2：

Thermoelastic constitutive equations for crystals / 6.3：

Invariance of the response functions of elastic crystals / 6.3.1：

Energy minimizers and their general properties / 6.4：

Multiplicity of the symmetry-related minimizers / 6.4.1：

Multiphase crystals: minimizers that are not symmetry-related / 6.4.2：

Lack of convexity and symmetry-induced instabilities / 6.4.3：

Constitutive functions for weak phase transitions / 6.5：

Weak and symmetry-breaking transformations / 6.5.1：

Domain restrictions for the constitutive functions / 6.5.2：

Energy wells in the wt-nbhds / 6.5.3：

In the vicinity of an energy well / 6.6：

Thermal expansion and compressibility of a crystal / 6.6.1：

The elasticity tensor / 6.6.2：

Temperature-dependence of the elastic moduli / 6.6.3：

Anisotropic elasticity / 6.7：

Bifurcation patterns / 7：

The Landau theory / 7.1：

Isolated critical points and bifurcation points / 7.2：

Neighborhoods of bifurcation points / 7.2.1：

Genericity / 7.2.2：

Reduced bifurcation problems; order parameters / 7.3：

Analysis of the reduced bifurcation problems / 7.4：

Reduced problem (1) / 7.4.1：

Reduced problem (2) / 7.4.2：

Reduced problem (3) / 7.4.3：

Reduced problem (4) / 7.4.4：

Reduced problem (5) / 7.4.5：

Reduced problem (6) / 7.4.6：

Comparison with the kinematic transitions of [section]5.3 / 7.4.7：

Behavior of the moduli along the transitions / 7.5：

Examples of energy functions for simple lattices / 7.6：

A schematic 1-dimensional example / 7.6.1：

Energies for cubic-to-tetragonal and for tetragonal-to-monoclinic transitions / 7.6.2：

Orientation relationships and lattice correspondence / 7.6.3：

Relation with the Landau theory / 7.7：

General references / 7.8：

Mechanical twinning / 8：

Coherence and rank-1 connections / 8.1：

The twinning equation / 8.2：

Solutions of the twinning equation / 8.3：

Different descriptions of the same twin and cosets / 8.3.1：

Crystallographically equivalent twins / 8.3.2：

Reciprocal twins / 8.3.3：

Generic twins / 8.3.4：

Type-1 and Type-2 (conventional) twins / 8.3.5：

Compound twins / 8.3.6：

Conventional twins and rationality conditions / 8.3.7：

Short remarks / 8.4：

Experimental data / 8.4.1：

Mechanical twinning and the Born rule / 8.4.2：

Growth twins / 8.4.3：

Transformation twins / 9：

Procedure to determine the transformation twins / 9.1：

Rk-1 connections in a cubic wt-nbhd / 9.2：

Tetragonal variant structure / 9.2.1：

Rhombohedral variant structure / 9.2.2：

Orthorhombic variant structures / 9.2.3：

Orthorhombic 'cubic edges' wells / 9.2.3.1：

Orthorhombic 'mixed axes' wells / 9.2.3.2：

Monoclinic variant structures / 9.2.4：

Monoclinic 'cubic edges' wells / 9.2.4.1：

Monoclinic 'face-diagonals' wells / 9.2.4.2：

Triclinic variant structure / 9.2.5：

Rk-1 connections in a hexagonal wt-nbhd / 9.3：

Orthorhombic variant structure / 9.3.1：

Monoclinic 'basal diagonals' wells / 9.3.2：

Monoclinic 'basal side-axes' wells / 9.3.2.2：

Monoclinic 'optic axis' wells / 9.3.2.3：

The Mallard law / 9.3.3：

Microstructures / 10：

Piecewise homogeneous equilibria / 10.1：

Generalized solutions / 10.2：

The minors relations / 10.2.1：

The N-well problem / 10.2.2：

Examples of microstructures that are not laminates / 10.3：

Habit planes in martensite / 10.4：

Geometrically nonlinear theory / 10.4.1：

Self-accommodation in shape memory alloys / 10.4.2：

Wedges and other microstructures / 10.4.3：

Kinematics of multilattices / 11：

Crystals as multilattices / 11.1：

Descriptors and configuration spaces for deformable multilattices / 11.1.1：

Essential descriptions of multilattices / 11.1.2：

The global symmetry of multilattices / 11.2：

Indeterminateness of the descriptors (P[subscript 0,...], P[subscript n-1], e[subscript a]) / 11.2.1：

Indeterminateness of the descriptors (P[subscript 0], [varepsilon subscript [sigma]) / 11.2.2：

Nonessential descriptors of multilattices / 11.2.3：

The affine symmetry of multilattices / 11.3：

Space groups; crystal class and crystal system of a multilattice / 11.3.1：

The arithmetic symmetry of multilattices / 11.4：

Lattice groups of multilattices / 11.4.1：

Relation between the arithmetic and the space-group symmetries / 11.4.2：

Examples / 11.5：

Three-dimensional 2-lattices and hexagonal close-packed structures / 11.5.1：

The structure of quartz as a 3-lattice / 11.5.2：

Weak-transformation neighborhoods / 11.6：

The energy of a multilattice and its invariance / 11.7：

Minimizing out the internal variables of complex crystals / 11.7.1：

Local invariance of multilattice energies; the example of quartz / 11.7.2：

Twinning in multilattices / 11.8：

A proposal for a class of twins / 11.8.1：

Two examples / 11.8.2：

A model for stress relaxation / 11.8.3：

References

Index

List of figures

List of tables

Foreword

48.

図書

48. Crystal structure determination

Werner Massa ; translated into English by Robert O. Gould

出版情報:	New York : Springer, 2000 xi, 206 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction / 1：

Crystal Lattices / 2：

The Lattice / 2.1：

The Unit Cell / 2.1.1：

Atom Parameters / 2.1.2：

The Seven Crystal Systems / 2.1.3：

The Fourteen Bravais Lattices / 2.2：

The Hexagonal, Trigonal and Rhombohedral Systems / 2.2.1：

The Reduced Cell / 2.2.2：

The Geometry of X-Ray Diffraction / 3：

X-Rays / 3.1：

Interference by a One-Dimensional Lattice / 3.2：

The Laue Equations / 3.3：

Lattice Planes and hkl-Indices / 3.4：

The Bragg Equation / 3.5：

Higher Orders of Diffraction / 3.6：

The Quadratic Form of the Bragg Equation / 3.7：

The Reciprocal Lattice / 4：

From the Direct to the Reciprocal Lattice / 4.1：

The Ewald Construction / 4.2：

Structure Factors / 5：

Atom Formfactors / 5.1：

Atom Displacement Factors / 5.2：

Crystal Symmetry / 5.3：

Simple Symmetry Elements / 6.1：

Coupling of Symmetry Elements / 6.1.1：

Combination of Symmetry Elements / 6.1.2：

Symmetry Directions / 6.2：

Symmetry Elements Involving Translation / 6.3：

Combination of Translation with Other Symmetry Elements / 6.3.1：

Coupling of Translation with Other Symmetry Elements / 6.3.2：

The 230 Space Groups / 6.4：

Space-group Notation in International Tables for Crystallography / 6.4.1：

Centrosymmetric Crystal Structures / 6.4.2：

The Asymmetric Unit / 6.4.3：

Space Group Types / 6.4.4：

Group-Subgroup Relationships / 6.4.5：

Visible Effects of Symmetry / 6.5：

Microscopic Structure / 6.5.1：

Macroscopic Properties and Crystal Classes / 6.5.2：

Symmetry of the Lattice / 6.5.3：

Symmetry of the Diffraction Pattern--The Laue Groups / 6.5.4：

Determination of the Space Group / 6.6：

Determination of the Laue Group / 6.6.1：

Systematic Absences / 6.6.2：

Transformations / 6.7：

Experimental Methods / 7：

Growth, Choice and Mounting of a Single Crystal / 7.1：

Measuring the Diffraction Pattern of Single Crystals / 7.2：

Film Methods / 7.2.1：

The Four-circle (serial) Diffractometer / 7.2.2：

Reflection profile and scan type / 7.2.3：

Area Detector Systems / 7.3：

Data Reduction / 7.4：

Lp correction / 7.4.1：

Standard Uncertainty / 7.4.2：

Absorption Correction / 7.4.3：

Other Diffraction Methods / 7.5：

Neutron Scattering / 7.5.1：

Electron Scattering / 7.5.2：

Structure Solution / 8：

Fourier Transforms / 8.1：

Patterson Methods / 8.2：

Symmetry in Patterson Space / 8.2.1：

Structure Solution Using Harker Peaks / 8.2.2：

Patterson shift methods / 8.2.3：

Direct Methods / 8.3：

Harker-Kasper Inequalities / 8.3.1：

Normalized Structure Factors / 8.3.2：

The Sayre Equation / 8.3.3：

The Triplet Relationship / 8.3.4：

Origin Fixation / 8.3.5：

Strategies of Phase Determination / 8.3.6：

Structure Refinement / 9：

The Method of Least Squares / 9.1：

Refinement Based on F[subscript o] or F[superscript 2 subscript o] Data / 9.1.1：

Weights / 9.2：

Crystallographic R-Values / 9.3：

Refinement Techniques / 9.4：

Location and Treatment of Hydrogen Atoms / 9.4.1：

Restricted Refinement / 9.4.2：

Damping / 9.4.3：

Symmetry Restrictions / 9.4.4：

Residual Electron Density / 9.4.5：

Rietveld Refinement / 9.5：

Additional Topics / 10：

Disorder / 10.1：

Site Occupancy Disorder / 10.1.1：

Positional and Orientational Disorder / 10.1.2：

One- and Two-Dimensional Disorder / 10.1.3：

Modulated Structures / 10.1.4：

Quasicrystals / 10.1.5：

Anomalous Dispersion and "Absolute Structure" / 10.2：

Chiral and Polar Space Groups / 10.2.1：

Extinction / 10.3：

The Renninger Effect / 10.4：

The [lambda]/2-Effect / 10.5：

Thermal Diffuse Scattering (TDS) / 10.6：

Errors and Pitfalls / 11：

Wrong Atom-Types / 11.1：

Twinning / 11.2：

Classification by the Twin-Element / 11.2.1：

Classification According to Macroscopic Appearance / 11.2.2：

Classification According to Origin / 11.2.3：

Diffraction Patterns of Twinned Crystals and their Interpretation / 11.2.4：

Twinning or Disorder? / 11.2.5：

False Unit Cells / 11.3：

Space Group Errors / 11.4：

Misplaced Origins / 11.5：

Poor Atom Displacement Parameters / 11.6：

Interpretation and Presentation of Results / 12：

Bond Lengths and Bond Angles / 12.1：

Best Planes and Torsion Angles / 12.2：

Structural Geometry and Symmetry / 12.3：

Structural Diagrams / 12.4：

Electron Density / 12.5：

Crystallographic Databases / 13：

The Inorganic Crystal Structure Database (ICSD) / 13.1：

The Cambridge Structural Database (CSD) / 13.2：

The Metals Crystallographic Data File (CRYST-MET) / 13.3：

Other Collections of Crystal Structure Data / 13.4：

Deposition of Structural Data in Data Bases / 13.5：

Crystallography on the Internet / 13.6：

Outline of a Crystal Structure Determination / 14：

Worked Example of a Structure Determination / 15：

Bibliography

Index

Introduction / 1：

Crystal Lattices / 2：

The Lattice / 2.1：

49.

図書

49. Introduction to nitride semiconductor blue lasers and light emitting diodes

edited by Shuji Nakamura and Shigefusa F. Chichibu

出版情報:	London : Taylor & Francis, 2000 372 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Basics Physics and Materials Technology of GaN LEDs and LDs / Steven P. DenBaars1.：

Introduction / 1.1：

Historical Evolution of LED Technology / 1.1.1：

Basic Physics of LEDs: Injection Luminescence / 1.2：

Direct and Indirect Band-Gap Material / 1.2.1：

Radiative Recombination / 1.2.2：

External Quantum Efficiency / 1.2.3：

Luminous Efficiency / 1.2.4：

Injection Efficiency / 1.2.5：

Heterojunction vs. Homojunction LED Materials / 1.2.6：

Quantum Well LEDs / 1.2.7：

LED Materials Selection / 1.3：

Energy Band Structure/Lattice Constants / 1.3.1：

GaN Physical Properties / 1.3.2：

GaN Based LED Structures / 1.3.3：

Crystal Growth / 1.4：

MOCVD Growth / 1.4.1：

MOCVD Systems for Production / 1.4.2：

Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE) / 1.4.3：

Chloride Vapor Phase Epitaxy / 1.4.4：

Group-III Nitride Materials Growth Issues / 1.5：

Substrates / 1.5.1：

Nucleation Layer Technology / 1.5.2：

Growth and Doping of GaN / 1.5.3：

Growth of AlGaN and AlGaN/GaN Heterostructures / 1.5.4：

Growth of InGaN and InGaN/GaN Heterostructures / 1.5.5：

Conclusions / 1.6：

References / 1.7：

Theoretical Analysis of Optical Gain Spectra / Takeshi Uenoyama ; Masakatsu Suzuki2.：

Optical Gains Spectra by Many-Body Approach / 2.1：

Linear Response Theory / 2.2.1：

Screening Effects / 2.2.2：

Self-Energies of Electron Gas / 2.2.3：

Coulomb Enhancement / 2.2.4：

Electronic Band Structures / 2.3：

Electronic Band Structures of Bulk GaN and AlN / 2.3.1：

Strain Effect on Electronic Band Structures / 2.3.2：

k.p Theory for Wurtzite / 2.3.3：

Physical Parameters / 2.3.4：

Subband Structures of GaN/AlGaN Quantum Wells / 2.3.5：

Subband in Wurtzite Quantum Wells / 2.3.6：

Optical Gain Spectra of III-V Nitrides LD Structures / 2.4：

Free Carrier Model / 2.4.1：

Coulomb Enhancement (Excitonic Effects) in the Optical Gain / 2.4.2：

Optical Gain with Localized States / 2.4.3：

Electrical Conductivity Control / Chris G. Van de Walle2.5：

Doping / 3.1：

Theory of Native Defects and Impurities / 3.1.1：

n-type Doping / 3.1.2：

p-type Doping / 3.1.3：

Band Offsets / 3.2：

Theory of Band Offsets at Nitride Interfaces / 3.2.1：

Experimental Results for Band Offsets / 3.2.2：

Discussion / 3.2.3：

Acknowledgments / 3.3：

Crystal Defects and Device Performance in LEDs and LDs / Fernando A. Ponce3.4：

CrystalGrowth and Microstructure / 4.1：

Lattice Structure of the Nitride Semiconductors / 4.1.1：

Thin Film Epitaxy and Substrates / 4.1.2：

Epitaxy on SiC Substrates / 4.2：

Epitaxy on Sapphire Substrates / 4.3：

AlN as a Buffer Layer / 4.3.1：

GaN as a Buffer Layer / 4.3.2：

Homoepitaxial Growth of GaN / 4.4：

Defect Microstructurein LEDs and LDs / 4.5：

Large Defect Densities in High Performance Materials / 4.5.1：

Columnar Structure of GaN on Sapphire / 4.5.2：

Tilt Boundaries / 4.5.3：

Twist Boundaries / 4.5.4：

Polarity and Electronic Properties / 4.6：

The Nature of the Dislocation / 4.7：

Determination of the Burgers Vector / 4.7.1：

Nanopipes and Inversion Domains / 4.7.2：

Spatial Variation of Luminescence / 4.8：

Undoped Material / 4.8.1：

Doped Materials / 4.8.2：

Microscopic Properties of In[subscript x]Ga[subscript 1-x]N Quantum Wells / 4.9：

The Nature of the InGaN/GaN Interface / 4.9.1：

Microstructure of Quantum Wells / 4.9.2：

Spatial Variation of the luminescence of In[subscript x]Ga[subscript 1-x]N Quantum Wells / 4.9.3：

Microstructure and Device Performance / 4.10：

Stress and Point Defect Structure / 4.10.1：

Minimization of Strain by Maximizing Film Smoothness / 4.10.2：

The Role of Dislocations in Strain Relaxation / 4.10.3：

The Role of Nanopipes and Extension to ELOG Structures / 4.10.4：

Emission Mechanisms and Excitons in GaN and InGaN Bulk and QWs / Shigefusa F. Chichibu ; Yoichi Kawakami ; Takayuki Sota4.11：

GaN Bulk Crystals / 5.1：

Free and Bound Excitons / 5.2.1：

Biexcitons in GaN / 5.2.2：

Strain Effects / 5.2.3：

Phonons in Nitrides / 5.2.4：

InGaN Bulk and QWs for Practical Devices / 5.3：

Quantized Energy Levels / 5.3.1：

Piezoelectric Field / 5.3.2：

Spontaneous Emission of Localized Excitons / 5.3.3：

Localized Exciton Dynamics / 5.3.4：

Optical Gain in Nitrides / 5.3.5：

Life Testing and Degradation Mechanisms in InGaN LEDs / Marek Osinski ; Daniel L. Barton5.4：

Life Testing of InGaN/AlGaN/GaN LEDs / 6.1：

Life Testing Primer / 6.2.1：

Potential Degradation Regions in LEDs / 6.2.2：

Life Test System Considerations / 6.2.3：

Results of Life Tests on Nichia Blue InGaN/AlGaN/GaN Double Heterostructure LEDs / 6.2.4：

Analysis of Early Test Failures / 6.3：

Analysis of LED #19 / 6.3.1：

Analysis of LEDs #16 and 17 / 6.3.2：

Effects of UV Emission on Plastic Transparency / 6.4：

Thermal Degradation of Plastic Package Transparency / 6.5：

Degradation of GaN-Based LEDs Under High Current Stress / 6.6：

Double Heterostructure Device Testing / 6.7：

EBIC Analysis / 6.8：

Pulsed Current Stress Experiments and Results on Quantum Well LEDs / 6.9：

Failure Analysis of Degraded Quantum Well LEDs / 6.10：

Summary / 6.11：

Development and Future Prospects of GaN-based LEDs and LD / Shuji Nakamura6.13：

Properties of InGaN-based LEDs / 7.1：

Amber LEDs / 7.1.1：

UV/Blue/Green LEDs / 7.1.3：

Roles of Dislocations in InGaN-Based LEDs / 7.1.4：

LDs Grown on Sapphire Substrate / 7.2：

LDs Grown on Sapphire Substrates / 7.2.1：

ELOG Substrate / 7.2.3：

InGaN-Based LDs Grown on ELOG Substrates / 7.2.4：

LDs Grown on GaN Substrate / 7.3：

Free-Standing GaN Substrates / 7.3.1：

Characteristics of LDs / 7.3.2：

Future Prospects of InGaN-based Emitting Devices / 7.4：

Appendix / 7.5：

Parameters Table

Subject Index

Basics Physics and Materials Technology of GaN LEDs and LDs / Steven P. DenBaars1.：

Introduction / 1.1：

Historical Evolution of LED Technology / 1.1.1：

50.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

50. Organofluorine compounds : chemistry and applications

Tamejiro Hiyama ; with contributions by Tamejiro Hiyama, Kiyoshi Kanie ... [et al.]

出版情報:	Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c2000 xii, 272 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Chapter 1 General Introduction 1

1.1 Nature of Organofluorine Compounds 1

1.1.1 Brief History 1

1.1.2 Properties of the Fluorine Atom 2

1.1.3 Fluorine Effects in Organic Compounds 3

1.1.4 Properties of Fluoroorganic Compounds 10

1.1.5 Properties of Perfluoroorganic Compounds 13

1.1.6 Spectroscopic Properties 14

1.2 Source of Fluorine 18

1.2.1 Hydrogen Fluoride 18

1.2.2 Fluorine Gas 18

1.3 Toxicity of Fluorinating Reagents 19

1.3.1 Hydrogen Fluoride and Fluorine Gas 19

1.3.2 First-Aid Treatment 20

1.3.3 Fluoroacetic Acid 21

Chapter 2 Reagents for Fluorination 25

2.1 Electrophilic Fluorinating Reagents 25

2.1.1 Fluorine Gas 25

2.1.2 Xenon Difluoride 28

2.1.3 Electrophilic Reagents Containing an O-F Bond 29

2.1.4 Electrophilic Reagents Containing an N-F Bond 34

2.2 Nucelophilic Fluorinating Reagents 39

2.2.1 Hydrogen Fluoride and Derivatives 39

2.2.2 Functional Group Transformation 43

2.2.3 Fluoride Reagents 48

2.3 Combination of an Electrophile and a Fluoride Reagent 56

2.3.1 Halofluorination of Olefins and Acetylenes 56

2.3.2 Thiofluorination and Selenofluorination of Olefins 58

2.3.3 Nitrofluorination 59

2.3.4 Oxidative Fluorination 58

2.3.5 Oxidative Desulfurization-Fluorination 61

2.3.6 Oxidative Fluorination of Amines 65

2.4 Electrochemical Fluorination 66

Chapter 3 Organofluorine Building Blocks 77

3.1 Fluorine-Substituted Nucleophilic Reagents 77

3.1.1 Alkylmetals 77

3.1.2 Alkenylmetals 84

3.1.3 Alkynylmetals 91

3.1.4 Metal Enolates 93

3.2 Fluorine-Substituted Electrophilic Reagents 99

3.3 Fluorine-Substituted Radicals 103

3.4 Fluorine-Substituted Carbenes 107

3.5 Electrophilic Perfluoroalkylating Reagents 111

3.5.1 (Perfluoroalkyl)aryliodonium Salts 111

3.5.2 (Polyfluoroalkyl)aryliodonium Salts 112

3.5.3 (Trifluoromethyl)chalcogenium Salts 113

Chapter 4 Reactions of C-F Bonds 119

4.1 Fluorine Leaving Group 119

4.1.1 1-Fluoro Sugars 119

4.1.2 Aromatic Nucleophilic Substitution 121

4.2 C-F Bond Activation by Metal Complexes 125

4.2.1 Activation of an Aliphatic C-F Bond 125

4.2.2 Activation of an Aromatic C-F Bond 126

4.3 Interaction of Fluorine with a Proton or Metal 128

4.3.1 Fluorine-Hydrogen Interaction 128

4.3.2 Fluorine-Metal Interaction 129

Chapter 5 Biologically Active Organofluorine Compounds 137

5.1 Fluorine Effect in Biological Activity 137

5.2 Strategies for Design and Synthesis 141

5.2.1 Structure-Activity Relationship 141

5.2.2 Commercially Available Fluorinated Materials 143

5.3 Fluorinated Amino Acids and Carbohydrates 144

5.3.1 Amino Acids 144

5.3.2 Protease Inhibitors 148

5.3.3 Carbohydrates 150

5.3.4 Nucleosides 151

5.4 Fluorine-Containing Pharmaceuticals 154

5.4.1 Prostanoids 154

5.4.2 Vitamin D3 157

5.4.3 Central Nervous System Agents 160

5.4.4 Antibacterials and Antifungals 161

5.4.5 βーLactam Antibiotics 164

5.4.6 Anesthetics 164

5.4.7 Artificial Blood Substitutes 165

5.4.8 18F-Labeled Tracers for Positron Emission Tomography 166

5.5 Fluorine-Containing Agrochemicals 166

5.5.1 Insecticides 167

5.5.2 Herbicides 173

5.5.3 Fungicides 177

Chapter 6 Fluorine-Containing Materials 183

6.1 Fluorine Effect in Materials 183

6.1.1 Boiling Points and Melting Points 184

6.1.2 Solubility 186

6.1.3 Surface Tension 186

6.1.4 Refractive Index 187

6.1.5 Viscosity 187

6.2 Chlorofluorocarbons, Hydrochlorofluorocarbons, Hydrofluorocarbons, and Alternatives 188

6.2.1 Brief History 188

6.2.2 Production of Chlorofluorocarbons and Hydrochlorofluorocarbons 191

6.2.3 Syntheses of CFC Alternatives 192

6.2.4 Evaluation of Safety and Environmental Effects 195

6.2.5 Alternatives to the Third Generation 196

6.3 Fluorine-Containing Liquid Crystals 196

6.3.1 Nematic Liquid Crystals 197

6.3.2 Ferroelectric Liquid Crystals 202

6.3.3 Antiferroelectric Liquid Crystals 209

6.4 Fluorine-Containing Polymers 212

6.4.1 Brief History 212

6.4.2 Monomer Synthesis 214

6.4.3 Fluoroplastics 216

6.4.4 Fluoroelastomers 220

6.4.5 Fluoropolymer Coatings 224

6.4.6 Fluorosurfactants 225

6.4.7 Fluorinated Membranes 228

Chapter 7 Fluorous Media 235

7.1 Organic Reactions in Perfluorocarbons 235

7.2 Fluorous Biphase Reactions 237

7.2.1 Hydroformylation 237

7.2.2 Oxidation 239

7.3 Purification and Isolation by Phase Separation 243

Chapter 8 Organic Reactions with Fluorinated Reagents 249

8.1 Fluoride Ion in Organic Synthesis 249

8.1.1 Fluoride Base 249

8.1.2 Desilylative Elimination and Deprotection 250

8.1.3 Naked Anions and Fluorosilicates 252

8.2 Trifluoroacetic Acid and Trifluoroperacetic Acid 255

8.2.1 Trifluoroacetic Acid 255

8.2.2 Trifluoroperacetic Acid 256

8.3 Trifluoromethanesulfonic Acid and Derivatives 257

8.3.1 Trifluoromethanesulfonic Acid 257

8.3.2 Trimethylsilyl Trifluoromethanesulfonate 258

8.3.3 Metal Trifluoromethanesulfonates 259

Subject Index 265

Chapter 1 General Introduction 1

1.1 Nature of Organofluorine Compounds 1

1.1.1 Brief History 1

51.

図書

51. Electronic conduction in oxides. 2nd., rev. and enl. ed

N. Tsuda ... [et al.]

出版情報:	Berlin ; Tokyo : Springer, c2000 xi, 365 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:	Springer series in solid-state sciences ; 94
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction / 1：

Introduction to Electronic States in Oxides and an Overview of Transport Properties / 2：

Atoms in a Ligand Field / 2.1：

Electronic Energy Bands / 2.2：

Electron-Electron Interaction / 2.3：

Direct Interaction / 2.3.1：

Indirect Interaction / 2.3.2：

Electron-Phonon Interaction / 2.4：

The Adiabatic Approximation / 2.4.1：

The FrÃ¶hlich Model, the Deformation Potential and the Simple Metal / 2.4.2：

Polarons / 2.4.3：

Randomness / 2.5：

Anderson Localization / 2.5.1：

Variable Range Hopping / 2.5.2：

The Seebeck Coefficient and Hall Mobility / 2.6：

Magnetic Susceptibility / 2.7：

Metal-Insulator Transition (MIT) / 2.8：

Good Conductors / 2.9：

The NaCl Structure / 2.9.1：

The Corundum Structure / 2.9.2：

The Rutile Structure / 2.9.3：

The Perovskite Structure / 2.9.4：

Spinels / 2.9.5：

Low-Dimensional Oxides / 2.9.9：

Theories for Many-Electron Systems with Strong Electron-Phonon and Interelectron Coulombic Interactions / 3：

Single-Body Problems in Strongly Coupled Electron-Phonon Systems / 3.1：

Electrons, Phonons and Their Couplings / 3.1.1：

Weak Coupling and Large Polarons / 3.1.2：

Strong Coupling, Self-Trapping, Broken Symmetry and Dimensionality / 3.1.3：

Dynamics of Self-Trapping / 3.1.4：

Two-Body Problems in Strongly Coupled Electron-Phonon Systems / 3.2：

Bipolarons / 3.2.1：

Charge Separation of Self-Trapped Exciton / 3.2.2：

Excitons and Solitons in One-Dimensional Charge Density Wave States / 3.3：

Phase Diagram of the Ground State / 3.3.1：

Nonlinear Lattice Relaxation and Proliferations of Excitons in One-Dimensional CDW / 3.3.2：

One-Dimensional Extended Peierls-Hubbard Model / 3.3.3：

Relaxation in One-Dimensional CDW / 3.3.4：

Direct and Indirect Excitons in Three-Dimensional CDW State / 3.4：

Direct and Indirect Excitons / 3.4.1：

Competition Between Superconductivity and CDW State / 3.5：

The Many-Polaron System / 3.5.1：

Phase Diagram / 3.5.2：

Superconducting Transition Temperatures of Strongly Coupled Electron-Phonon Systems / 3.6：

Many-Electron System Coupling Strongly with Nonlinear Phonons / 3.6.1：

BCS Limit, Nonlinear Phonons and Isotope Effects / 3.7.1：

Anharmonic Peierls-Hubbard Model / 3.7.2：

Anharmonicity and Metal-Insulator (CDW, SDW) Transitions / 3.7.3：

Isotope Effects and Anharmonicity by the BCS Theory / 3.7.4：

Migdal-Eliashberg Theory / 3.7.5：

Non-Grassmann Path Integral Theory for Long-Range Coulomb Repulsion / 3.8：

Quadratic Form for Long-Range Coulomb Interaction / 3.8.1：

Path-Integral for Both Short- and Long-Range Parts / 3.8.2：

One-Body Green's Function Free from Grassmann Algebra / 3.8.3：

Time-Dependent Bloch-De Dominicis Theorem / 3.8.4：

Light Absorption Spectrum of the SDW State / 3.8.5：

Electron-Electron Interaction and Electron Correlation / 4：

Microscopic Models of Interacting Electrons / 4.1：

One-Electron Theories and Electron Correlation / 4.3：

Hartree-Fock Approximation / 4.3.1：

Local Density Approximation / 4.3.2：

Electron Correlation Effects / 4.3.3：

Electronic Structure of Transition-Metal Ions / 4.4：

Hartree-Fock Scheme / 4.4.1：

Ligand-Field Theory / 4.4.2：

d Bands and Carrier Doping in Mott Insulators / 4.4.3：

Hybridization Between d and p Electrons / 4.5：

Mott-Hubbard Type and Charge-Transfer Type / 4.5.1：

Configuration-Interaction Theory / 4.5.2：

Magnetic Interactions / 4.6：

Superexchange Interaction / 4.6.1：

Local Moment in Metals / 4.6.2：

Correlated Metals / 4.7：

Metal-Insulator Transition / 4.7.1：

Hubbard Model / 4.7.2：

Fermi-Liquid Properties / 4.7.3：

Long-Range Coulomb Interaction / 4.7.4：

Mixed Valence States / 4.7.5：

Representative Conducting Oxides / 4.7.6：

Crystal Structure / 5.1：

Electronic Properties / 5.1.2：

Superconducting Properties / 5.2：

Insulating Properties: Nonzero Density of States / 5.3.4：

Structure / 5.3.5：

Electronic Properties in the Insulating Range and the Metal-Insulator Transition / 5.4.2：

Superconductivity and Screening of the Electron-Phonon Interaction / 5.4.3：

Electronic Properties of Na-Vanadium Bronze / 5.5：

Magnetic Properties / 5.5.3：

Specific Heat / 5.5.4：

Molybdenum Bronzes / 5.5.5：

NiO: Origin of the Band Gap and Hole Conduction / 5.6：

Optical and Magnetic Properties / 5.6.1：

Transport Properties / 5.6.2：

Electronic Structure / 5.6.3：

Electronic Structure of Acceptor Level / 5.6.4：

Band Theory of Mott Insulators / 5.6.5：

Perovskite-Type Mn Oxides: Magnetoresistance / 5.7：

Ferromagnetic Metal-Paramagnetic Insulator Transition / 5.7.1：

Charge and Orbital Ordering / 5.7.3：

Polaron Effects / 5.7.5：

Phase Diagram of the Iron-Oxygen System / 5.8：

The Spinel Structure / 5.8.2：

Comment by Anderson: Frustration on the B Lattice / 5.8.3：

Transport Phenomena and the Fluctuation of Charge / 5.8.5：

Band Structure / 5.8.6：

Fluctuating Local Lattice Distortion and Electron-Phonon Coupling / 5.8.7：

Itinerant Versus Localized Character of Carriers / 5.8.8：

d? Conductors / 5.9：

References / 5.9.2：

Index

Introduction / 1：

Introduction to Electronic States in Oxides and an Overview of Transport Properties / 2：

Atoms in a Ligand Field / 2.1：

52.

図書

52. Introduction to nonextensive statistical mechanics : approaching a complex world (: hbk)

Constantino Tsallis

出版情報:	New York : Springer, c2009 xviii, 382 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Basics or How the Theory Works / Part I：

Historical Background and Physical Motivations / 1：

Introduction / 1.1：

Background and Indications in the Literature / 1.2：

Symmetry, Energy, and Entropy / 1.3：

A Few Words on the Foundations of Statistical Mechanics / 1.4：

Learning with Boltzmann-Gibbs Statistical Mechanics / 2：

Boltzmann-Gibbs Entropy / 2.1：

Entropic Forms / 2.1.1：

Properties / 2.1.2：

Kullback-Leibler Relative Entropy / 2.2：

Constraints and Entropy Optimization / 2.3：

Imposing the Mean Value of the Variable / 2.3.1：

Imposing the Mean Value of the Squared Variable / 2.3.2：

Imposing the Mean Values of both the Variable and Its Square / 2.3.3：

Others / 2.3.4：

Boltzmann-Gibbs Statistical Mechanics and Thermodynamics / 2.4：

Isolated System - Microcanonical Ensemble / 2.4.1：

In the Presence of a Thermostat - Canonical Ensemble / 2.4.2：

Generalizing What We Learnt: Nonextensive Statistical Mechanics / 2.4.3：

Playing with Differential Equations - A Metaphor / 3.1：

Nonadditive Entropy Sq / 3.2：

Definition / 3.2.1：

Correlations, Occupancy of Phase-Space, and Extensivity of Sq / 3.2.2：

A Remark on the Thermodynamical Limit / 3.3.1：

The q-Product / 3.3.2：

The q-Sum / 3.3.3：

Extensivity of Sq - Effective Number of States / 3.3.4：

Extensivity of Sq - Binary Systems / 3.3.5：

Extensivity of Sq - Physical Realizations / 3.3.6：

q-Generalization of the Kullback-Leibler Relative Entropy / 3.4：

Nonextensive Statistical Mechanics and Thermodynamics / 3.5：

About the Escort Distribution and the q-Expectation Values / 3.7：

About Universal Constants in Physics / 3.8：

Various Other Entropic Forms / 3.9：

Foundations or Why the Theory Works / Part II：

Stochastic Dynamical Foundations of Nonextensive Statistical Mechanics / 4：

Normal Diffusion / 4.1：

LÃ©vy Anomalous Diffusion / 4.3：

Correlated Anomalous Diffusion / 4.4：

Further Generalizing the Fokker-Planck Equation / 4.4.1：

Stable Solutions of Fokker-Planck-Like Equations / 4.5：

Probabilistic Models with Correlations - Numerical and Analytical Approaches / 4.6：

The MTG Model and Its Numerical Approach / 4.6.1：

The TMNT Model and Its Numerical Approach / 4.6.2：

Analytical Approach of the MTG and TMNT Models / 4.6.3：

The RSTI Model and Its Analytical Approach / 4.6.4：

The RST2 Model and Its Numerical Approach / 4.6.5：

Central Limit Theorems / 4.7：

Generalizing the Langevin Equation / 4.8：

Time-Dependent Ginzburg-Landau d-Dimensional O(n) Ferromagnet with n = d / 4.9：

Deterministic Dynamical Foundations of Nonextensive Statistical Mechanics / 5：

Low-Dimensional Dissipative Maps / 5.1：

One-Dimensional Dissipative Maps / 5.1.1：

Two-Dimensional Dissipative Maps / 5.1.2：

Low-Dimensional Conserative Maps / 5.2：

Strongly Chaotic Two-Dimensional Conservative Maps / 5.2.1：

Strongly Chaotic Four-Dimensional Conservative Maps / 5.2.2：

Weakly Chaotic Two-Dimensional Conservative Maps / 5.2.3：

High-Dimensional Conservative Maps / 5.3：

Many-Body Long-Range-Interacting Hamiltonian Systems / 5.4：

Metastability, Nonergodicity, and Distribution of Velocities / 5.4.1：

Lyapunov Spectrum / 5.4.2：

Aging and Anomalous Diffusion / 5.4.3：

Connection with Glassy Systems / 5.4.4：

The q-Triplet / 5.5：

Connection with Critical Phenomena / 5.6：

A Conjecture on the Time and Size Dependences of Entropy / 5.7：

Generalizing Nonextensive Statistical Mechanics / 6：

Crossover Statistics / 6.1：

Further Generalizing / 6.2：

Spectral Statistics / 6.2.1：

Beck-Cohen Superstatistics / 6.2.2：

Applications or What for the Theory Works / Part III：

Thermodynamical and Nonthermodynamical Applications / 7：

Physics / 7.1：

Cold Atoms in Optical Lattices / 7.1.1：

High-Energy Physics / 7.1.2：

Turbulence / 7.1.3：

Fingering / 7.1.4：

Granular Matter / 7.1.5：

Condensed Matter Physics / 7.1.6：

Plasma / 7.1.7：

Astrophysics / 7.1.8：

Geophysics / 7.1.9：

Quantum Chaos / 7.1.10：

Quantum Entanglement / 7.1.11：

Random Matrices / 7.1.12：

Chemistry / 7.2：

Generalized Arrhenius Law and Anomalous Diffusion / 7.2.1：

Lattice Lotka-Volterra Model for Chemical Reactions and Growth / 7.2.2：

Re-Association in Folded Proteins / 7.2.3：

Ground State Energy of the Chemical Elements (Mendeleev's Table) and of Doped Fullerenes / 7.2.4：

Economics / 7.3：

Computer Sciences / 7.4：

Optimization Algorithms / 7.4.1：

Analysis of Time Series and Signals / 7.4.2：

Analysis of Images / 7.4.3：

PING Internet Experiment / 7.4.4：

Biosciences / 7.5：

Cellular Automata / 7.6：

Self-Organized Criticality / 7.7：

Scale-Free Networks / 7.8：

The Natal Model / 7.8.1：

Albert-Barabasi Model / 7.8.2：

Non-Growing Model / 7.8.3：

Lennard-Jones Cluster / 7.8.4：

Linguistics / 7.9：

Other Sciences / 7.10：

Last (But Not Least) / Part IV：

Final Comments and Perspectives / 8：

Falsifiable Predictions and Conjectures, and Their Verifications / 8.1：

Frequently Asked Questions / 8.2：

Open Questions / 8.3：

Useful Mathematical Formulae / Appendix A：

Escort Distributions and q-Expectation Values / Appendix B：

First Example / B.1：

Second Example / B.2：

Remarks / B.3：

Bibliography

Index

Basics or How the Theory Works / Part I：

Historical Background and Physical Motivations / 1：

Introduction / 1.1：

53.

図書

53. Handbook of reliability, availability, maintainability and safety in engineering design

Rudolph Frederick Stapelberg

出版情報:	London : Springer, c2009 xxiii, 827 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Engineering Design Integrity Overview / Part I：

Design Integrity Methodology / 1：

Designing for Integrity / 1.1：

Development and Scope of Design Integrity Theory / 1.1.1：

Designing for Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety / 1.1.2：

Artificial Intelligence in Design / 1.2：

Development of Models and AIB Methodology / 1.2.1：

Artificial Intelligence in Engineering Design / 1.2.2：

Design Integrity and Automation / 2：

Industry Perception and Related Research / 2.1：

Industry Perception / 2.1.1：

Related Research / 2.1.2：

Intelligent Design Systems / 2.2：

The Future of Intelligent Design Systems / 2.2.1：

Design Automation and Evaluation Design Automation / 2.2.2：

Engineering Design Integrity Application / Part II：

Reliability and Performance in Engineering Design / 3：

Introduction / 3.1：

Theoretical Overview of Reliability and Performance in Engineering Design / 3.2：

Theoretical Overview of Reliability and Performance Prediction in Conceptual Design / 3.2.1：

Theoretical Overview of Reliability Assessment in Preliminary Design / 3.2.2：

Theoretical Overview of Reliability Evaluation in Detail Design / 3.2.3：

Analytic Development of Reliability and Performance in Engineering Design / 3.3：

Analytic Development of Reliability and Performance Prediction in Conceptual Design / 3.3.1：

Analytic Development of Reliability Assessment in Preliminary Design / 3.3.2：

Analytic Development of Reliability Evaluation in Detail Design / 3.3.3：

Application Modelling of Reliability and Performance in Engineering Design / 3.4：

The RAMS Analysis Application Model / 3.4.1：

Evaluation of Modelling Results / 3.4.2：

Application Modelling Outcome / 3.4.3：

Review Exercises and References / 3.5：

Availability and Maintainability in Engineering Design / 4：

Theoretical Overview of Availability and Maintainability in Engineering Design / 4.1：

Theoretical Overview of Availability and Maintainability Prediction in Conceptual Design / 4.2.1：

Theoretical Overview of Availability and Maintainability Assessment in Preliminary Design / 4.2.2：

Theoretical Overview of Availability and Maintainability Evaluation in Detail Design / 4.2.3：

Analytic Development of Availability and Maintainability in Engineering Design / 4.3：

Analytic Development of Availability and Maintainability Prediction in Conceptual Design / 4.3.1：

Analytic Development of Availability and Maintainability Assessment in Preliminary Design / 4.3.2：

Analytic Development of Availability and Maintainability Evaluation in Detail Design / 4.3.3：

Application Modelling of Availability and Maintainability in Engineering Design / 4.4：

Process Equipment Models (PEMs) / 4.4.1：

Safety and Risk in Engineering Design / 4.4.2：

Theoretical Overview of Safety and Risk in Engineering Design / 5.1：

Forward Search Techniques for Safety in Engineering Design / 5.2.1：

Theoretical Overview of Safety and Risk Prediction in Conceptual Design / 5.2.2：

Theoretical Overview of Safety and Risk Assessment in Preliminary Design / 5.2.3：

Theoretical Overview of Safety and Risk Evaluation in Detail Design / 5.2.4：

Analytic Development of Safety and Risk in Engineering Design / 5.3：

Analytic Development of Safety and Risk Prediction in Conceptual Design / 5.3.1：

Analytic Development of Safety and Risk Assessment in Preliminary Design / 5.3.2：

Analytic Development of Safety and Risk Evaluation in Detail Design / 5.3.3：

Application Modelling of Safety and Risk in Engineering Design / 5.4：

Artificial Intelligence-Based (AIB) Blackboard Model / 5.4.1：

Design Engineer's Scope of Work / 5.4.2：

Bibliography of Selected Literature / B：

Index

Engineering Design Integrity Overview / Part I：

Design Integrity Methodology / 1：

Designing for Integrity / 1.1：

54.

図書

54. Building control systems

出版情報:	Oxford : Butterworth-Heinemann, 2000 1v. (various pagings) ; 31 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Foreword

Preface

Acknowledgements

Introduction: the need for controls / 1：

Overview of the Guide / 1.1：

The modern control system / 1.2：

The global environment / 1.3：

The indoor environment / 1.4：

Energy conservation / 1.5：

Information technology and systems integration / 1.6：

Building operation / 1.7：

The benefits of a BMS / 1.8：

Summary / 1.9：

References

Control fundamentals / 2：

General / 2.0：

Control modes / 2.1：

Optimum start / 2.2：

Weather compensation / 2.3：

Stability and tuning / 2.4：

Artificial intelligence / 2.5：

Components and devices / 2.6：

Sensors / 3.1：

Actuators / 3.2：

Valves / 3.3：

Dampers / 3.4：

Motors / 3.5：

Pumps and fans / 3.6：

Control panels and motor control centres / 3.7：

The intelligent outstation / 3.8：

Systems, networks and integration / 3.9：

BMS architecture / 4.0：

Networks / 4.2：

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) / 4.3：

Systems integration / 4.4：

User interface / 4.5：

Control strategies for subsystems / 4.6：

Safety / 5.1：

Boilers / 5.2：

Chillers / 5.3：

Control of hydraulic circuits / 5.4：

Central air handling plant / 5.5：

Energy recovery / 5.6：

Mechanical ventilation / 5.7：

Variable air volume / 5.8：

Constant-volume room terminal units / 5.9：

Fan coil units / 5.10：

Dual duct systems / 5.11：

Chilled ceilings / 5.12：

Heat pumps / 5.13：

Natural ventilation / 5.14：

Lighting controls / 5.15：

Control strategies for buildings / 5.16：

Operating modes / 6.0：

Design techniques / 6.2：

Whole-building HVAC systems / 6.3：

Case studies / 6.4：

Information technology / 6.5：

Energy monitoring / 7.1：

Fault reports and maintenance scheduling / 7.2：

Management issues / 7.3：

Procurement options / 8.1：

Design and specification of a controls system / 8.2：

Tendering process / 8.3：

Commissioning / 8.4：

Operation / 8.5：

Occupant surveys / 8.6：

Cost issues / 8.7：

Bibliography / 8.8：

Tuning rules / Appendix A2：

The PID control loop / A2.1：

Digital control / A2.2：

Tuning / A2.3：

Step-by-step tuning procedure / A2.4：

Glossary / Appendix A3：

Foreword

Preface

Acknowledgements

55.

図書

55. Fundamentals of semiconductors : physics and materials properties. 3rd, rev. and enl. ed., 3rd corrected printing

Peter Y. Yu, Manuel Cardona

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer Verlag, 2005, c2001 xviii, 639 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction / 1：

A Survey of Semiconductors / 1.1：

Elemental Semiconductors / 1.1.1：

Binary Compounds / 1.1.2：

Oxides / 1.1.3：

Layered Semiconductors / 1.1.4：

Organic Semiconductors / 1.1.5：

Magnetic Semiconductors / 1.1.6：

Other Miscellaneous Semiconductors / 1.1.7：

Growth Techniques / 1.2：

Czochralski Method / 1.2.1：

Bridgman Method / 1.2.2：

Chemical Vapor Deposition / 1.2.3：

Molecular Beam Epitaxy / 1.2.4：

Liquid Phase Epitaxy / 1.2.5：

Summary

Electronic Band Structures / 2：

Quantum Mechanics / 2.1：

Translational Symmetry and Brillouin Zones / 2.2：

A Pedestrian's Guide to Group Theory / 2.3：

Definitions and Notations / 2.3.1：

Symmetry Operations of the Diamond and Zinc-Blende Structures / 2.3.2：

Representations and Character Tables / 2.3.3：

Some Applications of Character Tables / 2.3.4：

Empty Lattice or Nearly Free Electron Energy Bands / 2.4：

Nearly Free Electron Band Structure in a Zinc-Blende Crystal / 2.4.1：

Nearly Free Electron Energy Bands in Diamond Crystals / 2.4.2：

Band Structure Calculation by Pseudopotential Methods / 2.5：

Pseudopotential Form Factors in Zinc-Blende- and Diamond-Type Semiconductors / 2.5.1：

Empirical and Self-Consistent Pseudopotential Methods / 2.5.2：

The kċp Method of Band-Structure Calculations / 2.6：

Effective Mass of a Nondegenerate Band Using the kċp Method / 2.6.1：

Band Dispersion near a Degenerate Extremum: Top Valence Bands in Diamondand Zinc-Blende-Type Semiconductors / 2.6.2：

Tight-Binding or LCAO Approach to the Band Structure of Semiconductors / 2.7：

Molecular Orbitals and Overlap Parameters / 2.7.1：

Band Structure of Group-IV Elements by the Tight-Binding Method / 2.7.2：

Overlap Parameters and Nearest-Neighbor Distances / 2.7.3：

Problems

Vibrational Properties of Semiconductors, and Electron-Phonon Interactions / 3：

Phonon Dispersion Curves of Semiconductors / 3.1：

Models for Calculating Phonon Dispersion Curves of Semiconductors / 3.2：

Force Constant Models / 3.2.1：

Shell Model / 3.2.2：

Bond Models / 3.2.3：

Bond Charge Models / 3.2.4：

Electron-Phonon Interactions / 3.3：

Strain Tensor and Deformation Potentials / 3.3.1：

Electron-Acoustic-Phonon Interaction at Degenerate Bands / 3.3.2：

Piezoelectric Electron-Acoustic-Phonon Interaction / 3.3.3：

Electron-Optical-Phonon Deformation Potential Interactions / 3.3.4：

Frohlich Interaction / 3.3.5：

Interaction Between Electrons and Large-Wavevector Phonons: Intervalley Electron-Phonon Interaction / 3.3.6：

Electronic Properties of Defects / 4：

Classification of Defects / 4.1：

Shallow or Hydrogenic Impurities / 4.2：

Effective Mass Approximation / 4.2.1：

Hydrogenic or Shallow Donors / 4.2.2：

Donors Associated with Anisotropic Conduction Bands / 4.2.3：

Acceptor Levels in Diamond-and Zinc-Blende-Type Semiconductors / 4.2.4：

Deep Centers / 4.3：

Green's Function Method for Calculating Defect Energy Levels / 4.3.1：

An Application of the Green's Function Method: Linear Combination of Atomic Orbitals / 4.3.2：

Another Application of the Green's Function Method: Nitrogen in GaP and Ga AsP Alloys / 4.3.3：

Final Note on Deep Centers / 4.3.4：

Electrical Transport / 5：

Quasi-Classical Approach / 5.1：

Carrier Mobility for a Nondegenerate Electron Gas / 5.2：

Relaxation Time Approximation / 5.2.1：

Nondegenerate Electron Gas in a Parabolic Band / 5.2.2：

Dependence of Scattering and Relaxation Times on Electron Energy / 5.2.3：

Momentum Relaxation Times / 5.2.4：

Temperature Dependence of Mobilities / 5.2.5：

Modulation Doping / 5.3：

High-Field Transport and Hot Carrier Effects / 5.4：

Velocity Saturation / 5.4.1：

Negative Differential Resistance / 5.4.2：

Gunn Effect / 5.4.3：

Magneto-Transport and the Hall Effect / 5.5：

Magneto-Conductivity Tensor / 5.5.1：

Hall Effect / 5.5.2：

Hall Coefficient for Thin Film Samples (van der Pauw Method) / 5.5.3：

Hall Effect for a Distribution of Electron Energies / 5.5.4：

Optical Properties I / 6：

Macroscopic Electrodynamics / 6.1：

Digression: Units for the Frequency of Electromagnetic Waves / 6.1.1：

Experimental Determination of Optical Constants / 6.1.2：

Kramers-Kronig Relations / 6.1.3：

The Dielectric Function / 6.2：

Experimental Results / 6.2.1：

Microscopic Theory of the Dielectric Function / 6.2.2：

Joint Density of States and Van Hove Singularities / 6.2.3：

Van Hove Singularities in ϵ_i / 6.2.4：

Direct Absorption Edges / 6.2.5：

Indirect Absorption Edges / 6.2.6：

""""Forbidden"""" Direct Absorption Edges / 6.2.7：

Excitons / 6.3：

Exciton Effect at M₀ Critical Points / 6.3.1：

Absorption Spectra of Excitons / 6.3.2：

Exciton Effect at M₁ Critical Points or Hyperbolic Excitons / 6.3.3：

Exciton Effect at M₃ Critical Points / 6.3.4：

Phonon-Polaritons and Lattice Absorption / 6.4：

Phonon-Polaritons / 6.4.1：

Lattice Absorption and Reflection / 6.4.2：

Multiphonon Lattice Absorption / 6.4.3：

Dynamic Effective Ionic Charges in Heteropolar Semiconductors / 6.4.4：

Absorption Associated with Extrinsic Electrons / 6.5：

Free-Carrier Absorption in Doped Semiconductors / 6.5.1：

Absorption by Carriers Bound to Shallow Donors and Acceptors / 6.5.2：

Modulation Spectroscopy / 6.6：

Frequency Modulated Reflectance and Thermoreflectance / 6.6.3：

Piezoreflectance / 6.6.4：

Electroreflectance (Franz-Keldysh Effect) / 6.6.5：

Photoreflectance / 6.6.6：

Reflectance Difference Spectroscopy / 6.6.7：

Optical Properties II / 7：

Emission Spectroscopies / 7.1：

Band-to-Band Transitions / 7.1.1：

Free-to-Bound Transitions / 7.1.2：

Donor-Acceptor Pair Transitions / 7.1.3：

Excitons and Bound Excitons / 7.1.4：

Luminescence Excitation Spectroscopy / 7.1.5：

Light Scattering Spectroscopies / 7.2：

Macroscopic Theory of Inelastic Light Scattering by Phonons / 7.2.1：

Raman Tensor and Selection Rules / 7.2.2：

Experimental Determination of Raman Spectra / 7.2.3：

Microscopic Theory of Raman Scattering / 7.2.4：

A Detour into the World of Feynman Diagrams / 7.2.5：

Brillouin Scattering / 7.2.6：

Experimental Determination of Brillouin Spectra / 7.2.7：

Resonant Raman and Brillouin Scattering / 7.2.8：

Photoelectron Spectroscopy / 8：

Photoemission / 8.1：

Angle-Integrated Photoelectron Spectra of the Valence Bands / 8.1.1：

Angle-Resolved Photoelectron Spectra of the Valence Bands / 8.1.2：

Core Levels / 8.1.3：

Inverse Photoemission

Surface Effects / 8.2：

Surface States and Surface Reconstruction / 8.3.1：

Surface Energy Bands / 8.3.2：

Fermi Level Pinning and Space Charge Layers / 8.3.3：

Effect of Quantum Confinement on Electrons and Phonons in Semiconductors / 9：

Quantum Confinement and Density of States / 9.1：

Quantum Confinement of Electrons and Holes / 9.2：

Semiconductor Materials for Quantum Wells and Superlattices / 9.2.1：

Classification of Multiple Quantum Wells and Superlattices / 9.2.2：

Confinement of Energy Levels of Electrons and Holes / 9.2.3：

Some Experimental Results / 9.2.4：

Phonons in Superlattices / 9.3：

Phonons in Superlattices: Folded Acoustic and Confined Optic Modes / 9.3.1：

Folded Acoustic Modes: Macroscopic Treatment / 9.3.2：

Confined Optical Modes: Macroscopic Treatment / 9.3.3：

Electrostatic Effects in Polar Crystals: Interface Modes / 9.3.4：

Raman Spectra of Phonons in Semiconductor Superlattices / 9.4：

Raman Scattering by Folded Acoustic Phonons / 9.4.1：

Raman Scattering by Confined Optical Phonons / 9.4.2：

Raman Scattering by Interface Modes / 9.4.3：

Macroscopic Models of Electron-LO Phonon (Fröhlich) Interaction in Multiple Quantum Wells / 9.4.4：

Electrical Transport: Resonant Tunneling / 9.5：

Resonant Tunneling Through a Double-Barrier Quantum Well / 9.5.1：

I-V Characteristics of Resonant Tunneling Devices / 9.5.2：

Quantum Hall Effects in Two-Dimensional Electron Gases / 9.6：

Landau Theory of Diamagnetism in a Three-Dimensional Free Electron Gas / 9.6.1：

Magneto-Conductivity of a Two-Dimensional Electron Gas: Filling Factor / 9.6.2：

The Experiment of von Klitzing, Pepper and Dorda / 9.6.3：

Explanation of the Hall Plateaus in the Integral Quantum Hall Effect / 9.6.4：

Concluding Remarks / 9.7：

Appendix: Pioneers of Semiconductor Physics Remember

Ultra-Pure Germanium: From Applied to Basic Research or an Old Semiconductor Offering New Opportunities / Eugene E. Haller

Two Pseudopotential Methods: Empirical and Ab Initio / Marvin L. Cohen

The Early Stages of Band-Structures Physics and Its Struggles for a Place in the Sun / Conyers Herring

Cyclotron Resonance and Structure of Conduction and Valence Band Edges in Silicon and Germanium / Charles Kittel

Optical Properties of Amorphous Semiconductors and Solar Cells / Jan Tauc

Optical Spectroscopy of Shallow Impurity Centers / Elias Burstein

On the Prehistory of Angular Resolved Photoemission / Neville V. Smith

The Discovery and Very Basics of the Quantum Hall Effect / Klaus von Klitzing

The Birth of the Semiconductor Superlattice / Leo Esaki

References

Subject Index

Table of Fundamental Physical Constants (Inside Front Cover)

Table of Units (Inside Back Cover)

Introduction / 1：

A Survey of Semiconductors / 1.1：

Elemental Semiconductors / 1.1.1：

56.

図書

56. Concepts in spin electronics

edited by Sadamichi Maekawa

出版情報:	Oxford : Clarendon Press , New York ; Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2006 xiv, 398 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Series on semiconductor science and technology ; 13 Oxford science publications
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

List of Contributors

Optical phenomena in magnetic semiconductors / H. Munekata1：

Introduction / 1.1：

Optical properties of III-V-based MAS / 1.2：

Brief history / 1.2.1：

Hole-mediated ferromagnetism / 1.2.2：

Optical properties / 1.2.3：

Photo-induced ferromagnetism / 1.3：

Effect of charge injection I: photo-induced ferromagnetism / 1.3.1：

Effect of charge injection II: optical control of coercive force / 1.3.2：

Photo-induced magnetization rotation effect of spin injection / 1.4：

Spin dynamics / 1.5：

Possible applications / 1.6：

Magnetization reversal by electrical spin injection / 1.6.1：

Circularly polarized light emitters and detector / 1.6.2：

References

Bipolar spintronics / Igor Zutic ; Jaroslav Fabian2：

Preliminaries / 2.1：

Concept of spin polarization / 2.1.1：

Optical spin orientation / 2.1.3：

Spin injection in metallic F/N junctions / 2.1.4：

Spin relaxation in semiconductors / 2.1.5：

Bipolar spin-polarized transport and applications / 2.2：

Spin-polarized drift-diffusion equations / 2.2.1：

Spin-polarized p-n junctions / 2.2.2：

Magnetic p-n junctions / 2.2.3：

Spin transistors / 2.2.4：

Outlook and future directions / 2.2.5：

Probing and manipulating spin effects in quantum dots / S. Tarucha ; M. Stopa ; S. Sasaki ; K. Ono3：

Introduction and some history / 3.1：

Charge and spin in single quantum dots / 3.2：

Constant interaction model / 3.2.1：

Spin and exchange effect / 3.2.2：

Controlling spin states in single quantum dots / 3.3：

Singlet-triplet and doublet-doublet crossings / 3.3.1：

Non-linear regime for singlet-triplet crossing / 3.3.2：

Zeeman effect / 3.3.3：

Charge and spin in double quantum dots / 3.4：

Hydrogen molecule model / 3.4.1：

Stability diagram of charge states / 3.4.2：

Exchange coupling in the scheme of quantum computing / 3.4.3：

Spin relaxation in quantum dots / 3.5：

Transverse and longitudinal relaxation / 3.5.1：

Effect of spin-orbit interaction / 3.5.2：

Spin blockade in single-electron tunneling / 3.6：

Suppression of single-electron tunneling / 3.6.1：

Pauli effect in coupled dots / 3.6.2：

Lifting of Pauli spin blockade by hyperfine coupling / 3.6.3：

Cotunneling and the Kondo effect / 3.7：

Cotunneling / 3.7.1：

The standard Kondo effect / 3.7.2：

The S-T and D-D Kondo effect / 3.7.3：

Conclusions / 3.8：

Spin-dependent transport in single-electron devices / Jan Martinek ; Jozef Barnas4：

Single-electron transport / 4.1：

Model Hamiltonian / 4.2：

Metallic or ferromagnetic island / 4.2.1：

Quantum dot - Anderson model / 4.2.2：

Transport regimes / 4.3：

Weak coupling - sequential tunneling / 4.4：

Quantum dot / 4.4.1：

Non-Collinear geometry / 4.4.2：

Ferromagnetic island / 4.4.3：

Metallic island / 4.4.4：

Shot noise / 4.4.5：

Strong coupling - Kondo effect / 4.5：

Perturbative-scaling approach / 4.6.1：

Numerical renormalization group / 4.6.2：

Gate-controlled spin-splitting in quantum dots / 4.6.3：

Non-equilibrium transport properties / 4.6.4：

Relation to experiment / 4.6.5：

RKKY interaction between quantum dots / 4.7：

Flux-dependent RKKY interaction / 4.7.1：

RKKY interaction - experimental results / 4.7.2：

Spin-transfer torques and nanomagnets / Daniel C. Ralph ; Robert A. Buhrman5：

Spin-transfer torques / 5.1：

Intuitive picture of spin-transfer torques / 5.1.1：

The case of two magnetic layers / 5.1.2：

Simple picture of spin-transfer-driven magnetic dynamics / 5.1.3：

Experimental results / 5.1.4：

Applications of spin transfer torques / 5.1.5：

Electrons in micro- and nanomagnets / 5.2：

Micron-scale magnets and Coulomb blockade / 5.2.1：

Ferromagnetic nanoparticles / 5.2.2：

Magnetic molecules and the Kondo effect / 5.2.3：

Tunnel spin injectors / Xin Jiang ; Stuart Parkin6：

Magnetic tunnel junctions / 6.1：

Tunneling spin polarization / 6.2.1：

Giant tunneling using MgO tunnel barriers / 6.2.2：

Magnetic tunnel transistor / 6.3：

Hot electron devices / 6.3.1：

Energy-dependent electron transport in the magnetic tunnel transistor / 6.3.2：

Tunnel-based spin injectors / 6.4：

Spin injection / 6.4.1：

Spin injection using tunnel injectors / 6.4.2：

Theory of spin-transfer torque and domain wall motion in magnetic nanostructures / S. E. Barnes ; S. Maekawa7：

Landau-Lifshitz equations / 7.1：

Relaxation and the Landau-Lifshitz equations / 7.2.1：

Models for itinerant ferromagnets / 7.3：

Description of the ferromagnetic spin / 7.3.1：

Quantum effects / 7.3.2：

Angular momentum transfer for bi-layers / 7.4：

Gauge theory / 7.4.1：

Spin-motiveforces (smf) in bi-layers / 7.4.2：

Magnetic dynamics of bi-layers / 7.5：

Relaxation of dynamical modes / 7.5.1：

Description of the dynamical modes / 7.6：

Effective particle description of the dynamical modes / 7.6.1：

Static critical current / 7.6.2：

Stability of small-angle oscillations - dynamic critical points / 7.6.3：

Stability of the negative temperature fixed point / 7.6.4：

The role of the smf/emf due to dynamical modes / 7.6.5：

Interactions of ferro- and metallic layers / 7.6.6：

The relaxation bottleneck and dynamics of an FN-interface / 7.6.7：

Dynamics of FNF domains / 7.6.8：

Angular momentum transfer in FNF domains / 7.6.9：

Angular momentum transfer in NFN systems / 7.6.10：

Domain walls / 7.7：

Relaxation in domain walls / 7.7.1：

Angular momentum transfer in domain walls / 7.7.2：

Pinning of domain walls / 7.7.3：

The smf/emf produced by a domain wall / 7.7.4：

Applications of the smf produced by a domain wall / 7.7.5：

Spin injection and spin transport in hybrid nanostructures / S. Takahashi ; H. Imamura8：

Spin injection, spin accumulation, and spin current / 8.1：

Spin transport in non-local geometry / 8.2.1：

Spin accumulation signal / 8.2.2：

Non-local spin injection and manipulation / 8.2.3：

Spin injection into superconductors / 8.3：

Spin Hall effect / 8.4：

Basic formulation / 8.4.1：

Scattering probability and Boltzmann equation / 8.4.2：

Spin and charge Hall currents / 8.4.3：

Spin-orbit coupling parameter / 8.4.4：

Non-local spin Hall effect / 8.4.5：

Appendix: Electrochemical potentials in F1/N/F2 / 8.5：

Andreev reflection at ferromagnet/superconductor interfaces / 9：

Basic theory of Andreev reflection / 9.1：

Point-contact Andreev reflection / 9.2：

Ferromagnet/superconductor/ferromagnet double junctions / 9.3：

Crossed Andreev reflection / 9.4：

Index

List of Contributors

Optical phenomena in magnetic semiconductors / H. Munekata1：

Introduction / 1.1：

57.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

57. Nano-optics

Satoshi Kawata, Motoichi Ohtsu, Masahiro Irie (eds.)

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2002 xv, 321 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Springer series in optical sciences ; v. 84 Physics and astronomy online library
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

1 Quantum Theory for Near-Field Nano-Optics K. Cho, H. Hori, K. Kitahara 1

1.1 Resonant Near-Field Optics 4

1.1.1 Outline of Microscopic Nonlocal Response Theory 5

1.1.2 Resonant SNOM 9

1.1.3 Coupling of Cavity Modes and Matter Excitation 11

1.2 Quantization of Evanescent Waves and Optical Near-Rield Interaction of Atoms 13

1.2.1 State of Vector Fields 14

1.2.2 Radiative Fields Near a Planar Dielectric Surface 17

1.2.3 Detector-Mode Functions and Field Quantization 19

1.2.4 Multipole Radiation near a Dielectric Surface 23

1.2.5 Spontaneous Radiative Lifetime in an Optical Near-Field 25

1.3 Quantum Mechanical Aspects of Optical Near-Field Problems 27

1.3.1 Properties of Near-Field Optical Interactions 27

1.3.2 Observations and Transport Properties in the Near-Field 29

1.3.3 Local Mode Descriptions and Compatibility with Macroscopic Descriptions 30

References 32

2 Electromagnetism Theory and Analysis for Near-Field Nano-Optics S. Kawata, K. Tanaka, N. Takahashi 35

2.1 Finite-Difference Time-Domain Analysis of a Near-Field Microscope System 36

2.1.1 Near-Field Microscope as a Multiple Scattering System 36

2.1.2 Finite-Difference Time-Domain Algorithm for NSOM Imaging 37

2.1.3 NSOM Image Without Effects of Probe-Sample Interaction 39

2.1.4 NSOM Image When the Probe-Sample Interaction in Included 41

2.1.5 Effect of the Probe-Sample Distance on the Generated NSOM Images 44

2.1.6 Dependence of NSOM Image on the Spatial Frequency Content of Sample Surface 45

2.2 Reconstruction of an Optical Image from NSOM Data 47

2.2.1 Necessity for Numerical Inversion of the NSOM System 47

2.2.2 NSOM Image of Dielectric Strips 47

2.2.3 Deconvolution of Dielectric Strips with Nonnegativity Constraint 49

2.2.4 Reconstruction of Metal Strips 50

2.3 Radiation Force Exerted near a Nano-Aperture 51

2.3.1 Radiation Force to Trap a Small Particle 51

2.3.2 Force Distribution Exerted on the Sphere near a Subwavelength Aperture 54

2.3.3 Force Exerted on Two Spheres in the Near-Field of a Small Aperture 57

References 58

3 High-Resolution and High-Throughput Probes M. Ohtsu, K. Sawada 61

3.1 Excitation of a HE-Plasmon Mode 64

3.1.1 Mode Analysis 64

3.1.2 Edged Probes for Exciting a HE-Plasmon Mode 64

3.2 Multiple-Tapered Probes 66

3.2.1 Double-Tapered Probe 66

3.2.2 Triple-Tapered Probe 70

References 73

Apertureless Near-Field Probes S. Kawata, Y. Inouye, T. Kataoka, T. Okamoto 75

4.1 Local Plasmon in a Metallic Nanoparticle 76

4.1.1 Local Plasmon Resonance in a Metallic Nanoparticle 76

4.1.2 Local Plasmon Resonance in a Metallic Nanoparticle above a Substrate 79

4.1.3 Optical Sensor Using Colloidal Gold Monolayers 82

4.1.4 Gold Nanoparticle Probe 85

4.2 Laser-Trapping of a Metallic Particle for a Near-Field Microscope Probe 87

4.2.1 Mechanism of Laser Trapping 88

4.2.2 Laser Trapping of a Probe for NSOM 89

4.2.3 Experimental Setup 90

4.2.4 Feedback Stabilization of a Particle 90

4.2.5 Experimental Results 91

4.3 Near-Field Enhancement at a Metallic Probe 93

4.3.1 Field Enhancement at the Tip 93

4.3.2 Near-Field Raman Spectroscopy 96

4.4 Scattering Near-Field Optical Microscope with a Microcavity 101

4.4.1 Resonant Microcavity Probe 101

4.4.2 FDTD Simulation of a Resonant Microcavity Probe 102

4.4.3 Fabrication of a "Resonant Microcavity Probe" 104

4.4.4 Observation of a Vacuum-Evaporated Gold Film 106

References 107

5 Integrated and Functional Probes T. Ono, M. Esashi, H. Yamada, Y. Sugawara, J. Takahara, K. Hane 111

5.1 Micromachined Probes 111

5.1.1 Fabrication of a Miniature Aperture 112

5.1.2 Throughput Measurement 116

5.1.3 Fabrication of an Aperture Having a Metal Nanowire at the Center 117

5.1.4 Imaging with a Fabricated Aperture Probe 119

5.2 Light Detection from Force 120

5.2.1 Method of Measuring Optical Near-Field Using Force 121

5.2.2 Imaging Properties 124

5.3 High Efficiency Light Transmission Through a Nano-Waveguide 126

5.3.1 Low-Dimensional Optical Wave and Negative Dielectric 126

5.3.2 One-Dimensional Optical Waveguides 127

5.3.3 Negative-Dielectric Pin and Hole 128

5.3.4 Negative-Dielectric Tube 131

5.3.5 Lossy Waveguides and Applications 132

References 133

6 High-Density Optical Memory and Ultrafine Photofabrication M. Irie 137

6.1 Photochromic Memory Media 138

6.2 Near-Field Optical Memory 141

6.2.1 Diarylethenes 141

6.2.2 Perinaphthothioindigo 142

6.3 Future Prospects for Near-Field Optical Memory 144

6.4 Nanofabrication: Chemical Vapor Deposition 144

6.5 Nanofabrication: Organic Film 147

References 149

7 Near-Field Imaging of Molecules and Thin Films M. Fujihira, S. Itoh, A. Takahara, O. Karthaus, S. Okazaki, K. Kajikawa 151

7.1 Near-Field Imaging of Molecules and Thin Films 151

7.1.1 Preparation of Organic Thin Films 151

7.1.2 Control of Tip-Sample Separation 151

7.1.3 Various Modes of Observations 152

7.1.4 Optical Recording on Organic Thin Films 152

7.2 Two-Dimensional Morphology of Ultrathin Polymer Films 152

7.2.1 Materials, Preparation of Films, and Apparatus 153

7.2.2 Observation of Two-Dimensional Morphology 156

7.2.3 Conclusion 161

7.3 Observation of Polyethylene (PE) Crystals 161

7.3.1 AFM and NSOM Observation of PE Single Crystals 161

7.3.2 AFM and NSOM Observation of Melt-Crystallized PE Thin Films 163

7.3.3 Conclusions 167

7.4 Preparation of Micrometer-Sized Chromophore Aggregates 168

7.4.1 Control of Aggregation 168

7.4.2 Mesoscopic Patterns 169

7.4.3 Mechanism of Pattern Formation 169

7.4.4 Chromophore-Containing Mesoscopic Patterns 170

7.4.5 Azobenzene-Containing Polyion Complex 171

7.4.6 Mesoscopic Line Pattern of Poly (hexylthiophene) 173

7.5 Application to Electrochemical Research 174

7.5.1 Fabrication of an Aluminum Nanoelectrode SNOM Probe to Stimulate Electroluminescent (EL) Polymers 174

7.5.2 Integration of STM with SNOM Microscopy by Fabricating Original Chemically Etched Conducting Hybrid Probes 176

7.5.3 Development of a New Type of AFM/SNOM Integrated System 178

7.5.4 Biological Applications 180

7.6 Second-Harmonic Generation in Near-Field Optics 184

7.6.1 Materials and Apparatus 186

7.6.2 SHG Observation 186

7.6.3 Conclusion 187

References 187

8 Near-Field Microscopy for Biomolecular Systems T. Yanagida, E. Tamiya, H. Muramatsu, P. Degenaar, Y. Ishii, Y. Sako, K. Saito, S. Ohta-Iino, S. Ogawa, G. Marriott, A. Kusumi, H. Tatsumi 191

8.1 Near-Field Imaging of Human Chromosomes and Single DNA Molecules 192

8.1.1 SNOAM System 193

8.1.2 SNOAM Imaging of Human Chromosomes [19] 194

8.1.3 SNOAM Imaging of a Single DNA Molecule [20｝ 198

8.2 Imaging of Biological Molecules 199

8.2.1 Myosin-Actin Motors 199

8.2.2 Membrane Receptors 209

8.2.3 ATP Synthase 215

8.3 Cell and Cellular Functions 220

8.3.1 Near-Field Fluorescent Microscopy of Living Cells 220

8.3.2 Dynamics of Cell Membranes 222

8.3.3 Near-Field Imaging of Neuronal Cell and Transmitter 229

References 233

9 Near-Field Imaging of Quantum Devices and Photonic Structures M. Gonokami, H. Akiyama, M. Fukui 237

9.1 Spectroscopy of Quantum Devices and Structures 237

9.1.1 Near-Field Microscopy with a Solid-Immersion Lens 238

9.1.2 Solid-Immersion Microscopy of GaAs Nanostructures 242

9.1.3 Time-Resolved Spectroscopy of Single Quantum Dots Using NSOM 247

9.2 Observation of Polysilane by Near-Field Scanning Optical Microscope in the Ultraviolet (UV) Region 251

9.2.1 Morphologies and Quantum Size Effects of Single InAs Quantum Dots Studied by Scanning Tunneling Microscopy/Spectroscopy 255

9.2.2 Photonic Structures Consisting of Dielectric Spheres 257

9.2.3 Interaction of a Near-Field Light with Two-Dimensionally Ordered Spheres 265

9.2.4 Photonic-Band Effect on Near-Field Optical Images of 2-D Sphere Arrays 270

9.3 Near-Field Photon Tunneling 275

9.3.1 What is Photon Tunneling? 275

9.3.2 Resonant Photon Tunneling Through a Photonic Double-Barrier Structure 277

9.3.3 Resonant Photon Tunneling Mediated by a Photonic Dot 280

9.3.4 Concluding Remarks 281

References 281

10 Other Imaging and Applications N. Umeda, A. Yamamoto, R. Nishitani, J. Bae, T. Tanaka, S. Yamamoto 287

10.1 Birefringent Imaging with an Illumination-Mode Near-Field Scanning Optical Microscope 287

10.1.1 Principle 288

10.1.2 Apparatus 289

10.1.3 System Performance 291

10.1.4 Observation of Sample 292

10.1.5 Conclusion 294

10.2 Plain-Type Low-Temperature NSOM System 294

10.2.1 Experimental Setup 295

10.2.2 Results and Discussion 296

10.2.3 Conclusion 298

10.3 STM-Induced Luminescence 298

10.3.1 Theoretical Model 298

10.3.2 Experimental Method 299

10.3.3 Results 300

10.3.4 Conclusion 304

10.4 Energy Modulation of Electrons with Evanescent Waves 304

10.4.1 Sensing an Optical Near-Field with Electrons 304

10.4.2 Metal Microslit 304

10.4.3 Experiment 306

10.4.4 Conclusion 308

10.5 Manipulation of Particles by Photon Force 308

10.5.1 Method 308

10.5.2 Experiments 309

10.5.3 Conclusion 314

References 315

Index 317

1 Quantum Theory for Near-Field Nano-Optics K. Cho, H. Hori, K. Kitahara 1

1.1 Resonant Near-Field Optics 4

1.1.1 Outline of Microscopic Nonlocal Response Theory 5

58.

図書

58. Air quality assessment and management : a practical guide (: pbk ; : hbk)

D. Owen Harrop

出版情報:	London ; New York : Spon Press, c2002 [xiii], 384 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Clay's library of health and the environment
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Dedication

Acknowledgements

Introduction / 1：

Air pollution - a concern / 1.1：

Book format / 1.3：

Air Pollution Sources and Types / 2：

Composition of the atmosphere / 2.1：

Air pollution sources / 2.3：

Types of pollutants and their sources / 2.4：

Carcinogenic pollutants / 2.4.1：

Carbon monoxide / 2.4.2：

Carbon dioxide / 2.4.3：

Lead / 2.4.4：

Nitrogen dioxide / 2.4.5：

Ozone / 2.4.6：

Particulates / 2.4.7：

Sulphur dioxide / 2.4.8：

Dioxins and furans / 2.4.9：

Other pollutants / 2.4.10：

Trends in air quality / 2.5：

Indoor air pollution / 2.5.1：

Smoking / 2.6.1：

Effects of Air Pollution / 3：

Human health / 3.1：

Smogs and air pollution episodes / 3.2.1：

Assessing health effects / 3.2.2：

Asthma / 3.2.3：

Health effects of specific air pollutants / 3.2.4：

Flora / 3.3：

Fauna / 3.4：

Ecosystems / 3.5：

Materials / 3.6：

Visibility (particle haze) / 3.7：

Visual range / 3.7.1：

Strategic air quality issues / 3.8：

Acid rain / 3.8.1：

Ozone depletion / 3.8.2：

Greenhouse effect / 3.8.3：

Emission Inventories / 4：

The purpose of emission inventories / 4.1：

Atmospheric emission inventory initiatives / 4.3：

Types of emission release and sources / 4.4：

Industrial emissions / 4.4.1：

Domestic emissions / 4.4.2：

Agricultural emissions / 4.4.3：

Motor vehicle emissions / 4.4.4：

Aircraft emissions / 4.4.5：

Information requirements / 4.5：

Examples of national emission inventories / 4.6：

UK national atmospheric emissions inventory / 4.6.1：

European emission inventories / 4.6.2：

Canadian national emission inventory / 4.6.3：

US national emission inventory / 4.6.4：

Transboundary emissions / 4.7：

Terrestrial / 4.7.1：

Marine / 4.7.2：

Pollution emission trends / 4.8：

Exercise / 4.9：

Air Pollution Monitoring / 5：

Forms of monitoring / 5.1：

Site selection / 5.3：

Monitoring strategies / 5.4：

Monitoring standards and accreditation / 5.5：

Monitoring methods and techniques / 5.6：

Methods of measurement / 5.6.1：

Measurement techniques / 5.6.2：

Particulate measurement / 5.6.3：

Oxides of nitrogen / 5.6.4：

Volatile organic compounds / 5.6.7：

Odour measurement / 5.6.9：

Other equipment / 5.8：

Monitoring networks / 5.9：

Gems / 5.9.1：

National and municipal air quality monitoring networks / 5.9.2：

Source monitoring / 5.10：

Point source monitoring / 5.10.1：

Mobile sources / 5.10.2：

Impact Prediction / 6：

Mechanisms for dispersion / 6.1：

Wind speed and direction / 6.2.1：

Atmospheric turbulence / 6.2.2：

Temperature inversions / 6.2.3：

Topography / 6.2.4：

Plume formation / 6.2.5：

Air dispersion modelling / 6.3：

What is a model? / 6.3.1：

Model characteristics / 6.4：

Time and space scales / 6.4.1：

Frame of reference / 6.4.2：

Pollutants and reaction mechanisms / 6.4.3：

Treatment of turbulence / 6.4.4：

Plume additivity (treatment of multiple sources) / 6.4.5：

Model accuracy and limitations / 6.4.7：

Data requirements / 6.5：

Air dispersion modelling procedures / 6.6：

Stack height determination / 6.7：

Plume rise / 6.8：

Gaussian modelling / 6.9：

Extrapolating time average concentrations / 6.9.1：

Box models / 6.10：

Linear models / 6.11：

Physical models / 6.12：

Types of air dispersion models / 6.13：

Impact Significance and Legislation / 6.14：

Impact significance / 7.1：

EU air quality standards / 7.2.1：

World Health Organisation air quality guidelines / 7.2.2：

National air quality standards / 7.2.3：

Derived air quality standards / 7.2.4：

Air pollution indices / 7.3：

Risk assessment / 7.4：

Nuisance / 7.5：

Odour / 7.5.1：

Visibility / 7.5.3：

Pollution episodes / 7.6：

Air pollution legislation / 7.9：

Greenhouse gases / 7.9.1：

Ozone layer / 7.9.2：

International conventions / 7.9.3：

European Union / 7.9.4：

World Health Organisation / 7.9.5：

National air pollution control regimes / 7.10：

UK air pollution control regime / 7.10.1：

US air pollution control regime / 7.10.2：

Japanese air pollution control regime / 7.10.3：

Singaporean air pollution control regime / 7.10.4：

People's Republic of China legislative system / 7.10.5：

Public awareness / 7.11：

Mitigation, Control and Management / 8：

What is mitigation and control? / 8.1：

Control of fugitive emissions / 8.3：

Fugitive dust control / 8.3.1：

Fugitive gaseous control / 8.3.2：

Visual inspections / 8.3.3：

Techniques for the control of gaseous emissions / 8.4：

General abatement techniques / 8.4.1：

Control of oxides of nitrogen / 8.4.2：

Control of sulphur dioxide / 8.4.3：

Odour control / 8.4.4：

Control of dioxin emissions / 8.4.5：

Techniques for the control of particulate emissions / 8.5：

Gravity settler / 8.5.1：

Cyclone / 8.5.2：

Fabric or bag filters / 8.5.3：

Electrostatic precipitators / 8.5.4：

Wet scrubber / 8.5.5：

Equipment selection / 8.5.6：

Control of emissions from agricultural practices / 8.6：

Flaring / 8.7：

Control of emissions from motor vehicles / 8.8：

Cost effectiveness / 8.9：

Air quality management / 8.10：

AQM process / 8.10.1：

Air quality management in the UK / 8.10.2：

Designation of air quality management areas / 8.10.3：

Air quality action plans / 8.10.4：

Site Inspection and Project Management / 9：

Process inspection / 9.1：

Presentation to management / 9.2.1：

Orientation tour / 9.2.2：

Techniques / 9.2.3：

Verification techniques / 9.2.4：

Inspection findings / 9.2.5：

Close out meeting / 9.2.6：

Project management / 9.3：

Report writing / 9.3.1：

Financial control / 9.3.2：

Case Studies / 10：

Case Study 1 - Screening air quality monitoring study / 10.1：

Case Study 2 - Indoor air quality health assessment / 10.3：

Case Study 3 - Emission inventory / 10.4：

Case Study 4 - Baseline air quality monitoring study / 10.5：

Sulphur dioxide and smoke / 10.5.1：

Monitoring / 10.5.2：

Case Study 5 - Air dispersion modelling study / 10.6：

Case Study 6 - Quantitative health risk assessment / 10.7：

Case Study 7 - Air quality management / 10.8：

Screening study / 10.8.1：

Long-term calculations / 10.8.2：

Areas of expected exceedences of air quality objectives / 10.8.3：

Case Study 8 - Emission control / 10.9：

Case Study 9 - Spireslack open cast coal site / 10.10：

Method of assessment / 10.10.1：

Baseline air quality and meteorological conditions / 10.10.2：

The proposed development / 10.10.3：

Potential emissions / 10.10.4：

Mitigation measures / 10.10.5：

Environmental consequences / 10.10.6：

Case Study 10 - Power station air dispersion modelling study / 10.11：

Meteorological data / 10.11.1：

Modelling parameters / 10.11.2：

Modelling results / 10.11.3：

Assessment of predicted concentrations / 10.11.4：

Comparison of predicted deposition levels with critical load levels / 10.11.5：

Case Study 11 - Widening of the Tolo/Fanling highway between the Island House Interchange and Fanling (Hong Kong), People's Republic of China / 10.11.6：

Description of study area / 10.12.1：

Construction phase air quality impacts / 10.12.2：

Operational phase air quality impacts / 10.12.3：

Case Study 12 - Emission inventory of VOCs / 10.12.4：

Case Study 13 - Assessment of air quality data / 10.14：

Case Study 14 - A comparison of model predictions and baseline monitoring data / 10.15：

Epilogue

Appendix

Terminology / A1：

Pollutants / A2：

Units / A3：

Annotations / A4：

Useful contact details / A5：

National environmental agencies / A.5.1：

International institutions / A.5.2：

Conversion tables / A6：

References

Country index

Subject index

Preface

Dedication

Acknowledgements

59.

図書

59. LabView advanced programming techniques. 2nd ed

Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin, Matt Nawrocki

出版情報:	Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press/Taylor & Francis Group, c2007 499 p. ; 25 cm.
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction to LabVIEW / Chapter 1：

Virtual Instruments / 1.1：

The Front Panel / 1.1.1：

Block Diagram / 1.1.2：

Executing VIs / 1.1.3：

LabVIEW File Extensions / 1.1.4：

LabVIEW Projects / 1.2：

Help / 1.3：

Built-in Help / 1.3.1：

Websites / 1.3.2：

Data Flow Programming / 1.4：

Menus and Palettes / 1.5：

Front Panel Controls / 1.6：

User Control Sets / 1.6.1：

Numeric / 1.6.1.1：

Boolean / 1.6.1.2：

String & Path / 1.6.1.3：

Ring & Enum, List & Table / 1.6.1.4：

Array, Cluster, and Matrix / 1.6.1.5：

Graphs and Charts / 1.6.1.6：

String & Path and I/O / 1.6.1.7：

Block Diagram Functions / 1.7：

Structures / 1.7.1：

Sequence Structure / 1.7.1.1：

Case Structure / 1.7.1.2：

For Loop / 1.7.1.3：

While Loop / 1.7.1.4：

Event Structure / 1.7.1.5：

Disable Structure / 1.7.1.6：

Timed Structure / 1.7.1.7：

Formula Node / 1.7.1.8：

Numeric, Boolean, String, and Comparison / 1.7.2：

Array and Cluster / 1.7.3：

Timing / 1.7.4：

Dialog and User Interface / 1.7.5：

File I/O / 1.7.6：

Instrument I/O, Connectivity, and Communication / 1.7.7：

Creating Connectors / 1.7.8：

Editing Icons / 1.7.9：

Using SubVIs / 1.7.10：

VI Setup / 1.7.11：

Setting Options / 1.8：

Paths / 1.8.1：

Environment / 1.8.2：

Revision History / 1.8.4：

VI Server and Web Server / 1.8.5：

Controls/Functions Palettes / 1.8.6：

LabVIEW Features / Chapter 2：

Global and Local Variables / 2.1：

Shared Variables / 2.2：

Customizing Controls / 2.3：

Custom Controls / 2.3.1：

Type Definitions / 2.3.2：

Strict Type Definitions / 2.3.3：

Property Nodes / 2.4：

Reentrant VIs / 2.5：

Libraries (.LLB) / 2.6：

Webserver / 2.7：

Web Publishing Tool / 2.8：

Instrument Driver Tools / 2.9：

Profile Functions / 2.10：

VI Profiler / 2.10.1：

Buffer Allocations / 2.10.2：

VI Metrics / 2.10.3：

Auto SubVI Creation / 2.11：

Graphical Comparison Tools / 2.12：

Compare VIs / 2.12.1：

Compare VI Hierarchies / 2.12.2：

SCC Compare Files / 2.12.3：

Report Generation Palette / 2.13：

Application Builder / 2.14：

Sound VIs / 2.15：

Application Control / 2.16：

VI Server VIs / 2.16.1：

Menu VIs / 2.16.2：

Help VIs / 2.16.3：

Other Application Control VIs / 2.16.4：

Advanced Functions / 2.17：

Data Manipulation / 2.17.1：

Calling External Code / 2.17.2：

Synchronization / 2.17.3：

Source Code Control / 2.18：

Configuration / 2.18.1：

Adding and Modifying Files / 2.18.2：

Advanced Features / 2.18.3：

Graphs / 2.19：

Standard Graphs / 2.19.1：

3-D Graphs / 2.19.2：

Digital and Mixed Signal Graphs / 2.19.3：

Picture Graphs / 2.19.4：

Data Logging / 2.20：

Find and Replace / 2.21：

Print Documentation / 2.22：

VI History / 2.23：

Key Navigation / 2.24：

Express VIs / 2.25：

Navigation Window / 2.26：

Splitter Bar / 2.27：

Bibliography

State Machines / Chapter 3：

Introduction / 3.1：

State Machines in LabVIEW / 3.1.1：

When to Use a State Machine / 3.1.2：

Types of State Machines / 3.1.3：

Enumerated Types and Type Definitions / 3.2：

Type Definitions Used with State Machines / 3.2.1：

Creating Enumerated Constants and Type Definitions / 3.2.2：

Converting between Enumerated Types and Strings / 3.2.3：

Drawbacks to Using Type Definitions and Enumerated Controls / 3.2.4：

Sequence-Style State Machine / 3.3：

When to Use a Sequence-Style State Machine / 3.3.1：

Example / 3.3.2：

Test Executive-Style State Machine / 3.4：

The LabVIEW Template Standard State Machine / 3.4.1：

When to Use a Test Executive-Style State Machine / 3.4.2：

Recommended States for a Test Executive-Style State Machine / 3.4.3：

Determining States for Test Executive-Style State Machines / 3.4.4：

Classical-Style State Machine / 3.4.5：

When to Use a Classical-Style State Machine / 3.5.1：

Queued-Style State Machine / 3.5.2：

When to Use the Queued-Style State Machine / 3.6.1：

Example Using LabVIEW Queue Functions / 3.6.2：

Example Using an Input Array / 3.6.3：

Drawbacks to Using State Machines / 3.7：

Recommendations and Suggestions / 3.8：

Documentation / 3.8.1：

Ensure Proper Setup / 3.8.2：

Error, Open, and Close States / 3.8.3：

Status of Shift Registers / 3.8.4：

Typecasting an Index to an Enumerated Type / 3.8.5：

Make Sure You Have a Way Out / 3.8.6：

Problems/Examples / 3.9：

The Blackjack Example / 3.9.1：

The Test Sequencer Example / 3.9.2：

The PC Calculator Example / 3.9.3：

Application Structure / Chapter 4：

Planning / 4.1：

Purpose of Structure / 4.2：

Software Models / 4.3：

The Waterfall Model / 4.3.1：

The Spiral Model / 4.3.2：

Block Diagrams / 4.3.3：

Description of Logic / 4.3.4：

Project Administration / 4.4：

LabVIEW Documentation / 4.5：

Printing LabVIEW Documentation / 4.5.2：

The Three-Tiered Structure / 4.5.3：

Main Level / 4.7：

User Interface / 4.7.1：

User Interface Design / 4.7.1.1：

Property Node Examples / 4.7.1.2：

Customizing Menus / 4.7.1.3：

Exception-Handling at the Main Level / 4.7.2：

Second Level - Test Level / 4.8：

Bottom Level - Drivers / 4.9：

Style Tips / 4.10：

Sequence Structures / 4.10.1：

Nested Structures / 4.10.2：

Drivers / 4.10.3：

Polling Loops / 4.10.4：

Array Handling / 4.10.5：

The LabVIEW Project / 4.11：

Project Overview / 4.11.1：

Project File Operations / 4.11.2：

Project Library / 4.11.3：

Project File Organization / 4.11.4：

Build Specifications / 4.11.5：

Source Code Management / 4.11.6：

Summary / 4.12：

Communication Standards / Chapter 5：

GPIB / 5.1.1：

Serial Communications / 5.1.2：

VXI / 5.1.3：

LXI / 5.1.4：

VISA Definition / 5.1.5：

DDE / 5.1.6：

OLE / 5.1.7：

TCP/IP / 5.1.8：

DataSocket / 5.1.9：

Traditional DAQ / 5.1.10：

NI-DAQmx / 5.1.11：

Code Interface Node and Call Library Function / 5.1.12：

Driver Classifications / 5.2：

Configuration Drivers / 5.2.1：

Measurement Drivers / 5.2.2：

Status Drivers / 5.2.3：

Inputs/Outputs / 5.3：

Error Handling / 5.4：

NI Spy / 5.5：

NI Spy Introduction / 5.5.1：

Configuring NI Spy / 5.5.2：

Running NI Spy / 5.5.3：

Driver Guidelines / 5.6：

Reuse and Development Reduction / 5.7：

Driver Example / 5.8：

Instrument I/O Assistant / 5.9：

IVI Drivers / 5.10：

Classes of IVI Drivers / 5.10.1：

Interchangeability / 5.10.2：

Simulation / 5.10.3：

State Management / 5.10.4：

IVI Driver Installation / 5.10.5：

IVI Configuration / 5.10.6：

How to Use IVI Drivers / 5.10.7：

Soft Panels / 5.10.8：

IVI Driver Example / 5.10.9：

Exception Handling / Chapter 6：

Exception Handling Defined / 6.1：

Types of Errors / 6.2：

I/O Errors / 6.2.1：

Logical Errors / 6.2.2：

Built-in Error Handling / 6.3：

Error Cluster / 6.3.1：

Error Codes / 6.3.2：

VISA Error Handling / 6.3.3：

Simple Error Handler / 6.3.4：

General Error Handler / 6.3.5：

Find First Error / 6.3.6：

Clear Error / 6.3.7：

Performing Exception Handling / 6.4：

When? / 6.4.1：

Exception-Handling at Main Level / 6.4.2：

Programmer-Defined Errors / 6.4.3：

Managing Errors / 6.4.4：

State Machine Exception Handling / 6.4.5：

Logging Errors / 6.4.6：

External Error Handler / 6.4.7：

Proper Exit Procedure / 6.4.8：

Exception Handling Example / 6.4.9：

Debugging Code / 6.5：

Error List / 6.5.1：

Execution Highlighting / 6.5.2：

Single-Stepping / 6.5.3：

Probe Tool / 6.5.4：

Breakpoint Tool / 6.5.5：

Suspending Execution / 6.5.6：

NI Spy/GPIB Spy / 6.5.7：

Utilization of Debugging Tools / 6.5.9：

Evaluating Race Conditions / 6.5.10：

Shared Variable / 6.6：

Overview of Shared Variables / 7.1：

Single Process Variables / 7.1.1：

Network: Published Variable / 7.1.2：

Shared Variable Engine / 7.2：

Accessing the Shared Variable Engine / 7.2.1：

Shared Variable Manager / 7.2.1.1：

Windows Event Viewer / 7.2.1.2：

Windows Performance Monitor / 7.2.1.3：

Windows Task Manager / 7.2.1.4：

Shared Variable Processes and Services / 7.3：

Shared Variable Networking / 7.4：

Shared Variable Domains / 7.5：

Pitfalls of Distributed Applications / 7.6：

Shared Variables and Network Security / 7.7：

LabVIEW Specific Security Issues / 7.7.1：

.NET, ActiveX, and COM / Chapter 8：

Introduction to OLE, COM, and ActiveX / 8.1：

Definition of Related Terms / 8.1.1：

Properties and Methods / 8.1.1.1：

Interfaces / 8.1.1.2：

Clients and Servers / 8.1.1.3：

In-Process and Out-of-Process / 8.1.1.4：

The Variant / 8.1.1.5：

COM / 8.2：

ActiveX / 8.3：

Description of ActiveX / 8.4.1：

ActiveX Definitions / 8.4.2：

ActiveX Technologies / 8.4.3：

ActiveX Terminology / 8.4.3.1：

Events / 8.4.4：

Containers / 8.4.5：

How ActiveX Controls Are Used / 8.4.6：

.NET / 8.5：

Description of .NET / 8.5.1：

Common Language Runtime / 8.5.2：

Intermediate Language / 8.5.3：

Web Protocols / 8.5.4：

Assembly / 8.5.5：

Global Assembly Cache / 8.5.6：

LabVIEW and ActiveX / 8.6：

The LabVIEW ActiveX Container / 8.6.1：

Embedding Objects / 8.6.1.1：

Inserting ActiveX Controls and Documents / 8.6.1.2：

The ActiveX Palette / 8.6.2：

Automation Open and Close / 8.6.2.1：

The Property Node / 8.6.2.2：

The Invoke Node / 8.6.2.3：

Variant to Data Function / 8.6.2.4：

Using the Container versus Automation / 8.6.3：

Event Support in LabVIEW / 8.6.4：

Event Callback / 8.6.4.2：

LabVIEW as ActiveX Server / 8.6.5：

LabVIEW and .NET / 8.7：

.NET Containers / 8.7.1：

.NET Palette / 8.7.2：

The VI Server / 8.8：

ActiveX and .NET Examples / 8.9：

Common Dialog Control / 8.9.1：

Progress Bar Control / 8.9.2：

Microsoft Calendar Control / 8.9.3：

Web Browser Control / 8.9.4：

Microsoft Scripting Control / 8.9.5：

Microsoft System Information Control / 8.9.6：

Microsoft Status Bar Control / 8.9.7：

Microsoft Tree View Control / 8.9.8：

Microsoft Agent / 8.9.9：

Request Objects - First Tier / 8.9.9.1：

Other First-Tier Controls / 8.9.9.2：

The Characters Object / 8.9.9.3：

The Character Control / 8.9.9.4：

Registry Editing Control / 8.9.10：

Controlling Microsoft Word / 8.9.11：

Microsoft Access Control / 8.9.12：

Instrument Control Using ActiveX / 8.9.13：

Instrument Control Using .NET / 8.9.14：

Controlling LabVIEW from Other Applications / 8.9.15：

Understanding ActiveX Error Codes / 8.9.16：

Advanced ActiveX details / 8.9.17：

Multithreading in LabVIEW / Chapter 9：

Multithreading Terminology / 9.1：

Win32 / 9.1.1：

UNIX / 9.1.2：

Multitasking / 9.1.3：

Preemptive Multithreading / 9.1.3.1：

Kernel Objects / 9.1.4：

Thread / 9.1.5：

Process / 9.1.6：

Application / 9.1.7：

Priority / 9.1.8：

How Operating Systems Determine which Threads / 9.1.8.1：

Security / 9.1.9：

Thread Safe / 9.1.10：

Thread Mechanics / 9.2：

Thread States / 9.2.1：

Scheduling Threads / 9.2.2：

Context Switching / 9.2.3：

Win32 Multithreading / 9.3：

Pthreads / 9.4：

Multithreading Problems / 9.5：

Race Conditions / 9.5.1：

Priority Inversion / 9.5.2：

Starvation / 9.5.3：

Deadlocking / 9.5.4：

Operating System Solutions / 9.5.5：

Multithreading Myths / 9.6：

The More Threads, the Merrier / 9.6.1：

More Threads, More Speed / 9.6.2：

Makes Applications More Robust / 9.6.3：

Conclusion on Myths / 9.6.4：

Hyper-Threading / 9.7：

Multithreaded LabVIEW / 9.8：

Execution Subsystems / 9.8.1：

The Run Queue / 9.8.2：

DLLs in Multithreaded LabVIEW / 9.8.3：

Customizing the Thread Configuration / 9.8.4：

Thread Count Estimation for LabVIEW / 9.9：

Same as Caller or Single Subsystem Applications / 9.9.1：

Multiple Subsystem Applications / 9.9.2：

Optimizing Vis for Threading / 9.9.3：

Using VI Priorities / 9.9.4：

Subroutines in LabVIEW / 9.10：

LabVIEW Data Types / 9.10.1：

When to Use Subroutines / 9.10.3：

Object-Oriented Programming in LabVIEW / 9.11：

What Is Object-Oriented? / 10.1：

The Class / 10.1.1：

Encapsulation / 10.1.2：

Aggregation / 10.1.3：

Inheritance / 10.1.4：

Polymorphism / 10.1.5：

Objects and Classes / 10.2：

Methods / 10.2.1：

Special Method - Constructor / 10.2.1.1：

Special Method - Destructor / 10.2.1.2：

Properties / 10.2.2：

Object Analysis / 10.3：

Object Design / 10.4：

Container Classes / 10.4.1：

Abstract Classes / 10.4.2：

Object Programming / 10.5：

Developing Objects in LabVIEW / 10.6：

Constructors / 10.6.1：

Destructors / 10.6.3：

Public Methods / 10.6.4：

Private Methods / 10.6.4.2：

Examples in Developing Instrument Drivers / 10.7：

Complex Instrument Designs / 10.7.1：

Object Template / 10.8：

Exercises / 10.9：

Index

Introduction to LabVIEW / Chapter 1：

Virtual Instruments / 1.1：

The Front Panel / 1.1.1：

60.

図書

60. Finite element and boundary element applications in quantum mechanics (: pbk ; : hd)

L. Ramdas Ram-Mohan

出版情報:	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2002 xviii, 605 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Oxford texts in applied and engineering mathematics ; 5
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction to the FEM / Part I：

Introduction / 1：

Basic concepts of quantum mechanics / 1.1：

Schrodinger's equation / 1.1.1：

Postulates of quantum mechanics / 1.1.2：

Principle of stationary action / 1.2：

The action integral / 1.2.1：

Examples / 1.2.2：

Finite elements / 1.3：

Historical comments / 1.4：

Problems / 1.5：

References

Simple quantum systems / 2：

The simple harmonic oscillator / 2.1：

The hydrogen atom / 2.2：

The Rayleigh-Ritz variational method / 2.3：

Programming considerations / 2.4：

Interpolation polynomials in one dimension / 2.5：

Lagrange interpolation polynomials / 3.1：

Hermite interpolation polynomials / 3.3：

Transition elements / 3.4：

Low order interpolation polynomials / 3.5：

Low order Lagrange interpolation / 3.5.1：

Low order Hermite interpolation / 3.5.2：

Interpolation polynomials in Mathematica / 3.6：

Lagrange interpolation / 3.6.1：

Hermite interpolation / 3.6.2：

Infinite elements / 3.7：

Simple quantum systems revisited / 3.8：

Adaptive FEM / 3.9：

Error in interpolation / 4.1：

Error in the discretized action / 4.3：

h-convergence / 4.3.1：

p-convergence / 4.3.2：

The action in adaptive calculations / 4.4：

An ordinary differential equation / 4.4.1：

The H atom again / 4.4.2：

Adaptive p-refinement / 4.4.3：

Concluding remarks / 4.5：

Applications in 1D / Part II：

Quantum mechanical tunneling / 5：

Mixed BCs: redefining the action / 5.1：

The Galerkin method / 5.3：

Tunneling calculations in the FEM / 5.4：

Evaluation of the residual / 5.4.1：

Applying mixed BCs / 5.4.2：

Comparing Galerkin FEM with WKB / 5.5：

Quantum states in asymmetric wells / 5.6：

Schrodinger-Poisson self-consistency / 5.7：

Schrodinger and Poisson equations / 6.1：

Source terms / 6.3：

The Fermi energy and charge neutrality / 6.4：

The Galerkin finite element approach / 6.5：

Boundary conditions / 6.5.1：

The iteration procedure / 6.5.2：

Numerical issues / 6.5.3：

Essential and natural boundary conditions / 6.5.4：

Further developments / 6.6：

Landau states in a magnetic field / 6.7：

Landau levels / 7.1：

Density of states / 7.1.2：

Heterostructures in a B-field / 7.2：

Faraday configuration / 7.2.1：

Voigt configuration / 7.2.2：

Comparison with experiments / 7.3：

Interband transitions / 7.3.1：

Energy dependence on the orbit center / 7.3.2：

Level mixing in superlattices with small band offsets / 7.3.3：

Density of states in the Voigt geometry / 7.3.4：

Voigt geometry and a semiclassical model / 7.4：

Landau orbit theory / 7.4.1：

Envelope functions and the FEM in k-space / 7.4.2：

Wavefunction engineering / 7.5：

k P theory of band structure / 8.1：

Designing mid-infrared lasers / 8.3：

The type-II W-laser / 8.3.1：

The interband cascade laser / 8.3.2：

Concluding comments / 8.4：

2D Applications of the FEM / Part III：

2D elements and shape functions / 9：

Rectangular elements / 9.1：

Lagrange elements / 9.2.1：

Hermite elements / 9.2.2：

Triangular elements / 9.3：

Defining curved edges / 9.4：

An element on a parametric curve / 9.4.1：

Parametric form of 2D surfaces / 9.4.2：

The action in 2D problems / 9.5：

Gauss integration in two dimensions / 9.6：

Mesh generation / 10：

Meshing simple regions / 10.1：

Distortion of regular regions / 10.1.1：

Using orthogonal curved coordinates / 10.1.2：

Regions of arbitrary shape / 10.2：

Delaunay meshing / 10.2.1：

Advancing front algorithms / 10.2.2：

The algebraic integer method / 10.2.3：

Applications in atomic physics / 11：

The H atom in a magnetic field / 11.1：

Schrodinger's equation and the action / 11.1.1：

Applying the FEM / 11.1.2：

Magnetic fields / 11.1.3：

Ground state energy in helium / 11.2：

Other results / 11.3：

Quantum wires / 12：

Quantum wires and the FEM / 12.1：

Symmetry properties of the square wire / 12.3：

The checkerboard superlattice / 12.4：

Optical nonlinearity in the CBSL / 12.5：

Quantum wires of any cross-section / 12.6：

Quantum waveguides / 13：

Quantization of resistance / 13.1：

The straight waveguide / 13.2：

Quantum bound states in waveguides / 13.3：

The quantum interference transistor / 13.4：

"Stealth" elements and absorbing BC / 13.5：

The Ginzburg-Landau equation / 13.6：

Time-dependent problems / 14：

Standard approaches to time evolution / 14.1：

Schrodinger's equation and the method of finite differences / 14.2.1：

The finite difference method for the wave equation / 14.2.2：

A transfer matrix for time evolution / 14.3：

Lanczos reduction of transfer matrices / 14.4：

Instability with initial conditions / 14.5：

Comparing IVBC and two-point BCs / 14.5.1：

The variational approach / 14.6：

A variational difficulty / 14.6.1：

Variations using adjoint functions / 14.6.2：

Adjoint variations for the wave equation / 14.6.3：

Connection with quantum field theory / 14.6.4：

Sparse Matrix Applications / 14.7：

Matrix solvers and related issues / 15：

Bandwidth reduction / 15.1：

Solution of linear equations / 15.3：

Gauss elimination / 15.3.1：

The conjugate gradient method / 15.3.2：

The standard eigenvalue problem / 15.4：

The generalized eigenvalue problem / 15.5：

Sturm sequence check / 15.5.1：

Inverse vector iteration / 15.5.2：

The subspace vectors / 15.5.3：

The Rayleigh quotient / 15.5.4：

Subspace iteration / 15.5.5：

The Davidson algorithm / 15.5.6：

Least square residual minimization / 15.5.7：

The Lanczos method / 15.5.8：

Boundary Elements / Part V：

The boundary element method / 16：

The boundary integral / 16.1：

An analytical approach / 16.3：

A Dirichlet problem / 16.3.1：

A Neumann problem / 16.3.2：

Infinite domain Green's function / 16.4：

Evaluation of the element integrals / 16.5：

Applying boundary conditions / 16.5.2：

Boundary condition at the corner node / 16.5.3：

Setting up the matrix equation / 16.5.4：

Construction of interior solution / 16.5.5：

A worked example / 16.6：

Two sum rules / 16.7：

Comparing the BEM with the FEM / 16.8：

The BEM and surface plasmons / 16.9：

Multiregion BEM: two regions / 17.1：

Linear interpolation / 17.2.1：

Bulk and surface plasmons / 17.2.2：

Bulk plasma oscillations / 17.3.1：

Surface plasmons at a single planar interface / 17.3.2：

Surface plasmons for slab geometry / 17.3.3：

Surface plasmons in a cylindrical wire / 17.3.4：

Two metallic wires / 17.3.5：

Metal wire on a substrate / 17.3.6：

Plasmons in other confining geometries / 17.3.7：

Surface-enhanced Raman scattering / 17.4：

The BEM and quantum applications / 17.5：

2D electron waveguides / 18.1：

Implementing boundary conditions / 18.2.1：

Multiregion waveguide problems / 18.2.2：

Multiple ports and transmission / 18.2.3：

The BEM and 2D scattering / 18.3：

Eigenvalue problems and the BEM / 18.4：

Hearing the shape of a drum / 18.4.1：

Concluding remarks on the BEM / 18.5：

Appendices / 18.6：

Gauss quadrature / A：

Gauss-Legendre quadrature / A.1：

Gauss-Legendre base points and weights / A.3：

An algorithm for adaptive quadrature / A.4：

Other Gauss formulas / A.5：

The Cauchy principal value of an integral / A.6：

Properties of Legendre functions / A.7：

Generalized functions / A.8：

The Dirac [delta]-function / B.1：

The [delta]-function as the limit of a "normal" function / B.2：

[delta]-functions in three dimensions / B.3：

Other generalized functions / B.4：

The step-function [theta](x) / B.4.1：

The sign-function [varepsilon](x) / B.4.2：

The Plemelj formula / B.4.3：

An integral representation for [theta](z) / B.4.4：

Green's functions / B.5：

Properties of Green's functions / C.1：

Sturm-Liouville differential operators / C.3：

Green's functions in electrostatics / C.4：

Boundary integral solutions: a comment / C.5：

Green's functions in electrodynamics / C.6：

The wave equation in one dimension / C.7：

The wave equation in two dimensions / C.8：

Green's functions and integral equations / C.9：

Physical constants / C.10：

Author index

Subject index

Introduction to the FEM / Part I：

Introduction / 1：

Basic concepts of quantum mechanics / 1.1：

61.

図書

61. Modular design for machine tools

Yoshimi Ito

出版情報:	New York : McGraw-Hill, c2008 xxiii, 504 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Terminology and Abbreviations

Nomenclature

Conversion Table

Engineering Guides of Modular Design and Description Methodology of Machine Tools / Part 1：

Basic Knowledge: What Is the Modular Design? / Chapter 1：

Definition and Overall View of Modular Design / 1.1：

Advantageous and Disadvantageous Aspects of Modular Design / 1.2：

A Firsthand View of Developing History and Representative Applications / 1.3：

Application to TL and FTL / 1.3.1：

Application to conventional machine tools / 1.3.2：

Application to NC machine tools / 1.3.3：

Different-kind generating modular design / 1.3.4：

References

Engineering Guides and Future Perspectives of Modular Design / Chapter 2：

Four Principles and Further Related Subjects / 2.1：

Effective Tools and Methodology for Modular Design / 2.2：

Classification of Modular Design Including Future Perspectives / 2.3：

Modular design being widely employed / 2.3.1：

Modular design in the very near future-a symptom of upheaval of new concepts / 2.3.2：

Characteristic Features of Modular Design Being Used in Machine Tools of the Most Advanced Type / 2.4：

System machines / 2.4.1：

Machining complex and processing complex / 2.4.2：

Description of Machine Tools / Chapter 3：

Basic Knowledge about Functional and Structural Description Methods / 3.1：

Details of Functional Description / 3.2：

Details of Structural Description / 3.3：

Application of Machine Tool Description to Engineering Design / Chapter 4：

Application of Functional Description / 4.1：

Classification of machining centers and its application to marketability analysis / 4.1.1：

Analysis of machining function and its application to evaluate compatibility with production systems / 4.1.2：

Automated generation of concept drawing / 4.1.3：

Estimation of assembly accuracy in design stage / 4.1.4：

Application of Structural Description / 4.2：

Similarity evaluation of structural configuration-availability constraints of modular design / 4.2.1：

Variant design for structural configuration / 4.2.2：

Free design for structural configuration / 4.2.3：

Engineering Design for Machine Tool Joints-Interfacial Structural Configuration in Modular Design / Part 2：

Basic Knowledge of Machine Tool Joints / Chapter 5：

Classification of Machine Tool Joints / 5.1：

Definition of Machine Tool Joint and Representation of Joint Characteristics / 5.2：

External Applied Loads to Be Considered and Fundamental Factors Governing Joint Characteristics / 5.3：

Effects of Joint on Static and Dynamic Stiffness, and Thermal Behavior of Machine Tool as a Whole / 5.4：

Firsthand View of Research History / 5.5：

Fundamentals of Engineering Design and Characteristics of the Single Flat Joint / Chapter 6：

Quick Notes for Single Flat Joint, Determination of Mathematical Model, and Fundamental Knowledge about Engineering Design Formulas / 6.1：

Design Formulas for Normal Joint Stiffness and Related Research / 6.2：

Expressions for static normal joint stiffness / 6.2.1：

Representative researches into behavior of the single flat joint under normal loading / 6.2.2：

Design Formulas for Tangential Joint Stiffness, Related Researches, and Peculiar Behavior of Microslip / 6.3：

Expressions for static tangential joint stiffness / 6.3.1：

Representative researches into behavior of the static tangential joint stiffness and the microslip / 6.3.2：

Peculiar behavior of microslip / 6.3.3：

Design Formulas for Damping Capacity and Related Researches / 6.4：

Expressions for damping capacity / 6.4.1：

Representative research into dynamic behavior / 6.4.2：

Thermal Behavior of Single Flat Joint / 6.5：

Forerunning Research into Single Flat Joint with Local Deformation / 6.6：

Supplement: Theoretical Proof of Ostrovskii's Expression

Design Guides, Practices, and Firsthand View of Engineering Developments-Stationary Joints / Chapter 7：

Bolted Joint / 7.1：

Design guides and knowledge-pressure cone and reinforcement remedies from structural configuration / 7.1.1：

Engineering design for practices-suitable configuration of bolt pocket and arrangement of connecting bolts / 7.1.2：

Engineering calculation for damping capacity / 7.1.3：

Representative researches and their noteworthy achievements-static behavior / 7.1.4：

Representative researches and their noteworthy achievements-dynamic behavior / 7.1.5：

Representative researches and their noteworthy achievements-thermal behavior / 7.1.6：

Foundation / 7.2：

Engineering calculation for foundation / 7.2.1：

Stiffness of leveling block / 7.2.2：

Firsthand View for Researches in Engineering Design in Consideration of Joints / Supplement 1：

Influences of Joints on Positioning and Assembly Accuracy / Supplement 2：

Supplement References

Design Guides, Practices, and Firsthand View of Engineering Developments-Sliding Joints / Chapter 8：

Slideways / 8.1：

Design knowledge-slideway materials / 8.1.1：

Design knowledge-keep plate and gib configurations / 8.1.2：

Linear Rolling Guideways (Linear Guide and Rolling Guideways) / 8.2：

Main Spindle-Bearing Systems / 8.3：

Static stiffness of rolling bearing / 8.3.1：

Dynamic stiffness and damping capacity of rolling bearing / 8.3.2：

Sliding Joints of Special Types / 8.4：

Screw-and-nut feed driving systems / 8.4.1：

Boring spindle of traveling type / 8.4.2：

Supplement: Deflection and Interface Pressure Distribution of Slideway

Supplement Reference

Rudimentary Engineering Knowledge about Other Joints / Chapter 9：

Joints for Light-Weighted Structures / 9.1：

Welded joint / 9.1.1：

Bonded joint / 9.1.2：

Taper Connection / 9.2：

Chucking / 9.3：

Measurement of Interface Pressure by Means of Ultrasonic Waves / Appendix 1：

Principle of Measurement and Its Verification / A1.1：

Some Applications and Perspectives in the Very Near Future / A1.2：

Model Testing and Theory / Appendix 2：

Model Testing and Theory for Structural Body Component / A2.1：

Model Testing in Consideration of Joints / A2.2：

Index

Preface

Terminology and Abbreviations

Nomenclature

62.

図書

62. Multiparameter equations of state : an accurate source of thermodynamic property data

R. Span

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2000 xviii, 367 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Nomenclature

Introduction / 1：

History and Potentials - an Overview / 2：

A Brief History / 2.1：

Publications on Thermodynamic Reference Data / 2.2：

Current Work and Future Challenges / 2.3：

Using Multiparameter Equations of State for Pure Substances / 3：

Different Kinds of Multiparameter Equations of State / 3.1：

Equations in Terms of the Helmholtz Energy / 3.1.1：

Correlations for the Helmholtz Energy of the Ideal Gas / 3.1.1.1：

Common Formulations for the Residual Helmholtz Energy / 3.1.1.2：

Equations in Terms of Pressure / 3.1.2：

Integration of Pressure Explicit Equations / 3.1.2.1：

Special Functional Forms / 3.1.3：

Hard Sphere Terms / 3.1.3.1：

Critical Region Terms / 3.1.3.2：

Simple Equations for Gas Phase Calibrations / 3.1.4：

Calculating Thermodynamic Properties from the Helmholtz Energy / 3.2：

Properties in the Homogeneous Region / 3.2.1：

Properties of the Vapour-Liquid Equilibrium Phases / 3.2.2：

Properties in the Vapour-Liquid Two Phase Region / 3.2.3：

Iterative Procedures / 3.3：

Calculations Based on Temperature and Pressure / 3.3.1：

Calculations Based on Pressure and Density / 3.3.2：

Calculations Based on Pressure and Enthalpy / 3.3.3：

Calculations Based on Pressure and Entropy / 3.3.4：

Calculation of Phase Equilibria / 3.3.5：

Multiple Maxwell Loops / 3.3.5.1：

Setting Up Multiparameter Equations of State for Pure Substances / 4：

Linear and Nonlinear Fitting / 4.1：

Describing the Helmholtz Energy of the Ideal Gas / 4.2：

Describing the Residual Helmholtz Energy / 4.3：

The Multiproperty Approach / 4.3.1：

Defining Residua for Linear Algorithms / 4.3.2：

Defining Residua for Nonlinear Algorithms / 4.3.3：

Assigning Weights to Experimental Data / 4.3.4：

Optimising the Functional Form / 4.4：

Defining a Bank of Terms / 4.4.1：

Setting Up a Regression Matrix / 4.4.1.1：

The Stepwise Regression Analysis (SEEQ) / 4.4.3：

Introduction of a Pairwise Exchange / 4.4.3.1：

The Evolutionary Optimisation Method (EOM) / 4.4.4：

The Optimisation Algorithm by Setzmann and Wagner (OPTIM) / 4.4.5：

Adapting OPTIM to Equations of State / 4.4.5.1：

The Nonlinear Optimisation Algorithms by Tegeler et al / 4.4.5.2：

The Nonlinear Quality Criterion / 4.4.6.1：

The Nonlinear Stepwise Regression Analysis (NLREG) / 4.4.6.2：

The Nonlinear Optimisation Algorithm (NLOPT) / 4.4.6.3：

Speeding Up Nonlinear Optimisation Algorithms / 4.4.6.4：

Automated Optimisation Algorithms / 4.4.7：

Optimisation of Simplified Equations for Mixtures with Constant Composition / 4.4.7.1：

Independent Developments and Future Perspectives / 4.4.8：

Describing Properties in the Critical Region / 4.5：

Predictions from Theory / 4.5.1：

Theoretically Founded Equations of State / 4.5.1.1：

Capabilities of Empirical Multiparameter Equations of State / 4.5.2：

Setting Up Equations with Modified Gaussian Bell Shaped Terms / 4.5.3：

Setting Up Equations with Nonanalytic Terms: / 4.5.4：

Semiempirical Approaches / 4.5.5：

The Use of Switching Functions / 4.5.5.1：

The Transformation Approach / 4.5.5.2：

The Approach of Kiselev and Friend / 4.5.5.3：

Consideration of the Extrapolation Behaviour / 4.6：

Comparisons with Data Beyond the Range of Primary Data / 4.6.1：

The Influence of the Functional Form / 4.6.2：

The Representation of Ideal Curves / 4.6.3：

The Performance of Multiparameter Equations of State / 5：

Comparisons with Thermal Properties / 5.1：

Comparisons with Caloric Properties / 5.2：

Properties at Vapour-Liquid Phase Equilibrium / 5.3：

Some General Assessments / 5.4：

Generalised Functional Forms / 6：

Simultaneous Optimisation of Functional Forms / 6.1：

Simultaneously Optimised Equations for Technical Applications / 6.2：

Accuracy Versus Numerical Stability - A Compromise / 6.2.1：

An Investigation of Numerical Stability / 6.2.1.1：

The Influence of Uncertain Critical Parameters / 6.2.1.2：

Conclusions Regarding Required Data Sets / 6.2.1.3：

Results for Non- and Weakly Polar Fluids / 6.2.2：

Results for Polar Fluids / 6.2.3：

Simultaneously Optimised Reference Equations of State / 6.3：

Generalised Equations of State / 7：

BACKONE Equations of State / 7.1：

Fitting BACKONE Equations of State to Data / 7.1.1：

Some Results / 7.1.2：

Generalised Empirical Equations of State / 7.2：

The Approach by Platzer and Maurer / 7.2.1：

The Approach by Span and Wagner / 7.2.1.1：

Fitting the Substance Specific Parameters / 7.2.2.1：

Numerical Stability / 7.2.2.2：

Describing Mixtures with Multiparameter Equations of State / 8：

Using Composition Dependent Sets of Coefficients / 8.1：

The AGA8-DC92 Equation of State for Natural Gases / 8.1.1：

Extended Corresponding States Approaches / 8.2：

Interpolation Between Reference Fluids / 8.2.1：

The Shape Factor Concept / 8.2.2：

Helmholtz Models with Departure Functions / 8.3：

Mixture Specific Departure Functions / 8.3.1：

Generalised Departure Functions / 8.3.2：

References

Index

Nomenclature

Introduction / 1：

History and Potentials - an Overview / 2：

63.

図書

63. Principles of nano-optics (: hbk)

Lukas Novotny, Bert Hecht

出版情報:	Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 2006 xvii, 539 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface / 1：

Introduction

Theoretical foundations / 2：

Propagation and focusing of optical fields / 3：

Nano-optics in a nutshell / 4：

Spatial resolution and position accuracy

Nanoscale optical microscopy / 1.2：

Historical survey

Near-field optical probes / 6：

Scope of the book / 7：

Probe-sample distance control

References / 8：

Light emission and optical interaction in nanoscale environments

Quantum emitters / 9：

Dipole emission near planar interfaces / 10：

Macroscopic electrodynamics / 11：

Photonic crystals and resonators

Surface plasmons / 2.2：

Wave equations

Forces in confined fields / 13：

Constitutive relations / 14：

Fluctuation-induced phenomena

Theoretical methods in nano-optics / 2.4：

Spectral representation of time-dependent fields

Appendices

Index / 2.5：

Time-harmonic fields

Complex dielectric constant / 2.6：

Piecewise homogeneous media / 2.7：

Boundary conditions / 2.8：

Fresnel reflection and transmission coefficients / 2.8.1：

Conservation of energy / 2.9：

Dyadic Green's functions / 2.10：

Mathematical basis of Green's functions / 2.10.1：

Derivation of the Green's function for the electric field / 2.10.2：

Time-dependent Green's functions / 2.10.3：

Evanescent fields / 2.11：

Energy transport by evanescent waves / 2.11.1：

Frustrated total internal reflection / 2.11.2：

Angular spectrum representation of optical fields / 2.12：

Angular spectrum representation of the dipole field / 2.12.1：

Problems

Field propagators / 3.1：

Paraxial approximation of optical fields / 3.2：

Gaussian laser beams / 3.2.1：

Higher-order laser modes / 3.2.2：

Longitudinal fields in the focal region / 3.2.3：

Polarized electric and polarized magnetic fields / 3.3：

Far-fields in the angular spectrum representation / 3.4：

Focusing of fields / 3.5：

Focal fields / 3.6：

Focusing of higher-order laser modes / 3.7：

Limit of weak focusing / 3.8：

Focusing near planar interfaces / 3.9：

Reflected image of a strongly focused spot / 3.10：

The point-spread function / 4.1：

The resolution limit(s) / 4.2：

Increasing resolution through selective excitation / 4.2.1：

Axial resolution / 4.2.2：

Resolution enhancement through saturation / 4.2.3：

Principles of confocal microscopy / 4.3：

Axial resolution in multiphoton microscopy / 4.4：

Position accuracy / 4.5：

Theoretical background / 4.5.1：

Estimating the uncertainties of fit parameters / 4.5.2：

Principles of near-field optical microscopy / 4.6：

Information transfer from near-field to far-field / 4.6.1：

Far-field illumination and detection / 5.1：

Confocal microscopy / 5.1.1：

Near-field illumination and far-field detection / 5.2：

Aperture scanning near-field optical microscopy / 5.2.1：

Field-enhanced scanning near-field optical microscopy / 5.2.2：

Far-field illumination and near-field detection / 5.3：

Scanning tunneling optical microscopy / 5.3.1：

Collection mode near-field optical microscopy / 5.3.2：

Near-field illumination and near-field detection / 5.4：

Other configurations: energy-transfer microscopy / 5.5：

Conclusion / 5.6：

Dielectric probes / 6.1：

Tapered optical fibers / 6.1.1：

Tetrahedral tips / 6.1.2：

Light propagation in a conical dielectric probe / 6.2：

Aperture probes / 6.3：

Power transmission through aperture probes / 6.3.1：

Field distribution near small apertures / 6.3.2：

Near-field distribution of aperture probes / 6.3.3：

Enhancement of transmission and directionality / 6.3.4：

Fabrication of aperture probes / 6.4：

Aperture formation by focused ion beam milling / 6.4.1：

Electrochemical opening and closing of apertures / 6.4.2：

Aperture punching / 6.4.3：

Microfabricated probes / 6.4.4：

Optical antennas: tips, scatterers, and bowties / 6.5：

Solid metal tips / 6.5.1：

Particle-plasmon probes / 6.5.2：

Bowtie antenna probes / 6.5.3：

Shear-force methods / 6.6：

Optical fibers as resonating beams / 7.1.1：

Tuning-fork sensors / 7.1.2：

The effective harmonic oscillator model / 7.1.3：

Response time / 7.1.4：

Equivalent electric circuit / 7.1.5：

Normal force methods / 7.2：

Tuning fork in tapping mode / 7.2.1：

Bent fiber probes / 7.2.2：

Topographic artifacts / 7.3：

Phenomenological theory of artifacts / 7.3.1：

Example of near-field artifacts / 7.3.2：

Discussion / 7.3.3：

Light emission and optical interactions in nanoscale environments

The multipole expansion / 8.1：

The classical particle-field Hamiltonian / 8.2：

Multipole expansion of the interaction Hamiltonian / 8.2.1：

The radiating electric dipole / 8.3：

Electric dipole fields in a homogeneous space / 8.3.1：

Dipole radiation / 8.3.2：

Rate of energy dissipation in inhomogeneous environments / 8.3.3：

Radiation reaction / 8.3.4：

Spontaneous decay / 8.4：

QED of spontaneous decay / 8.4.1：

Spontaneous decay and Green's dyadics / 8.4.2：

Local density of states / 8.4.3：

Classical lifetimes and decay rates / 8.5：

Homogeneous environment / 8.5.1：

Inhomogeneous environment / 8.5.2：

Frequency shifts / 8.5.3：

Quantum yield / 8.5.4：

Dipole-dipole interactions and energy transfer / 8.6：

Multipole expansion of the Coulombic interaction / 8.6.1：

Energy transfer between two particles / 8.6.2：

Delocalized excitations (strong coupling) / 8.7：

Entanglement / 8.7.1：

Fluorescent molecules / 9.1：

Excitation / 9.1.1：

Relaxation / 9.1.2：

Semiconductor quantum dots / 9.2：

Surface passivation / 9.2.1：

Coherent control of excitons / 9.2.2：

The absorption cross-section / 9.3：

Single-photon emission by three-level systems / 9.4：

Steady-state analysis / 9.4.1：

Time-dependent analysis / 9.4.2：

Single molecules as probes for localized fields / 9.5：

Field distribution in a laser focus / 9.5.1：

Probing strongly localized fields / 9.5.2：

Allowed and forbidden light / 9.6：

Angular spectrum representation of the dyadic Green's function / 10.2：

Decomposition of the dyadic Green's function / 10.3：

Dyadic Green's functions for the reflected and transmitted fields / 10.4：

Spontaneous decay rates near planar interfaces / 10.5：

Far-fields / 10.6：

Radiation patterns / 10.7：

Where is the radiation going? / 10.8：

Magnetic dipoles / 10.9：

Image dipole approximation / 10.10：

Vertical dipole / 10.10.1：

Horizontal dipole / 10.10.2：

Including retardation / 10.10.3：

Photonic crystals / 11.1：

The photonic bandgap / 11.1.1：

Defects in photonic crystals / 11.1.2：

Optical microcavities / 11.2：

Optical properties of noble metals / 12.1：

Drude-Sommerfeld theory / 12.1.1：

Interband transitions / 12.1.2：

Surface plasmon polaritons at plane interfaces / 12.2：

Properties of surface plasmon polaritons / 12.2.1：

Excitation of surface plasmon polaritons / 12.2.2：

Surface plasmon sensors / 12.2.3：

Surface plasmons in nano-optics / 12.3：

Plasmons supported by wires and particles / 12.3.1：

Plasmon resonances of more complex structures / 12.3.2：

Surface-enhanced Raman scattering / 12.3.3：

Maxwell's stress tensor / 12.4：

Radiation pressure / 13.2：

The dipole approximation / 13.3：

Time-averaged force / 13.3.1：

Monochromatic fields / 13.3.2：

Saturation behavior for near-resonance excitation / 13.3.3：

Beyond the dipole approximation / 13.3.4：

Optical tweezers / 13.4：

Angular momentum and torque / 13.5：

Forces in optical near-fields / 13.6：

Fluctuation-induced interactions / 13.7：

The fluctuation-dissipation theorem / 14.1：

The system response function / 14.1.1：

Johnson noise / 14.1.2：

Dissipation due to fluctuating external fields / 14.1.3：

Normal and antinormal ordering / 14.1.4：

Emission by fluctuating sources / 14.2：

Blackbody radiation / 14.2.1：

Coherence, spectral shifts and heat transfer / 14.2.2：

Fluctuation-induced forces / 14.3：

The Casimir-Polder potential / 14.3.1：

Electromagnetic friction / 14.3.2：

The multiple multipole method / 14.4：

Volume integral methods / 15.2：

The volume integral equation / 15.2.1：

The method of moments (MOM) / 15.2.2：

The coupled dipole method (CDM) / 15.2.3：

Equivalence of the MOM and the CDM / 15.2.4：

Effective polarizability / 15.3：

The total Green's function / 15.4：

Conclusion and outlook / 15.5：

Semianalytical derivation of the atomic polarizability / Appendix A：

Steady-state polarizability for weak excitation fields / A.1：

Near-resonance excitation in absence of damping / A.2：

Near-resonance excitation with damping / A.3：

Spontaneous emission in the weak coupling regime / Appendix B：

Weisskopf-Wigner theory / B.1：

Inhomogeneous environments / B.2：

Fields of a dipole near a layered substrate / Appendix C：

Vertical electric dipole / C.1：

Horizontal electric dipole / C.2：

Definition of the coefficients A[subscript j], B[subscript j], and C[subscript j] / C.3：

Far-field Green's functions / Appendix D：

Preface / 1：

Introduction

Theoretical foundations / 2：

64.

図書

64. Molecular catalysts for energy conversion

Tatsuhiro Okada, Masao Kaneko, editors

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2009 xxiv, 431 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:	Springer series in materials science ; v. 111
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

List of Contributors

List of Abbreviations

Historical Overview and Fundamental Aspects of Molecular Catalysts for Energy Conversion / T. Okada ; T. Abe ; M. Kaneko1：

Introduction: Why Molecular Catalysts? A New Era of Biomimetic Approach Toward Efficient Energy Conversion Systems / 1.1：

Molecular Catalysts for Fuel Cell Reactions / 1.2：

Oxygen Reduction Catalysts / 1.2.1：

Fuel Oxidation Catalysts / 1.2.2：

Molecular Catalysts for Artificial Photosynthetic Reaction / 1.3：

Water Oxidation Catalyst / 1.3.1：

Reduction Catalyst / 1.3.2：

Photodevices for Photoinduced Chemical Reaction in the Water Phase / 1.3.3：

Summary / 1.4：

References

Charge Transport in Molecular Catalysis in a Heterogeneous Phase / 2：

Introduction / 2.1：

Charge Transport (CT) by Molecules in a Heterogeneous Phase / 2.2：

General Overview / 2.2.1：

Mechanism of Charge Transport / 2.2.2：

Charge Transfer by Molecules Under Photoexcited State in a Heterogeneous Phase / 2.3：

Overview / 2.3.1：

Mechanism of Charge Transfer at Photoexcited State in a Heterogeneous Phase / 2.3.2：

Charge Transfer and Electrochemical Reactions in Metal Complexes / 2.4：

Charge Transfer in Metal Complexes / 2.4.1：

Charge Transfer at Electrode Surfaces / 2.4.2：

Oxygen Reduction Reaction at Metal Macrocycles / 2.4.3：

Proton Transport in Polymer Electrolytes / 2.5：

Proton Transfer Reactions / 2.5.1：

Electrochemical Methods for Catalyst Evaluation in Fuel Cells and Solar Cells / 2.5.2：

Electrochemical Measuring System for Catalyst Research in Fuel Cells / 3.1：

Reference Electrode / 3.2.1：

Rotating Ring-Disk Electrode / 3.2.2：

Gas Electrodes of Half-Cell Configuration / 3.2.3：

Fuel Cell Test Station / 3.2.4：

Electrochemical Methods for Electrocatalysts / 3.2.5：

Electrochemical Measuring System for Heterogeneous Charge Transport and Solar Cells / 3.3：

Testing Method of Charge Transport in Heterogeneous Systems / 3.3.1：

Evaluation of Charge Transport by Redox Molecules Incorporated in a Heterogeneous Phase / 3.3.2：

AC Impedance Spectroscopy to Evaluate Charge Transport, Conductivity, Double-Layer Capacitance, and Electrode Reaction / 3.3.3：

I-V Characteristics of Solar Cells / 3.3.4：

Impedance Spectroscopy to Evaluate Multistep Charge Transport of a Dye-Sensitized Solar Cell / 3.3.5：

Molecular Catalysts for Fuel Cell Anodes / 3.4：

Concept of Composite Electrocatalysts in Fuel Cells / 4.1：

Methanol Oxidation Reaction / 4.3：

Mechanism of Methanol Oxidation Reaction / 4.3.1：

New Electrocatalysts for Methanol Oxidation Reaction / 4.3.2：

Structure of Composite Catalysts / 4.3.3：

Formic Acid Oxidation Reaction / 4.4：

Mechanism of Formic Acid Oxidation / 4.4.1：

Formic Acid Oxidation on Composite Catalysts / 4.4.2：

CO-Tolerant Electrocatalysts for Hydrogen Oxidation Reaction / 4.5：

Electrochemical and Fuel Cell Testing / 4.5.1：

Durability Testing / 4.5.2：

Structural Characterization / 4.5.3：

Macrocycles for Fuel Cell Cathodes / K. Oyaizu ; H. Murata ; M. Yuasa4.6：

Molecular Design of Macrocycles for Fuel Cell Cathodes / 5.1：

Diporphyrin Cobalt Complexes and Related Catalysts / 5.3：

Diporphyrin Cobalt Complexes / 5.3.1：

Polypyrrole Cobalt Complexes / 5.3.2：

Cobalt Thienylporphyrins / 5.3.3：

Porphyrin Assemblies Based on Intermolecular Interaction / 5.4：

Multinuclear Complexes as Electron Reservoirs / 5.5：

Platinum-Free Catalysts for Fuel Cell Cathode / N. Koshino ; H. Higashimura5.6：

Drawbacks of Using Pt as Catalysts in PEFC / 6.1：

Mechanistic Aspects of Oxygen Reduction by Cathode Catalyst / 6.3：

Metal Particles / 6.4：

Metal Oxides, Carbides, Nitrides, and Chalcogenides / 6.4.2：

Carbon Materials / 6.4.3：

Metal Complex-Based Catalysts / 6.4.4：

Catalysts Designed from Dinuclear Metal Complexes / 6.4.5：

Novel Support Materials for Fuel Cell Catalysts / J. Nakamura6.5：

Performance of Electrocatalysts Using Carbon Nanotubes / 7.1：

<$>H_2 -O_2<$> Fuel Cell / 7.2.1：

DMFC / 7.2.2：

Why Is Carbon Nanotube So Effective as Support Material? / 7.3：

Molecular Catalysts for Electrochemical Solar Cells and Artificial Photosynthesis / 8：

Overview on Principles of Molecule-Based Solar Cells / 8.1：

Photon Absorption / 8.2.1：

Suppression of Charge Recombination to Achieve Effective Charge Separation / 8.2.2：

Diffusion of Separated Charges / 8.2.3：

Electrode Reaction / 8.2.4：

Dye-Sensitized Solar Cell (DSSC) / 8.3：

Artificial Photosynthesis / 8.4：

Dark Catalysis for Artificial Photosynthesis / 8.5：

Dark Catalysis for Water Oxidation / 8.5.1：

Dark Catalysis for Proton Reduction / 8.5.2：

Conclusion and Future Scopes / 8.6：

Molecular Design of Sensitizers for Dye-Sensitized Solar Cells / K. Hara9：

Metal-Complex Sensitizers / 9.1：

Molecular Structures of Ru-Complex Sensitizers / 9.2.1：

Electron-Transfer Processes / 9.2.2：

Performance of DSSCs Based on Ru Complexes / 9.2.3：

Other Metal-Complex Sensitizers for DSSCs / 9.2.4：

Porphyrins and Phthalocyanines / 9.3：

Organic Dyes / 9.4：

Molecular Structures of Organic-Dye Sensitizers for DSSCs / 9.4.1：

Performance of DSSCs Based on Organic Dyes / 9.4.2：

Electron Transfer from Organic Dyes to TiO₂ / 9.4.3：

Electron Diffusion Length / 9.4.4：

Stability / 9.5：

Photochemical and Thermal Stability of Sensitizers / 9.5.1：

Long-Term Stability of Solar-Cell Performance / 9.5.2：

Summary and Perspectives / 9.6：

Fabrication of Charge Carrier Paths for High Efficiency Cells / T. Kogo ; Y. Ogomi ; S. Hayase10：

Fabrication of Electron-Paths / 10.1：

Suppression of Black-Dye Aggregation in a Pressurized CO₂ Atmosphere / 10.3：

Two-Layer TiO₂ Structure for Efficient Light Harvesting / 10.4：

TCO-Less All-Metal Electrode-Type DSC / 10.5：

Ion-Path in Quasi-Solid Medium / 10.6：

Environmental Cleaning by Molecular Photocatalysts / D. Wöhrle ; K. Nagai ; O. Suvorova ; R. Gerdes10.7：

Oxidative Methods for the Photodegradation of Pollutants in Wastewater / 11.1：

Comparison of Different Methods of UV Processes for Water Cleaning / 11.2.1：

Photodegradation of Pollutants with Oxygen in the Visible Region of Light / 11.2.2：

Visible Light Decomposition of Ammonia to Nitrogen with Ru(bpy)₃²⁺ as Sensitizer / 11.3：

Nitrogen Pollutants and Their Photodecomposition / 11.3.1：

Photochemical Electron Relay with Ammonia / 11.3.2：

Photochemical Decomposition of Ammonia to Dinitrogen by a Photosensitized Electron Relay / 11.3.3：

Visible Light Responsive Organic Semiconductors as Photocatalysts / 11.4：

Photoelectrochemical Character of Organic Semiconductors in Water Phase / 11.4.1：

Photoelectrochemical Oxidations by Irradiation with Visible Light / 11.4.2：

Photochemical Decomposition of Amines Using Visible Light and Organic Semiconductors / 11.4.3：

Optical Oxygen Sensor / N. Asakura ; I. Okura12：

Theoretical Aspect of Optical Oxygen Sensor of Porphyrins / 12.1：

Advantage of Optical Oxygen Sensing / 12.2.1：

Principle of Optical Oxygen Sensor / 12.2.2：

Brief History of Optical Oxygen Sensors / 12.2.3：

Optical Oxygen Sensor by Phosphorescence Intensity / 12.3：

Phosphorescent Compounds / 12.3.1：

Immobilization of Phosphorescent Molecules for Optical Oxygen Sensor and Measurement System / 12.3.2：

Optical Oxygen Sensor with Platinum Octaethylporphyrin Polystyrene Film (PtOEP-PS Film) / 12.3.3：

Optical Oxygen Sensor with PtOEP and Supports / 12.3.4：

Application of Optical Oxygen Sensor for Air Pressure Measurements / 12.3.5：

Optical Oxygen Sensor by Phosphorescence Lifetime Measurements / 12.4：

Advantages of Phosphorescence Lifetime Measurement / 12.4.1：

Phosphorescence Lifetime Measurement / 12.4.2：

Distribution of Oxygen Concentration Inside Single Living Cell by Phosphorescence Lifetime Measurement / 12.4.3：

Optical Oxygen Sensor T-T Absorption / 12.5：

Advantage of Optical Oxygen Sensor Based on T-T Absorption / 12.5.1：

Optical Oxygen Sensor Based on the Photoexcited Triplet Lifetime Measurement / 12.5.2：

Optical Oxygen Sensor Based on Stationary T-T Absorption (Stationary Quenching) / 12.5.3：

Adsorption and Electrode Processes / H. Shiroishi12.6：

Adsorption Isotherms and Kinetics / 13.1：

Langmuir Isotherms / 13.2.1：

Freundlich Isotherm / 13.2.2：

Temkin Isotherm / 13.2.3：

Application for Selective Reaction on Metal Surface by Adsorbate / 13.2.4：

Slab Optical Waveguide Spectroscopy / 13.3：

Principle / 13.3.1：

Application of Slab Optical Waveguide Spectroscopy / 13.3.2：

Methods of Digital Simulation for Electrochemical Measurements / 13.4：

Formulation of Electrochemical System / 13.4.1：

Finite Differential Methods / 13.4.2：

Digital Simulation for Polymer-Coated Electrodes / 13.5：

Hydrostatic Condition / 13.5.1：

Hydrodynamic Condition / 13.5.2：

Classical Monte Carlo Simulation for Charge Propagation in Redox Polymer / 13.6：

Visualization of Charge Propagation / 13.6.1：

Determination of a Charge Hopping Distance / 13.6.2：

Spectroscopic Studies of Molecular Processeson Electrocatalysts / A. Kuzume ; M. Ito14：

The Preparation and Spectroscopic Characterization of Fuel Cell Catalysts / 14.1：

Catalyst Preparation by Electroless Plating and Direct Hydrogen Reduction Methods: Practical Application for High Performance PEFC / 14.2.1：

In Situ IRAS Studies of Methanol Oxidation on Fuel Cell Catalysts / 14.2.2：

Spectroscopic Studies of Methanol Oxidation on Pt Surfaces / 14.3：

Electrooxidation of Methanol on Pt(111) in Acid Solutions: Effects of Electrolyte Anions during Electrocatalytic Reactions / 14.3.1：

Methanol Oxidation Mechanisms on Pt(111) Surfaces / 14.3.2：

Conclusions / 14.4：

Strategies for Structural and Energy Calculation of Molecular Catalysts / S. Tsuzuki ; M. Saito15：

Computational Methods / 15.1：

Basis Set and Electron Correlation Effects on Geometry and Conformational Energy / 15.3：

Intermolecular Forces / 15.4：

Basis and Electron Correlation Effects on Intermolecular Interactions / 15.5：

Calculations of Transition Metal Complexes / 15.6：

Examples of the Ab Initio Calculation for Molecular Catalysts / 15.7：

Future Technologies on Molecular Catalysts / 15.8：

Road Map for Clean Energy Society / 16.1：

Hydrogen Production / 16.3：

Natural Gas / 16.3.1：

Renewable Energy Source / 16.3.2：

Biomass / 16.3.3：

Hydrogen Utilization / 16.4：

Hydrogen Storage / 16.4.1：

Energy Conversion / 16.4.2：

Biomimetic Approach and Role of Molecular Catalysts for Energy-Efficient Utilization / 16.5：

Index / 16.6：

Preface

List of Contributors

List of Abbreviations

65.

図書

65. Structure determination of organic compounds : tables of spectral data. 4th, rev. and enl. ed

Ernö Pretsch, Philippe Bühlmann, Martin Badertscher

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2009 xv, 433 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction / 1：

Scope and Organization / 1.1：

Abbreviations and Symbols / 1.2：

Summary Tables / 2：

General Tables / 2.1：

Calculation of the Number of Double Bond Equivalents from the Molecular Formula / 2.1.1：

Properties of Selected Nuclei / 2.1.2：

13C NMR Spectroscopy / 2.2：

1H NMR Spectroscopy / 2.3：

IR Spectroscopy / 2.4：

Mass Spectrometry / 2.5：

Average Masses of Naturally Occurring Elements with Masses and Representative Relative Abundances of Isotopes / 2.5.1：

Ranges of Natural Isotope Abundances of Selected Elements / 2.5.2：

Isotope Patterns of Naturally Occurring Elements / 2.5.3：

Calculation of Isotope Distributions / 2.5.4：

Isotopic Abundances of Various Combinations of Chlorine, Bromine, Sulfur, and Silicon / 2.5.5：

Isotope Patterns of Combinations of Cl and Br / 2.5.6：

Indicators of the Presence of Heteroatoms / 2.5.7：

Rules for Determining the Relative Molecular Weight (Mr) / 2.5.8：

Homologous Mass Series as Indications of Structural Type / 2.5.9：

Mass Correlation Table / 2.5.10：

References / 2.5.11：

UV/Vis Spectroscopy / 2.6：

Combination Tables / 3：

Alkanes, Cycloalkanes / 3.1：

Alkenes, Cycloalkenes / 3.2：

Alkynes / 3.3：

Aromatic Hydrocarbons / 3.4：

Heteroaromatic Compounds / 3.5：

Halogen Compounds / 3.6：

Oxygen Compounds / 3.7：

Alcohols and Phenols / 3.7.1：

Ethers / 3.7.2：

Nitrogen Compounds / 3.8：

Amines / 3.8.1：

Nitro Compounds / 3.8.2：

Thiols and Sulfides / 3.9：

Carbonyl Compounds / 3.10：

Aldehydes / 3.10.1：

Ketones / 3.10.2：

Carboxylic Acids / 3.10.3：

Esters and Lactones / 3.10.4：

Amides and Lactams / 3.10.5：

Alkanes / 4：

Chemical Shifts / 4.1.1：

Coupling Constants / 4.1.2：

Alkenes / 4.1.3：

Alicyclics / 4.2.1：

Fluoro Compounds / 4.4.1：

Chloro Compounds / 4.7.2：

Bromo Compounds / 4.7.3：

Iodo Compounds / 4.7.4：

Alcohols, Ethers, and Related Compounds / 4.7.5：

Alcohols / 4.8.1：

Nitro and Nitroso Compounds / 4.8.2：

Nitrosamines and Nitramines / 4.9.3：

Azo and Azoxy Compounds / 4.9.4：

Imines and Oximes / 4.9.5：

Hydrazones and Carbodiimides / 4.9.6：

Nitriles and Isonitriles / 4.9.7：

Isocyanates, Thiocyanates, and Isothiocyanates / 4.9.8：

Sulfur Compounds / 4.10：

Thiols / 4.10.1：

Sulfides / 4.10.2：

Disulfides and Sulfonium Salts / 4.10.3：

Sulfoxides and Sulfones / 4.10.4：

Sulfonic and Sulfinic Acids and Derivatives / 4.10.5：

Sulfurous and Sulfuric Acid Derivatives / 4.10.6：

Sulfur-Containing Carbonyl Derivatives / 4.10.7：

Miscellaneous Carbonyl Derivatives / 4.11：

Miscellaneous Compounds / 4.12：

Compounds with Group IV Elements / 4.12.1：

Phosphorus Compounds / 4.12.2：

Miscellaneous Organometallic Compounds / 4.12.3：

Natural Products / 4.13：

Amino Acids / 4.13.1：

Carbohydrates / 4.13.2：

Nucleotides and Nucleosides / 4.13.3：

Steroids / 4.13.4：

Spectra of Solvents and Reference Compounds / 4.14：

13C NMR Spectra of Common Deuterated Solvents / 4.14.1：

13C NMR Spectra of Secondary Reference Compounds / 4.14.2：

13C NMR Spectrum of a Mixture of Common Nondeuterated Solvents / 4.14.3：

Substituted Ethylenes / 5：

Conjugated Dienes / 5.2.2：

Allenes / 5.2.3：

Non-Condensed Heteroaromatic Rings / 5.3：

Condensed Heteroaromatic Rings / 5.6.2：

Nitrites and Nitrates / 5.7：

Nitrosamines, Azo and Azoxy Compounds / 5.9.4：

Imines, Oximes, Hydrazones, and Azines / 5.9.5：

Cyanates, Isocyanates, Thiocyanates, and Isothiocyanates / 5.9.6：

Sulfonic, Sulfurous, and Sulfuric Acids and Derivatives / 5.10：

Thiocarboxylate Derivatives / 5.10.6：

Carboxylic Acids and Carboxylates / 5.11：

1H NMR Spectra of Common Deuterated Solvents / 5.11.4：

1H NMR Spectra of Secondary Reference Compounds / 5.14.2：

1H NMR Spectrum of a Mixture of Common Nondeuterated Solvents / 5.14.3：

Heteronuclear NMR Spectroscopy / 6：

19F NMR Spectroscopy / 6.1：

19F Chemical Shifts of Perfluoroalkanes / 6.1.1：

Estimation of 19F Chemical Shifts of Substituted Fluoroethylenes / 6.1.2：

Coupling Constants in Fluorinated Alkanes and Alkenes / 6.1.3：

19F Chemical Shifts of Allenes and Alkynes / 6.1.4：

19F Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants of Fluorinated Alicyclics / 6.1.5：

19F Chemical Shifts and Coupling Constants of Aromatics and Heteroaromatics / 6.1.6：

19F Chemical Shifts of Alcohols and Ethers / 6.1.7：

19F Chemical Shifts of Fluorinated Amine, Imine, and Hydroxylamine Derivatives / 6.1.8：

19F Chemical Shifts of Sulfur Compounds / 6.1.9：

19F Chemical Shifts of Carbonyl and Thiocarbonyl Compounds / 6.1.10：

19F Chemical Shifts of Fluorinated Boron, Phosphorus, and Silicon Compounds / 6.1.11：

19F Chemical Shifts of Natural Product Analogues / 6.1.12：

31P NMR Spectroscopy / 6.1.13：

31P Chemical Shifts of Tricoordinated Phosphorus, PR1R2R3 / 6.2.1：

31P Chemical Shifts of Tetracoordinated Phosphonium Compounds / 6.2.2：

31P Chemical Shifts of Compounds with a P=C or P=N Bond / 6.2.3：

31P Chemical Shifts of Tetracoordinated P(=O) and P(=S) Compounds / 6.2.4：

31P Chemical Shifts of Penta- and Hexacoordinated Phosphorus Compounds / 6.2.5：

31P Chemical Shifts of Natural Phosphorus Compounds / 6.2.6：

Monoenes / 7：

Ethers, Acetals, and Ketals / 7.2.2：

Epoxides / 7.8.3：

Peroxides and Hydroperoxides / 7.8.4：

Amines and Related Compounds / 7.9：

Azo, Azoxy, and Azothio Compounds / 7.9.2：

Diazo Compounds / 7.9.5：

Cyanates and Isocyanates / 7.9.7：

Thiocyanates and Isothiocyanates / 7.9.8：

Thiocarbonyl Derivatives / 7.10：

Thiocarbonic Acid Derivatives / 7.10.4：

Acid Anhydrides / 7.11：

Acid Halides / 7.11.7：

Carbonic Acid Derivatives / 7.11.8：

Silicon Compounds / 7.12：

Boron Compounds / 7.12.2：

Solvents, Suspension Media, and Interferences / 7.13：

Infrared Spectra of Common Solvents / 7.14.1：

Infrared Spectra of Suspension Media / 7.14.2：

Interferences in Infrared Spectra / 7.14.3：

Hydroperoxides / 8：

Aliphatic Epoxides / 8.8.3：

Aliphatic Peroxides / 8.8.5：

Diazo Compounds and Azobenzenes / 8.8.6：

Azides / 8.9.4：

Sulfides and Disulfides / 8.9.5：

Sulfonic Acids and Their Esters and Amides / 8.10.3：

Thiocarboxylic Acid Esters / 8.10.5：

Carboxylic Acid Anhydrides / 8.10.6：

Imides / 8.11.5：

Trialkylsilyl Ethers / 8.11.8：

Mass Spectra of Common Solvents and Matrix Compounds / 8.12.2：

Electron Impact Ionization Mass Spectra of Common Solvents / 8.13.1：

Spectra of Common FAB MS Matrix and Calibration Compounds / 8.13.2：

Spectra of Common MALDI MS Matrix Compounds / 8.13.3：

Correlation between Wavelength of Absorbed Radiation and Observed Color / 8.13.4：

Simple Chromophores / 9.2：

Conjugated Alkenes / 9.3：

Dienes and Polyenes / 9.3.1：

?,?-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 9.3.2：

Monosubstituted Benzenes / 9.4：

Polysubstituted Benzenes / 9.4.2：

Aromatic Carbonyl Compounds / 9.4.3：

Reference Spectra / 9.5：

Alkenes and Alkynes / 9.5.1：

Aromatic Compounds / 9.5.2：

Nucleotides / 9.5.3：

Common Solvents / 9.6：

Subject Index

Introduction / 1：

Scope and Organization / 1.1：

Abbreviations and Symbols / 1.2：

66.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

66. Photocatalysis : science and technology (: Springer ; : Kodansha)

Masao Kaneko, Ichiro Okura (eds.)

出版情報:	Tokyo : Kodansha , Berlin ; London : Springer, c2002 xvi, 356 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:	Biological and medical physics series Physics and astronomy online library
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

List of Contributors

Preface

1 Introduction 1

1.1 Background 1

1.2 Aim and Outline of This Volume 2

1.3 Summary 4

1.4 Future Perspectives 4

References 5

Ⅰ Fundamental Aspects of Photocatalysts

2 Photoelectrochemical Processes of Semiconductors 9

2.1 Semiconductor Electrodes for Solar Energy Conversion 11

2.2 Reduction of CO2 at Illuminated Semiconductor Electrodes 15

2.3 Photocatalysis 18

2.3.1 General Remarks 18

2.3.2 Mechanistic Studies 19

2.3.3 Low Intensity Illumination 22

2.3.4 Applications 24

References 26

3 Design, Preparation and Characterization of Highly Active Metal Oxide Photocatalysts 29

3.1 Introduction 29

3.2 Photocatalytic Activity 29

3.2.1 Effect of Surface Area on Photocatalytic Activity 30

3.2.2 Effect of Electron-hole Recombination on Photocatalytic Activity 32

3.2.3 Design of Photocatalysts of High Activity 33

3.3 Preparation of Titanium (IV) Oxide Powders 33

3.3.1 Sulfate Method 33

3.3.2 Chloride Method (Vapor Method) 34

3.3.3 Alkoxide Method 34

3.3.4 Specific Methods 34

3.3.5 Activation of TiO2 Photocatalysts 36

3.4 Preparation of Other Photocatalysts 38

3.5 Characterization of TiO2 Photocatalysts of Both High Crystallinity and Large Surface Area 38

3.5.1 Photocatalytic Activity of HyCOM TiO2 in Aqueous Suspension Systems 38

3.5.2 Correlation Between Physical Properties and Photocatalytic Activity of HyCOM TiO2 39

3.5.3 Novel Hypothesis for Activity of Photocatalyst 43

3.6 Preparation and Characterization of Photocatalytic Thin Films 44

3.6.1 Preparation of Photocatalytic TiO2 Thin Films 44

3.6.2 Characterization of Photocatalytic Thin Films Prepared from HyCOM TiO2 Powders 45

3.7 Summary 47

References 47

4 Photoelectrochemistry at Semiconductor/Liquid Interfaces 51

4.1 Introduction 51

4.2 Basic Properties of Semiconductor/Liquid Interface 52

4.2.1 Band Bending 52

4.2.2 Barrier Height and Flat Band Potential 54

4.2.3 Electron Transfer and Corrosion Reactions 57

4.3 Photoelectrochemistry at Atomically Well-defined Surfaces 59

4.3.1 Atomically Flat H-terminated Si Surfaces 59

4.3.2 Selective Exposition of (100) Face on n-TiO2 (Rutile) by Photoetching 62

4.4 Photoelectrochemistry at Metal Dot-coated Semiconductors 64

4.4.1 Ideal Semiconductor Electrodes 64

4.4.2 Metal-loaded TiO2 Electrodes 66

References 67

5 Photoelectrochemical Reactions at Semiconductor Microparticle 69

5.1 Introduction 69

5.2 Energy Structure of Semiconductor Microparticle 69

5.2.1 Depletion Layer 69

5.2.2 Electric Heterogeneity of Surface 71

5.2.3 Size Quantization Effect 72

5.3 Kinetics at Semiconductor Microparticle 72

5.3.1 Recombination Model 73

5.3.2 2D Ladder Model 74

5.3.3 Effect of Size 76

5.4 Observation of Primary Reaction Intermediates 77

5.4.1 ESR Analysis for Irradiated TiO2 Particles 78

5.4.2 Direct Observation of Intermediate Radicals 81

5.4.3 Chemiluminescent Probe for Active Oxygens 83

References 85

6 New Approaches in Solution-phase Processing of Semiconductor Thin Films 87

6.1 Introduction 87

6.2 Previous Methods for Solution-phase Deposition of Semiconductor Thin Films 89

6.2.1 Chemical Bath Deposition of Metal Sulfide Thin Films 89

6.2.2 Electrodeposition of Metal Sulfide Thin Films 90

6.2.3 Chemical and Electrochemical Deposition of Metal Oxide Thin Films 92

6.3 Electrochemically Induced Chemical Deposition (EICD) of Cds Thin Films 93

6.3.1 Idea 93

6.3.2 Morphological and Structural Analysis 94

6.3.3 Growth Kinetics and Mechanism of EICD Process 95

6.3.4 Modification of EICD Process 97

6.4 True Electrodeposition of Metal Sulfide Thin Films by Reduction of Thiocyanato Complexes 97

6.4.1 Idea 97

6.4.2 Thermodynamic Consideration 98

6.4.3 Electrochemical Layer-by-layer Growth of CdS Thin Films 98

6.4.4 Electrodeposition of Other Metal Sulfides 100

6.5 Electrochemical Self-assembly of ZnO/Dye Hybrid Thin Films 100

6.5.1 Idea 100

6.5.2 Electrochemical Self-assembly of ZnO/Dye Hybrid Structure 102

6.5.3 Mechanism of Electrochemical Self-assembly 104

6.6 Summary 104

References 105

Ⅱ Application to Environmental Cleaning

7 Self-cleaning Properties of TiO2-coated Substrates 109

7.1 Introduction 109

7.2 Photocatalytic Decomposition 110

7.2.1 Air Purifying Effect 110

7.2.2 Sterilization Effect 111

7.2.3 Anti-fouling Effect 113

7.2.4 Photo-induced High Amphiphilicity 114

7.3 Conclusions 120

References 121

8 Cleaning Atmospheric Environment 123

8.1 Introduction 123

8.2 Photocatalytic Activities of TiO2 124

8.2.1 Oxidation of Air Pollutants by Photogenerated Active Oxygen Species 124

8.2.2 Photocatalytic Reactions of Volatile Hydrocarbons 125

8.2.3 Photocatalytic Reactions of Halogenated Hydrocarbons 136

8.2.4 Nitrogen Oxides (Nox) 143

8.3 Development of Air Purifying Materials Based on Photocatalyst 147

8.3.1 Immobilization of Powder Photocatalysts 147

8.3.2 Preparation of Air-purifying Materials 148

8.3.3 Performance Characteristics of Air-purifying Materials 149

8.4 Application of Photocatalysis to Cleaning of Atmospheric Environment 151

8.4.1 Passive Purification of Polluted Air 151

8.4.2 Active Air Purification of Closed Space 153

8.5 Summary 154

References 155

9 Water Purification - Degradation of Aqueous Pollutant and Application to Water Treatment 157

9.1 Introduction 157

9.2 Photocatalytic Characteristics of Titanium Dioxide 157

9.3 Photocatalytic Degradation of Pollutant 160

9.3.1 Volatile Organohalide Compound 160

9.3.2 Pesticides 162

9.3.3 Other Organic Compounds 164

9.3.4 Environmental Hormones (Endocrine Disruptors) 165

9.4 Enhancement of Degradation Rate 166

9.4.1 Pt-loading 166

9.4.2 Addition of H2O2 167

9.4.3 Ozone 169

9.4.4 Increase in Adsorption 169

9.5 Solar System for Water Treatment 171

9.6 Immobilization of TiO2 and Instrumentation 171

9.7 Conclusion and Outlook 172

References 172

10 Second-generation TiO2 Photocatalysts Able to Initiate Reactions Under Visible Light Irradiation 175

10.1 Introduction 175

10.2 Experimental Section 175

10.3 Results and Discussion 176

10.4 Conclusion 182

References 182

Ⅲ Application to Photoenergy Conversion

11 Photocatalytic Organic Syntheses Using Semiconductor Particles 185

11.1 Introduction 185

11.2 Principle of Photocatalysis by Semiconductor Particles 186

11.3 Photocatalytic Reactions by Semiconductor Suspension 187

11.4 Redox Combined Photocatalytic Processes for Nitrogen-containing Substrates 189

11.5 Further Development to Stereoselective Organic Synthesis of Nitrogen-containing Compounds 191

11.6 Introduction of Oxygen Atoms into Organic Compounds 194

11.6.1 Stereospecific Epoxidation of 2-hexene on Photoirradiated TiO2 Powders Using Molecular Oxygen as Oxidant 195

11.6.2 Selective Oxidation of Naphthalene by Molecular Oxygen and Water Using TiO2 Photocatalysts 196

11.6.3 Photocatalytic Oxygenation: Summary 198

11.7 Concluding Remarks 199

References 199

12 Sonophotocatalysis - Joint System of Sonochemical and Photocatalytic Reactions 203

12.1 Introduction - What is Sonophotocatalysis? 203

12.2 Utilization of Sonophotocatalytic Reaction 204

12.2.1 Sonophotocatalysis of Water 204

12.2.2 Sonophotocatalysis of Artificial Seawater 216

12.2.3 Sonophotocatalyses of Organic Compounds 219

12.3 Conclusion and Future Scopes 220

References 221

13 Gas-phase Water Photolysis by NaOH-coated Photocatalysts 223

13.1 Introduction 223

13.2 Water Photolysis by Pt/TiO2 224

13.3 Water Photolysis by Metallized Semiconductor Powders 226

13.3.1 Gas-phase Water Photolysis by NaOH-coating 226

13.3.2 Factors Influencing Yield of Water Photolysis 229

13.4 Concluding Remarks 233

References 234

14 Water Photolysis by TiO2 Particles - Significant Effect of Na2CO3 Addition on Water Splitting 235

14.1 Introduction 235

14.2 Significant Effect of Carbonate Salt Addition on Water Splitting from Pt/TiO2 Water Suspension 236

14.3 Role of Carbonate Salts on Water Splitting and Reaction Mechanism 240

14.4 Effective Screening of Active Photocatalysts for Water Splitting Using Na2CO3 Addition Method 242

14.5 Solar Hydrogen Production Using Na2CO3 Addition Method 246

14.6 Conclusion 248

References 248

15 Water Photolysis by Titanates with Tunnel Structures 249

15.1 Water Photolysis by RuO2/BaTi4O9 with Pentagonal Prism Tunnel Structure 250

15.2 Water Photolysis by RuO2/N2Ti6O13 with Rectangular Tunnel Structure 257

References 260

16 Water Photolysis by Layered Compounds 261

16.1 Introduction 261

16.2 Layered Oxides of Transition Metals 261

16.3 K4Nb6O17 263

16.3.1 Structure and Physico-chemical Properties 263

16.3.2 Photocatalytic Overall Water Splitting 265

16.3.3 Structure of Ni-loaded K4Nb6O17 and Reaction Mechanism 267

16.4 Perovskite-related Layered Oxides 268

16.5 Summary 276

References 276

17 Splitting of Water by Combining Two Photocatalytic Reactions via Quinone Redox Couple Dissolved in Oil Phase: Artificial Photosynthesis 279

17.1 Introduction 279

17.2 Strategy for Water Splitting by Mimicking Photosynthesis 280

17.3 Photocatalytic Hydrogen and Oxygen Evolution in Separate Systems 281

17.3.1 Photooxidation of Water Using TiO2 Particles 282

17.3.2 Photoreduction of Water Using Pt-loaded TiO2 Particles 285

17.4 Approaches to Electrochemical and Chemical Combinations of Two Photocatalytic Reactions 286

17.5 Splitting of Water by a Combination of Two Photocatalytic Reactions via DDQ/DDHQ 289

17.6 Conclusions 291

References 291

18 Sensitization by Metal Complexes Towards Future Artificial Photosynthesis 293

18.1 Introduction 293

18.2 Photoinduced Hydrogen Evolution in Homogeneous Four-component Systems 294

18.2.1 Photoinduced Hydrogen Evolution with Porphyrin Metal Complexes and Hydrogenase 294

18.2.2 Photoinduced Hydrogen Evolution Using Cytochrome c3 as Electron Carrier 296

18.2.3 Photoinduced Hydrogen Evolution Using Chemically-modified Chlorophyll 298

18.3 Photoinduced Hydrogen Evolution with Viologen-linked orphyrin Metal Complexes 299

18.3.1 Photoinduced Hydrogen Evolution with Water-soluble Viologen-linked Cationic Porphyrin Metal Complexes and Hydrogenase 300

18.3.2 Photoinduced Hydrogen Evolution with Water-soluble Viologen-linked Anionic Porphyrin and Hydrogenase 302

18.4 Other Systems for Hydrogen Evolution Using Natural Photosensitizers 303

18.5 Conclusion 306

References 306

19 Catalyses and Sensitization for Water Reaction Towards Future Artificial Photosynthesis 309

19.1 Introduction 309

19.2 Design of Artificial Photosynthesis 309

19.2.1 Photosynthesis and Energy Cycle on Earth 309

19.2.2 Artificial Photosynthesis 311

19.3 Molecular Catalysts for Water Reactions and CO2 Reduction 312

19.3.1 Catalysis in Water Oxidation 312

19.3.2 Catalysis in Proton Reduction 316

19.3.3 Catalysis in Carbon Dioxide Reduction 316

19.4 Photoexcited State Electron Transfer in Heterogeneous Phases 317

19.5 Sensitization of TiO2 Powders and Films in Water 320

19.6 Conclusion and Future Prospects 322

References 323

20 Photoelectric TiO2 Solar Cells 325

20.1 Introduction 325

20.2 Dye-sensitization of Semiconductors 325

20.2.1 History 325

20.2.2 Innovative Dye-sensitized Solar Cells 327

20.2.3 Fabrication of Dye-sensitized TiO2 Solar Cells 328

20.2.4 Characterization of Innovative Dye-sensitized TiO2 Solar Cells 329

20.3 Electron-transfer Sensitization on TiO2 330

20.3.1 Bonding Structure of Dye on TiO2 Influencing ηei 331

20.3.2 Dynamics in Electron Transfer from Photoexcited Dye 2 to TiO2 331

20.3.3 Electron Transfer Between Oxidized Dye 2 and I-/I3- Electrolyte 332

20.4 Electron Transport in Porous TiO2 Electrodes 333

20.4.1 Electron Transport Models for High ηet 334

20.4.2 Time-course Analysis 335

20.4.3 Frequency Analysis 335

20.4.4 Effect of TiO2 Films on Performance of Dye-sensitized Solar Cells 337

20.5 Sensitization Dyes 337

20.5.1 Ruthenium Polypyridine Complexes 337

20.5.2 Other Metal Complexes 339

20.5.3 Organic Dyes 340

20.5.4 Natural Dyes 342

20.6 Recent Research Progress in Dye-sensitized Solar Cells 343

20.7 Future Work on Dye-sensitized Solar Cells 344

20.8 Concluding Remarks 345

References 346

Index 349

List of Contributors

Preface

1 Introduction 1

67.

図書

67. Three-dimensional free-radical polymerization : cross-linked and hyper-branched polymers

Gennady V. Korolyov, Michael M. Mogilevich

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer, c2009 xv, 270 p. ; 24cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization. Cross-Linked Polymers / Part I：

Microheterogeneous Mechanism of Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 1：

Microheterogeneous Model of Polymerization Process / 1.1：

Polymerization Process: Stages of Formation of the Microheterogeneous Structure for Cross-Linked Polymers / 1.2：

Formation of Polymer Grains at the Initial Stage of Polymerization / 1.2.1：

Growth of Polymer Grains During Polymerization / 1.2.2：

Accretion of Polymer Grains at the Final Stages of Polymerization / 1.2.3：

Structural and Physical Processes Taking Place During Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 1.3：

Microsyneresis of Liquid Components in Reaction Medium / 1.3.1：

Microredistribution of Substances Dissolved in Liquid Components / 1.3.2：

Local Glass Transition of Highly Cross-Linked Micro-Volumes of Polymer / 1.3.3：

Microheterogeneous Structure of Cross-Linked Polymers / 1.4：

Interlayers Between Polymer Grains / 1.4.1：

Polymer Grains / 1.4.2：

References

Kinetic Features of Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 2：

Kinetic Features of Individual Stages of Polymerization / 2.1：

Initial Stage of Polymerization / 2.1.1：

Stages of Auto-Acceleration and Auto-Deceleration / 2.1.2：

Inhibited Polymerization / 2.2：

Polymerization in Solutions / 2.3：

Polymerization in Films Under the Conditions of Oxygen Diffusion / 2.4：

Vinyl Compounds / 2.4.1：

Allyl Compounds / 2.4.2：

Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization as a Tool for Macromolecular Design of Cross-Linked Polymers / 2.5：

Living Chain Three-Dimensional Radical Polymerization / 3：

Living Chains in Free-Radical Polymerization / 3.1：

Implementation of Living Chains Conditions in Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 3.2：

Copolymerization of Styrene with Dimethacrylates in the Presence of Alkoxyamines / 3.2.1：

Polymerization of Dimethacrylates of Poly(Ethylene Glycol)s in the Presence of Complex CuBr with Organic Ligands / 3.2.2：

Living Chain Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization as a Tool for Macromolecular Design of Cross-Linked Polymers / 3.3：

Kinetic Features of Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Copolymerization / 4：

Kinetic Features of Three-Dimensional Copolymerization of Oligomer and Vinyl Monomers / 4.1：

Variation of Copolymer Composition During Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Copolymerization of Oligomers and Vinyl Monomer / 4.2：

Critical Conversion (Gel Point) in Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 5：

Inapplicability of Known Critical Conversion Calculation Methods to Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 5.1：

Novel Approach to Calculating Critical Conversion in Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 5.2：

Results of Critical Conversion Calculation for Different Cases of Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 5.3：

Living Chains Three-Dimensional Polymerization and Copolymerization (Without Chain Termination) / 5.3.1：

Three-Dimensional Polymerization and Copolymerization with Quadratic or Linear Chain Termination / 5.3.2：

Three-Dimensional Polymerization with "Pendent" Double Bonds Taken into Account (Chain Termination by Disproportionation) / 5.3.3：

Summary of Results of Theoretical Calculations for Critical Conversion / 5.3.4：

Comparison of Results of Theoretical Calculations for Critical Conversion with Experimental Data / 5.4：

Inhibited Polymerization of Dimethacrylates / 5.4.1：

Copolymerization of Divinyl Benzene (m-DVB) with Styrene / 5.4.2：

Properties of Cross-Linked Polymers and Copolymers / 6：

Cross-Linked Poly(acrylates). Physical and Mechanical Properties / 6.1：

Influence of Chemical Structure of Oligomers upon Physical and Mechanical Properties of Cross-Linked Poly(acrylates) / 6.1.1：

Influence of Physical Network Density upon Physical and Mechanical Properties of Cross-Linked Poly(acrylates) / 6.1.2：

Cross-Linked Copolymers. Physical and Mechanical Properties / 6.2：

Mechanism of Copolymers Transition into Forced-Elastic State / 6.2.1：

Influence of Cyclization on Physical and Mechanical Properties of Copolymers / 6.2.2：

Cross-Linked Copolymers. Thermo-Mechanical Properties / 6.3：

Mechanism of Copolymers Transition into High-Elastic State / 6.3.1：

Comparison of Transitions into High-Elastic State with those into Forced-Elastic State / 6.3.2：

Diffusion-Sorption Properties of Copolymers / 6.4：

Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization. Hyper-Branched Polymers / Part II：

Synthesis of Hyper-Branched Polymers / 7：

Classification of Reactions for Hyper-Branched Polymer Synthesis / 7.1：

Synthesis of Hyper-Branched Polymers Via Three-Dimensional Free-Radical (Co)polymerization with Regulation of Polymer Chain Length / 7.2：

Regulation of Chain Length Through Initiation Rate Variation / 7.2.1：

Regulation of Chain Length by Chain Transfer Agents and Chain Transfer Catalysts / 7.2.2：

Regulation of Chain Length Through the Use of Intrachain Reactions of Chain Carrier Radicals / 7.2.3：

Regulation of Chain Length Through the Use of Molecular Oxygen as an Inhibitor / 7.2.4：

Synthesis of Hyper-Branched Polymers Via Living Chains Free-Radical Three-Dimensional Polymerization / 7.3：

Living Chains Free-Radical Three-Dimensional Polymerization as Reaction for Hyper-Branched Polymers Synthesis / 7.3.1：

Living Chains Polymerization of Vinyl Monomers with Diethyldithiocarbamate Groups / 7.3.2：

Properties and Application of Hyper-Branched Polymers / 8：

"Structure-Property" Relationship and Purposeful Generation of Hyper-Branched Polymer Properties That Are in Demand in Practice / 8.1：

Hyper-Branched Polymers as Modifiers of Polymeric Materials / 8.2：

Major Fields for Hyper-Branched Polymers Application / 8.3：

HBP: Main Achievements and Problems to Be Solved Without Delay / 8.4：

Methods for Studying Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization and Cross-Linked Polymers / 9：

Calorimetry / 9.1：

IR Spectroscopy / 9.2：

Other Methods of Kinetic Measurements / 9.3：

Light Scattering / 9.4：

EPR / 9.5：

Studying the Kinetics of Free-Radical Accumulation in Nonstationary Mode / 9.5.1：

Studying the Kinetics of Decay of Accumulated Free Radicals / 9.5.2：

Structural and Physical Studies Using EPR / 9.5.3：

NMR / 9.6：

Physicomechanical and Thermo-Mechanical Methods / 9.7：

Volumetric Method / 9.8：

Complex Methods / 9.9：

Index

Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization. Cross-Linked Polymers / Part I：

Microheterogeneous Mechanism of Three-Dimensional Free-Radical Polymerization / 1：

Microheterogeneous Model of Polymerization Process / 1.1：

68.

図書

68. Finite element methods for Maxwell's equations

Peter Monk

出版情報:	Oxford : Clarendon Press, 2003 xiv, 450 p ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Numerical mathematics and scientific computation
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Mathematical models of electromagnetism / 1：

Introduction / 1.1：

Maxwell's equations / 1.2：

Constitutive equations for linear media / 1.2.1：

Interface and boundary conditions / 1.2.2：

Scattering problems and the radiation condition / 1.3：

Boundary value problems / 1.4：

Time-harmonic problem in a cavity / 1.4.1：

Cavity resonator / 1.4.2：

Scattering from a bounded object / 1.4.3：

Scattering from a buried object / 1.4.4：

Functional analysis and abstract error estimates / 2：

Basic functional analysis and the Fredholm alternative / 2.1：

Hilbert space / 2.2.1：

Linear operators and duality / 2.2.2：

Variational problems / 2.2.3：

Compactness and the Fredholm alternative / 2.2.4：

Hilbert-Schmidt theory of eigenvalues / 2.2.5：

Abstract finite element convergence theory / 2.3：

Cea's lemma / 2.3.1：

Discrete mixed problems / 2.3.2：

Convergence of collectively compact operators / 2.3.3：

Eigenvalue estimates / 2.3.4：

Sobolev spaces, vector function spaces and regularity / 3：

Standard Sobolev spaces / 3.1：

Trace spaces / 3.2.1：

Regularity results for elliptic equations / 3.3：

Differential operators on a surface / 3.4：

Vector functions with well-defined curl or divergence / 3.5：

Integral identities / 3.5.1：

Properties of H(div; [Omega]) / 3.5.2：

Properties of H(curl; [Omega]) / 3.5.3：

Scalar and vector potentials / 3.6：

The Helmholtz decomposition / 3.7：

A function space for the impedance problem / 3.8：

Curl or divergence conserving transformations / 3.9：

Variational theory for the cavity problem / 4：

Assumptions on the coefficients and data / 4.1：

The space X and the nullspace of the curl / 4.3：

Helmholtz decomposition / 4.4：

Compactness properties of X[subscript 0] / 4.4.1：

The variational problem as an operator equation / 4.5：

Uniqueness of the solution / 4.6：

Cavity eigenvalues and resonances / 4.7：

Finite elements on tetrahedra / 5：

Introduction to finite elements / 5.1：

Sets of polynomials / 5.2.1：

Meshes and affine maps / 5.3：

Divergence conforming elements / 5.4：

The curl conforming edge elements of Nedelec / 5.5：

Linear edge element / 5.5.1：

Quadratic edge elements / 5.5.2：

H[superscript 1]([Omega]) conforming finite elements / 5.6：

The Clement interpolant / 5.6.1：

An L[superscript 2]([Omega]) conforming space / 5.7：

Boundary spaces / 5.8：

Finite elements on hexahedra / 6：

Divergence conforming elements on hexahedra / 6.1：

Curl conforming hexahedral elements / 6.3：

H[superscript 1]([Omega]) conforming elements on hexahedra / 6.4：

An L[superscript 2]([Omega]) conforming space and a boundary space / 6.5：

Finite element methods for the cavity problem / 7：

Error analysis via duality / 7.1：

The discrete Helmholtz decomposition / 7.2.1：

Preliminary error analysis / 7.2.2：

Duality estimate / 7.2.3：

Error analysis via collective compactness / 7.3：

Pointwise convergence / 7.3.1：

Collective compactness / 7.3.2：

Numerical results for the cavity problem / 7.3.3：

The ellipticized Maxwell system / 7.4：

Discrete ellipticized variational problem / 7.4.1：

The discrete eigenvalue problem / 7.5：

Topics concerning finite elements / 8：

The second family of elements on tetrahedra / 8.1：

Divergence conforming element / 8.2.1：

Curl conforming element / 8.2.2：

Scalar functions and the de Rham diagram / 8.2.3：

Curved domains / 8.3：

Locally mapped tetrahedral meshes / 8.3.1：

Large-element fitting of domains / 8.3.2：

hp finite elements / 8.4：

H[superscript 1]([Omega]) conforming hp element / 8.4.1：

hp curl conforming elements / 8.4.2：

hp divergence conforming space / 8.4.3：

de Rham diagram for hp elements / 8.4.4：

Classical scattering theory / 9：

Basic integral identities / 9.1：

Scattering by a sphere / 9.3：

Spherical harmonics / 9.3.1：

Spherical Bessel functions / 9.3.2：

Series solution of the exterior Maxwell problem / 9.3.3：

Electromagnetic Calderon operators / 9.4：

The electric-to-magnetic Calderon operator / 9.4.1：

The magnetic-to-electric Calderon operator / 9.4.2：

Scattering of a plane wave by a sphere / 9.5：

Uniqueness and Rellich's lemma / 9.5.1：

Series solution / 9.5.2：

The scattering problem using Calderon maps / 10：

Reduction to a bounded domain / 10.1：

Analysis of the reduced problem / 10.3：

Extended Helmholtz decomposition / 10.3.1：

An operator equation on X[subscript 0] / 10.3.2：

The discrete problem / 10.4：

Scattering by a bounded inhomogeneity / 11：

Derivation of the domain-decomposed problem / 11.1：

The finite-dimensional problem / 11.3：

Analysis of the interior finite element problem / 11.4：

Error estimates for the fully discrete problem / 11.5：

Scattering by a buried object / 12：

Homogeneous isotropic background / 12.1：

Analysis of the scheme / 12.2.1：

The fully discrete problem / 12.2.2：

Computational considerations / 12.2.3：

Perfectly conducting half space / 12.3：

Layered medium / 12.4：

Incident plane waves / 12.4.1：

The dyadic Green's function / 12.4.2：

Algorithmic development / 12.4.3：

Solution of the linear system / 13.1：

Phase error in finite element methods / 13.3：

Wavenumber dependent error estimates / 13.3.1：

Phase error in three dimensional edge elements / 13.3.2：

A posteriori error estimation / 13.4：

A residual-based error estimator / 13.4.1：

Numerical experiments / 13.4.2：

Absorbing boundary conditions / 13.5：

Silver-Muller absorbing boundary condition / 13.5.1：

Infinite element method / 13.5.2：

The perfectly matched layer / 13.5.3：

Far field recovery / 13.6：

Inverse problems / 14：

The linear sampling method / 14.1：

Implementing the LSM / 14.2.1：

Numerical results with the LSM / 14.2.2：

Mathematical aspects of inverse scattering / 14.3：

Uniqueness for the inverse problem / 14.3.1：

Herglotz wave functions / 14.3.2：

The far field operators F and B / 14.3.3：

Mathematical justification of the LSM / 14.3.4：

Appendices

Coordinate systems / A：

Cartesian coordinates / A.1：

Spherical coordinates / A.2：

Vector and differential identities / B：

Vector identities / B.1：

Differential identities / B.2：

Differential identities on a surface / B.3：

References

Index

Mathematical models of electromagnetism / 1：

Introduction / 1.1：

Maxwell's equations / 1.2：

69.

図書

69. Speckle phenomena in optics : theory and applications (: pbk)

Joseph W. Goodman

出版情報:	Englewood, Colo. : Roberts & Co., c2007 xvi, 387 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Origins and Manifestations of Speckle / 1：

General Background / 1.1：

Intuitive Explanation of the Cause of Speckle / 1.2：

Some Mathematical Preliminaries / 1.3：

Random Phasor Sums / 2：

First and Second Moments of the Real and Imaginary Parts of the Resultant Phasor / 2.1：

Random Walk with a Large Number of Independent Steps / 2.2：

Random Phasor Sum Plus a Known Phasor / 2.3：

Sums of Random Phasor Sums / 2.4：

Finite Number of Equal Length Components / 2.5：

Nonuniform Distribution of Phases / 2.6：

First-Order Statistical Properties / 3：

Definition of Intensity / 3.1：

First-Order Statistics of the Intensity and Phase / 3.2：

Large Number of Random Phasors / 3.2.1：

Constant Phasor plus a Random Phasor Sum / 3.2.2：

Finite Number of Equal-Length Phasors / 3.2.3：

Sums of Speckle Patterns / 3.3：

Sums on an Amplitude Basis / 3.3.1：

Sum of Two Independent Speckle Intensities / 3.3.2：

Sum of N Independent Speckle Intensities / 3.3.3：

Sums of Correlated Speckle Intensities / 3.3.4：

Partially Polarized Speckle / 3.4：

Partially Developed Speckle / 3.5：

Speckled Speckle, or Compound Speckle Statistics / 3.6：

Speckle Driven by a Negative Exponential Intensity Distribution / 3.6.1：

Speckle Driven by a Gamma Intensity Distribution / 3.6.2：

Sums of Independent Speckle Patterns Driven by a Gamma Intensity Distribution / 3.6.3：

Higher-Order Statistical Properties of Speckle / 4：

Multivariate Gaussian Statistics / 4.1：

Application to Speckle Fields / 4.2：

Multidimensional Statistics of Speckle / 4.3：

Joint Density Function of the Amplitudes / 4.3.1：

Joint Density Function of the Phases / 4.3.2：

Joint Density Function of the Intensities / 4.3.3：

Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectrum of Speckle / 4.4：

Free-Space Propagation Geometry / 4.4.1：

Imaging Geometry / 4.4.2：

Speckle Size in Depth / 4.4.3：

Dependence of Speckle on Scatterer Microstructure / 4.5：

Surface vs. Volume Scattering / 4.5.1：

Effect of a Finite Correlation Area of the Scattered Wave / 4.5.2：

A Regime where Speckle Size Is Independent of Scattering Spot Size / 4.5.3：

Relation between the Correlation Areas of the Scattered Wave and the Surface Height Fluctuations-Surface Scattering / 4.5.4：

Dependence of Speckle Contrast on Surface Roughness-Surface Scattering / 4.5.5：

Properties of Speckle Resulting from Volume Scattering / 4.5.6：

Statistics of Integrated and Blurred Speckle / 4.6：

Mean and Variance of Integrated Speckle / 4.6.1：

Approximate Result for the Probability Density Function of Integrated Intensity / 4.6.2：

"Exact" Result for the Probability Density Function of Integrated Intensity / 4.6.3：

Integration of Partially Polarized Speckle Patterns / 4.6.4：

Statistics of Derivatives of Speckle Intensity and Phase / 4.7：

Background / 4.7.1：

Parameters for Various Scattering Spot Shapes / 4.7.2：

Derivatives of Speckle Phase: Ray Directions in a Speckle Pattern / 4.7.3：

Derivatives of Speckle Intensity / 4.7.4：

Level Crossings of Speckle Patterns / 4.7.5：

Zeros of Speckle Patterns: Optical Vortices / 4.8：

Conditions Required for a Zero of Intensity to Occur / 4.8.1：

Properties of Speckle Phase in the Vicinity of a Zero of Intensity / 4.8.2：

The Density of Vortices in Fully Developed Speckle / 4.8.3：

The Density of Vortices for Fully Developed Speckle Plus a Coherent Background / 4.8.4：

Optical Methods for Suppressing Speckle / 5：

Polarization Diversity / 5.1：

Temporal Averaging with a Moving Diffuser / 5.2：

Smooth Object / 5.2.1：

Rough Object / 5.2.3：

Wavelength and Angle Diversity / 5.3：

Free-Space Propagation, Reflection Geometry / 5.3.1：

Free-Space Propagation, Transmission Geometry / 5.3.2：

Temporal and Spatial Coherence Reduction / 5.3.3：

Coherence Concepts in Optics / 5.4.1：

Moving Diffusers and Coherence Reduction / 5.4.2：

Speckle Suppression by Reduction of Temporal Coherence / 5.4.3：

Speckle Suppression by Reduction of Spatial Coherence / 5.4.4：

Use of Temporal Coherence to Destroy Spatial Coherence / 5.5：

Compounding Speckle Suppression Techniques / 5.6：

Speckle in Certain Imaging Applications / 6：

Speckle in the Eye / 6.1：

Speckle in Holography / 6.2：

Principles of Holography / 6.2.1：

Speckle Suppression in Holographic Images / 6.2.2：

Speckle in Optical Coherence Tomography / 6.3：

Overview of the OCT Imaging Technique / 6.3.1：

Analysis of OCT / 6.3.2：

Speckle and Speckle Suppression in OCT / 6.3.3：

Speckle in Optical Projection Displays / 6.4：

Anatomies of Projection Displays / 6.4.1：

Speckle Suppression in Projection Displays / 6.4.2：

A Moving Screen / 6.4.3：

Wavelength Diversity / 6.4.5：

Angle Diversity / 6.4.6：

Overdesign of the Projection Optics / 6.4.7：

Changing Diffuser Projected onto the Screen / 6.4.8：

Specially Designed Screens / 6.4.9：

Speckle in Projection Microlithography / 6.5：

Coherence Properties of Excimer Lasers / 6.5.1：

Temporal Speckle / 6.5.2：

From Exposure Fluctuations to Line Position Fluctuations / 6.5.3：

Speckle in Certain Nonimaging Applications / 7：

Speckle in Multimode Fibers / 7.1：

Modal Noise in Fibers / 7.1.1：

Statistics of Constrained Speckle / 7.1.2：

Frequency Dependence of Modal Noise / 7.1.3：

Effects of Speckle on Optical Radar Performance / 7.2：

Spatial Correlation of the Speckle Returned from Distant Targets / 7.2.1：

Speckle at Low Light Levels / 7.2.2：

Detection Statistics-Direct Detection / 7.2.3：

Detection Statistics-Heterodyne Detection / 7.2.4：

Comparison of Direct Detection and Heterodyne Detection / 7.2.5：

Reduction of the Effects of Speckle in Optical Radar Detection / 7.2.6：

Speckle and Metrology / 8：

Speckle Photography / 8.1：

In-Plane Displacement / 8.1.1：

Simulation / 8.1.2：

Properties of the Spectra I[subscript k](v[subscript X], v[subscript Y]) / 8.1.3：

Limitations on the Size of the Motion (x[subscript 0], y[subscript 0]) / 8.1.4：

Analysis with Multiple Specklegram Windows / 8.1.5：

Object Rotation / 8.1.6：

Speckle Interferometry / 8.2：

Systems That Use Photographic Detection / 8.2.1：

Electronic Speckle Pattern Interferometry (ESPI) / 8.2.2：

Speckle Shearing Interferometry / 8.2.3：

From Fringe Patterns to Phase Maps / 8.3：

The Fourier Transform Method / 8.3.1：

Phase-Shifting Speckle Interferometry / 8.3.2：

Phase Unwrapping / 8.3.3：

Vibration Measurement Using Speckle / 8.4：

Speckle and Surface Roughness Measurements / 8.5：

RMS Surface Height and Surface Covariance Area from Speckle Contrast / 8.5.1：

RMS Surface Height from Two-Wavelength Decorrelation / 8.5.2：

RMS Surface Height from Two-Angle Decorrelation / 8.5.3：

Information from Measurement of Angular Power Spectrum / 8.5.4：

Speckle in Imaging Through the Atmosphere / 9：

Refractive Index Fluctuations in the Atmosphere / 9.1：

Point-Spread Functions / 9.2：

Average Optical Transfer Functions / 9.3：

Statistical Properties of the Short-Exposure OTF and MTF / 9.4：

Astronomical Speckle Interferometry / 9.5：

Object Information that Is Retrievable / 9.5.1：

Results of a More Complete Analysis / 9.5.2：

The Cross-Spectrum or Knox-Thompson Technique / 9.6：

The Cross-Spectrum Transfer Function / 9.6.1：

Recovering Full Object Information from the Cross-Spectrum / 9.6.2：

The Bispectrum Technique / 9.7：

The Bispectrum Transfer Function / 9.7.1：

Recovering Full Object Information from the Bispectrum / 9.7.2：

Speckle Correlography / 9.8：

Linear Transformations of Speckle Fields / A：

Contrast of Partially Developed Speckle / B：

Statistics of Derivatives of Speckle / C：

The Correlation Matrix / C.1：

Joint Density Function of the Derivatives of Phase / C.2：

Joint Density Function of the Derivatives of Intensity / C.3：

Wavelength and Angle Dependence / D：

Free-Space Geometry / D.1：

Speckle Contrast with a Projected Diffuser / D.2：

Random Phase Diffusers / E.1：

Diffuser that Just Fills the Projection Optics / E.2：

Diffuser that Overfills the Projection Optics / E.3：

Sample Mathematica Programs for Simulating Speckle / F：

Speckle Simulation With Free Space Propagation / G.1：

Speckle Simulation With an Imaging Geometry / G.2：

Bibliography

Index

Preface

Origins and Manifestations of Speckle / 1：

General Background / 1.1：

70.

図書

70. The variational Bayes method in signal processing

Václav Šmídl, Anthony Quinn

出版情報:	Berlin ; Heidelberg ; New York : Springer, c2006 xx, 227 p ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Signals and communication technology
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction / 1：

How to be a Bayesian / 1.1：

The Variational Bayes (VB) Method / 1.2：

A First Example of the VB Method: Scalar Additive Decomposition / 1.3：

A First Choice of Prior / 1.3.1：

The Prior Choice Revisited / 1.3.2：

The VB Method in its Context / 1.4：

VB as a Distributional Approximation / 1.5：

Layout of the Work / 1.6：

Acknowledgement / 1.7：

Bayesian Theory / 2：

Bayesian Benefits / 2.1：

Off-line vs. On-line Parametric Inference / 2.1.1：

Bayesian Parametric Inference: the Off-Line Case / 2.2：

The Subjective Philosophy / 2.2.1：

Posterior Inferences and Decisions / 2.2.2：

Prior Elicitation / 2.2.3：

Conjugate priors / 2.2.3.1：

Bayesian Parametric Inference: the On-line Case / 2.3：

Time-invariant Parameterization / 2.3.1：

Time-variant Parameterization / 2.3.2：

Prediction / 2.3.3：

Summary / 2.4：

Off-line Distributional Approximations and the Variational Bayes Method / 3：

Distributional Approximation / 3.1：

How to Choose a Distributional Approximation / 3.2：

Distributional Approximation as an Optimization Problem / 3.2.1：

The Bayesian Approach to Distributional Approximation / 3.2.2：

The Variational Bayes (VB) Method of Distributional Approximation / 3.3：

The VB Theorem / 3.3.1：

The VB Method of Approximation as an Operator / 3.3.2：

The VB Method / 3.3.3：

The VB Method for Scalar Additive Decomposition / 3.3.4：

VB-related Distributional Approximations / 3.4：

Optimization with Minimum-Risk KL Divergence / 3.4.1：

Fixed-form (FF) Approximation / 3.4.2：

Restricted VB (RVB) Approximation / 3.4.3：

Adaptation of the VB method for the RVB Approximation / 3.4.3.1：

The Quasi-Bayes (QB) Approximation / 3.4.3.2：

The Expectation-Maximization (EM) Algorithm / 3.4.4：

Other Deterministic Distributional Approximations / 3.5：

The Certainty Equivalence Approximation / 3.5.1：

The Laplace Approximation / 3.5.2：

The Maximum Entropy (MaxEnt) Approximation / 3.5.3：

Stochastic Distributional Approximations / 3.6：

Distributional Estimation / 3.6.1：

Example: Scalar Multiplicative Decomposition / 3.7：

Classical Modelling / 3.7.1：

The Bayesian Formulation / 3.7.2：

Full Bayesian Solution / 3.7.3：

The Variational Bayes (VB) Approximation / 3.7.4：

Comparison with Other Techniques / 3.7.5：

Conclusion / 3.8：

Principal Component Analysis and Matrix Decompositions / 4：

Probabilistic Principal Component Analysis (PPCA) / 4.1：

Maximum Likelihood (ML) Estimation for the PPCA Model / 4.1.1：

Marginal Likelihood Inference of A / 4.1.2：

Exact Bayesian Analysis / 4.1.3：

The Variational Bayes (VB) Method for the PPCA Model / 4.1.4：

Orthogonal Variational PCA (OVPCA) / 4.3：

The Orthogonal PPCA Model / 4.3.1：

The VB Method for the Orthogonal PPCA Model / 4.3.2：

Inference of Rank / 4.3.3：

Moments of the Model Parameters / 4.3.4：

Simulation Studies / 4.4：

Convergence to Orthogonal Solutions: VPCA vs. FVPCA / 4.4.1：

Local Minima in FVPCA and OVPCA / 4.4.2：

Comparison of Methods for Inference of Rank / 4.4.3：

Application: Inference of Rank in a Medical Image Sequence / 4.5：

Functional Analysis of Medical Image Sequences / 4.6：

A Physical Model for Medical Image Sequences / 5.1：

Classical Inference of the Physiological Model / 5.1.1：

The FAMIS Observation Model / 5.2：

Bayesian Inference of FAMIS and Related Models / 5.2.1：

The VB Method for the FAMIS Model / 5.3：

The VB Method for FAMIS: Alternative Priors / 5.4：

Analysis of Clinical Data Using the FAMIS Model / 5.5：

On-line Inference of Time-Invariant Parameters / 5.6：

Recursive Inference / 6.1：

Bayesian Recursive Inference / 6.2：

The Dynamic Exponential Family (DEF) / 6.2.1：

Example: The AutoRegressive (AR) Model / 6.2.2：

Recursive Inference of non-DEF models / 6.2.3：

The VB Approximation in On-Line Scenarios / 6.3：

Scenario I: VB-Marginalization for Conjugate Updates / 6.3.1：

Scenario II: The VB Method in One-Step Approximation / 6.3.2：

Scenario III: Achieving Conjugacy in non-DEF Models via the VB Approximation / 6.3.3：

The VB Method in the On-Line Scenarios / 6.3.4：

Related Distributional Approximations / 6.4：

The Quasi-Bayes (QB) Approximation in On-Line Scenarios / 6.4.1：

Global Approximation via the Geometric Approach / 6.4.2：

One-step Fixed-Form (FF) Approximation / 6.4.3：

On-line Inference of a Mixture of AutoRegressive (AR) Models / 6.5：

The VB Method for AR Mixtures / 6.5.1：

Related Distributional Approximations for AR Mixtures / 6.5.2：

Simulation Study: On-line Inference of a Static Mixture / 6.5.2.1：

Inference of a Many-Component Mixture / 6.5.3.1：

Inference of a Two-Component Mixture / 6.5.3.2：

Data-Intensive Applications of Dynamic Mixtures / 6.5.4：

Urban Vehicular Traffic Prediction / 6.5.4.1：

On-line Inference of Time-Variant Parameters / 6.6：

Exact Bayesian Filtering / 7.1：

The VB-Approximation in Bayesian Filtering / 7.2：

The VB method for Bayesian Filtering / 7.2.1：

Other Approximation Techniques for Bayesian Filtering / 7.3：

Particle Filtering / 7.3.1：

Stabilized Forgetting / 7.3.3：

The Choice of the Forgetting Factor / 7.3.3.1：

The VB-Approximation in Kalman Filtering / 7.4：

The VB method / 7.4.1：

Loss of Moment Information in the VB Approximation / 7.4.2：

VB-Filtering for the Hidden Markov Model (HMM) / 7.5：

Exact Bayesian filtering for known T / 7.5.1：

The VB Method for the HMM Model with Known T / 7.5.2：

The VB Method for the HMM Model with Unknown T / 7.5.3：

Other Approximate Inference Techniques / 7.5.4：

Certainty Equivalence Approach / 7.5.4.1：

Simulation Study: Inference of Soft Bits / 7.5.5：

The VB-Approximation for an Unknown Forgetting Factor / 7.6：

Inference of a Univariate AR Model with Time-Variant Parameters / 7.6.1：

Simulation Study: Non-stationary AR Model Inference via Unknown Forgetting / 7.6.2：

Inference of an AR Process with Switching Parameters / 7.6.2.1：

Initialization of Inference for a Stationary AR Process / 7.6.2.2：

The Mixture-based Extension of the AR Model (MEAR) / 7.7：

The Extended AR (EAR) Model / 8.1：

Bayesian Inference of the EAR Model / 8.1.1：

Computational Issues / 8.1.2：

The EAR Model with Unknown Transformation: the MEAR Model / 8.2：

The VB Method for the MEAR Model / 8.3：

Related Distributional Approximations for MEAR / 8.4：

The Viterbi-Like (VL) Approximation / 8.4.1：

The MEAR Model with Time-Variant Parameters / 8.5：

Application: Inference of an AR Model Robust to Outliers / 8.7：

Design of the Filter-bank / 8.7.1：

Simulation Study / 8.7.2：

Application: Inference of an AR Model Robust to Burst Noise / 8.8：

Design of the Filter-Bank / 8.8.1：

Application in Speech Reconstruction / 8.8.2：

Concluding Remarks / 8.9：

Contributions of the Work / 9.1：

Current Issues / 9.3：

Future Prospects for the VB Method / 9.4：

Required Probability Distributions

Multivariate Normal distribution / A.1：

Matrix Normal distribution / A.2：

Normal-inverse-Wishart (NiW [subscript A, Omega]) Distribution / A.3：

Truncated Normal Distribution / A.4：

Gamma Distribution / A.5：

Von Mises-Fisher Matrix distribution / A.6：

Definition / A.6.1：

First Moment / A.6.2：

Second Moment and Uncertainty Bounds / A.6.3：

Multinomial Distribution / A.7：

Dirichlet Distribution / A.8：

Truncated Exponential Distribution / A.9：

References

Index

Introduction / 1：

How to be a Bayesian / 1.1：

The Variational Bayes (VB) Method / 1.2：

71.

図書

71. Hydrolysis, oxidation and reduction

edited by Stan M. Robert and Geraldine Poignant

出版情報:	Chichester : J. Wiley & Sons, c2002 xviii, 225 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Catalysts for fine chemical synthesis ; v. 1
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Series Preface

Preface to Volume 1

Abbreviations

Review / Part I：

The Integration of Biotransformations into the Catalyst Portfolio / 1：

Hydrolysis of esters, amides, nitriles and oxiranes / 1.1：

Reduction reactions / 1.2：

Reduction of carbonyl compounds / 1.2.1：

Reduction of alkenes / 1.2.2：

Oxidative transformations / 1.3：

Carbon-carbon bond-forming reactions / 1.4：

Conclusions / 1.5：

References

Procedures / Part II：

General Information / 2：

Asymmetric Epoxidation / 3：

Introduction / 3.1：

Epoxidation of [alpha], [beta]-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 4：

Non-asymmetric epoxidation / 4.1：

Asymmetric epoxidation using poly-d-leucine / 4.2：

Synthesis of leucine N-carboxyanhydride / 4.2.1：

Synthesis of immobilized poly-d-leucine / 4.2.2：

Asymmetric epoxidation of (E)-benzylideneacetophenone / 4.2.3：

Conclusion / 4.2.4：

Asymmetric epoxidation using chiral modified diethylzinc / 4.3：

Epoxidation of 2-isobutylidene-1-tetralone / 4.3.1：

Asymmetric epoxidation of (E)-benzylideneacetophenone using the La-(R)-BINOL-Ph[subscript 3]PO/cumene hydroperoxide system / K. Daikai ; M. Kamaura ; J. Inanaga4.3.2：

Merits of the system / 4.4.1：

Epoxidation of Allylic Alcohols / 5：

Asymmetric epoxidation using a chiral titanium complex / 5.1：

Epoxidation of cinnamyl alcohol / 5.2.1：

Epoxidation of (E)-2-methyl-3-phenyl-2-propenol / 5.2.2：

Epoxidation of (E)-2-hexen-1-ol / 5.2.3：

Asymmetric epoxidation of (E)-undec-2-en-1-ol using poly(octamethylene tartrate) / D.C. Sherrington ; J.K. Karjalainen ; O.E.O. Hormi5.2.4：

Synthesis of branched poly (octamethylene-L-(+)-tartrate) / 5.3.1：

Asymmetric epoxidation of (E)-undec-2-en-1-ol / 5.3.2：

Epoxidation of Unfunctionalized Alkenes and [alpha], [beta]-Unsaturated Esters / 6：

Asymmetric epoxidation of disubstituted Z-alkenes using a chiral salen-manganese complex / 6.1：

Epoxidation of (Z)-methyl styrene / 6.1.1：

Epoxidation of (Z)-ethyl cinnamate / 6.1.2：

Asymmetric epoxidation of disubstituted E-alkanes using a D-fructose based catalyst / 6.1.3：

Epoxidation of (E)-stilbene / 6.2.1：

Enantioselective epoxidation of (E)-[beta]-methylstyrene by D[subscript 2]-symmetric chiral trans-dioxoruthenium (VI) porphyrins / Rui Zhang ; Wing-Yiu Yu ; Chi-Ming Che6.2.2：

Preparation of the trans-dioxoruthenium (VI) complexes with D[subscript 2]-symmetric porphyrins (H[subscript 2]L[superscript 1-3]) / 6.3.1：

Enantioselective epoxidation of (E)-[beta]-methylstyrene / 6.3.2：

Asymmetric Hydroxylation and Aminohydroxylation / 6.3.3：

Asymmetric aminohydroxylation of 4-methoxystyrene / P.O'Brien ; S.A. Osborne ; D.D. Parker7.1：

Asymmetric dihydroxylation of (1-cyclohexenyl)acetonitrile / Jean-Michel Vatele7.1.1：

(R,R)-(1,2-Dihydroxycyclohexyl)acetonitrile acetonide / 7.2.1：

Asymmetric Sulfoxidation / 7.2.2：

Asymmetric oxidation of sulfides and kinetic resolution of sulfoxides / Laura Palombi ; Arrigo Scettri8.1：

Asymmetric oxidation of 4-bromothioanisole / 8.1.1：

Kinetic resolution of racemic 4-bromophenyl methyl sulfoxide / 8.1.2：

Asymmetric Reduction of Ketones Using Organometallic Catalysts / 9：

Asymmetric hydrogenation using a metal catalyst: [Ru((S)-BiNAP)] / 9.1：

Asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of [beta]-ketoesters / Kathelyne Everaere ; Jean-Francois Carpentier ; Andre Mortreux ; Michel Bulliard9.3：

(S,S)-1,2-bis(tert-Butylmethylphosphino)ethane (BisP*): Synthesis and use as a ligand / T. Imamoto9.4：

Synthesis of BisP* / 9.4.1：

Synthesis of 1,2-bis(tert-butylmethylphosphino) ethaneruthenium bromide (BisP*-Ru) / 9.4.2：

Synthesis of (R)-(-)-methyl 3-hydroxypentanoate using (BisP*-Ru) / 9.4.3：

(1S,3R,4R)-2-Azanorbornylmethanol, an efficient ligand for ruthenium-catalysed asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of aromatic ketones / Diego A. Alonso ; Pher G. Andersson9.5：

Synthesis of ethyl(1S,3R,4R)-2-[(S)-1-phenylethylamino]-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1] hept-5-ene-3-carboxylate / 9.5.1：

Synthesis of (1S,3R,4R)-3-hydroxymethyl-2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane / 9.5.2：

Ruthenium-catalysed asymmetric transfer hydrogenation of acetophenone / 9.5.3：

Asymmetric Reduction of Ketones Using Bakers' Yeast / 10：

Bakers' yeast reduction of ethyl acetoacetate / 10.1：

Enantioselective synthesis of cis-N-carbobenzyloxy-3-hydroxyproline ethyl ester / Mukund P. Sibi ; James W. Christensen10.2：

Immobilization of bakers' yeast / 10.2.1：

Bakers' yeast reduction of cis-N-carbobenzyloxy-3-ketoproline ethyl ester / 10.2.2：

Asymmetric Reduction of Ketones Using Nonmetallic Catalysts / 11：

Oxazaborolidine borane reduction of acetophenone / 11.1：

Oxazaphosphinamide borane reduction of chloroacetophenone / 11.3：

Asymmetric reduction of chloroacetophenone using a sulfoximine catalyst / 11.4：

Preparation of [beta]-hydroxysulfoximine borane / 11.4.1：

Reduction of chloroacetophenone using the sulfoximine borane / 11.4.2：

Summary / 11.4.3：

Asymmetric reduction of bromoketone catalysed by cis-aminoindanol oxazaborolidine / Chris H. Senanayake ; H. Scott Wilkinson ; Gerald J. Tanoury11.5：

Synthesis of aminoindanol oxazaborolidine / 11.5.1：

Asymmetric reduction of 2-bromo-(3-nitro-4-benzyloxy)acetophenone / 11.5.2：

Stereoselective reduction of 2,3-butadione monoxime trityl ether / 11.5.3：

Stereoselective reduction of methyl 3-oxo-2-trityloxyiminostearate / 11.5.5：

Stereoselective reduction of 1-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-3-oxo-2-trityloxyiminooctadecane / 11.5.6：

Enantioselective reduction of ketones using N-arylsulfonyl oxazaborolidines / Pingrong Liu ; Gregory R. Cook11.6：

Synthesis of N-(2-pyridinesulfonyl)-1-amino-2-indanol / 11.6.1：

Asymmetric reduction of a prochiral ketone (chloroacetophenone) / 11.6.2：

Reduction of ketones using amino acid anions as catalyst and hydrosilane as oxidant / Michael A. Brook11.7：

Asymmetric Hydrogenation of Carbon-Carbon Double Bonds Using Organometallic Catalysts / 12：

Hydrogenation of dimethyl itaconate using [Rh((S,S)-Me-BPE)] / 12.1：

Hydrogenation of an [alpha]-amidoacrylate using [Rh((R,R)-Me-DuPHOS)] / 12.3：

Hydrogenation of an [alpha]-amidoacrylate using [Rh(B[3.2.0]DPO)] complexes / 12.4：

Preparation of (COD)[subscript 2] Rh[superscript +]BF[subscript 4 superscript -] / 12.4.1：

Preparation of the bisphosphinite ligand / 12.4.2：

Asymmetric reduction of [alpha]-acetamido cinnamic acid / 12.4.3：

Hydrogenation of enol carbonates and 4-methylene-N-acyloxazolidinone using [Rh((R)-BiNAP)] complexes / P.H. Dixneuf ; C. Bruneau ; P. Le Gendre12.5：

Synthesis of (S)-4,4,5-trimethyl-1, 3-dioxolane-2-one / 12.5.1：

Synthesis of (S)-2-methyl-2,3-butanediol / 12.5.2：

Preparation of optically active N-acyloxazolidinones / 12.5.3：

Synthesis of (R)-N-propionyl-4,5,5-trimethyl-1, 3-oxazolidin-2-one / 12.5.4：

Enantioselective ruthenium-catalyzed hydrogenation of vinylphosphonic acids / Virginie Ratovelomanana-Vidal ; Jean-Pierre Genet12.6：

Synthesis of chiral Ru(II) catalysts / 12.6.1：

Asymmetric hydrogenation of vinylphosphonic acids carrying a phenyl substituent at C[subscript 2] / 12.6.2：

Asymmetric reduction of a vinylphosphonic acid carrying a naphthyl substituent at C[superscript 2] / 12.6.3：

Scope of the hydrogenation reaction / 12.6.4：

Synthesis of a cylindrically chiral diphosphine and asymmetric hydrogenation of dehydroamino acids / Jahyo Kang ; Jun Hee Lee12.7：

Preparation of (R,R)-1,1'-bis([alpha]-hydroxypropyl) ferrocene / 12.7.1：

Preparation of (R,R)-1,1'-bis [alpha-(dimethylamino)propyl]ferrocene / 12.7.2：

Preparation of (R,R,[subscript p]S,[subscript p]S)-1,1'-bis [alpha-(dimethylamino)propyl]-2,2'-bis (diphenyl-phosphino)ferrocene / 12.7.3：

Preparation of (R,R,[subscript p]S,[subscript p]S)-1,1'-bis [alpha-acetoxypropyl)-2,2'-bis(diphenyl-phosphino)ferrocene / 12.7.4：

Preparation of ([subscript p]S,[subscript p]S)-1, 1'-bis (diphenylphosphino)-2,2'-bis(1-ethylpropyl) ferrocene [(S,S)-3-Pt-FerroPHOS] / 12.7.5：

Preparation of [(COD)Rh(([subscript p]S, [subscript p]S)-1, 1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-2,2'-bis (1-ethylpropyl)ferrocene superscript +]BF[superscript - subscript 4] / 12.7.6：

Asymmetric hydrogenation of [alpha]-acetamido cinnamic acid / 12.7.7：

Synthesis and application of diamino FERRIPHOS as ligand for enantioselective Rh-catalysed preparation of chiral [alpha]-amino acids / Matthias Lotz ; Juan J. Almena Perea ; Paul Knochel12.8：

Synthesis of 1,1'-di(benzoyl)ferrocene / 12.8.1：

Synthesis of (S,S)-1,1'-bis ([alpha]-hydroxyphenylmethyl)ferrocene / 12.8.2：

Synthesis of (S,S)-1,1'-bis ([alpha]-acetoxyphenylmethyl)ferrocene / 12.8.3：

Synthesis of (S,S)-1,1'-bis([alpha]-N,N-dimethylaminophenylmethyl)ferrocene / 12.8.4：

Synthesis of ([alpha]S, [alpha]'S)-1,1'-bis([alpha]-N, N-dimethylaminophenylmethyl)-(R,R)-1,1'bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene / 12.8.5：

Asymmetric hydrogenation of methyl-(Z)-3-phenyl-2-methyl-carboxamido-2-propenoate using (S)-(R)-diamino FERRIPHOS as chiral ligand / 12.8.6：

Employment of Catalysts Working in Tandem / 13：

A one-pot sequential asymmetric hydrogenation utilizing Rh(I)- and Ru(II)-catalysts / Takayuki Doi ; Takashi Takahashi13.1：

Synthesis of ethyl (Z)-4-acetamido-3-oxo-5-phenyl-4-pentenoate / 13.1.1：

Asymmetric hydrogenation of ethyl 4-acetamido-3-oxo-5-phenyl-4-pentenoate / 13.1.2：

Index

Series Preface

Preface to Volume 1

Abbreviations

72.

図書

72. Environmental engineering science

William W. Nazaroff and Lisa Alvarez-Cohen

出版情報:	New York, [N.Y.] : John Wiley, c2001 xiv, 690 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Fundamentals / I：

Overview / 1：

What Is Environmental Engineering Science? / 1.A：

Domains of Environmental Engineering / 1.B：

Water quality engineering / 1.B.1：

Air quality engineering / 1.B.2：

Hazardous waste management / 1.B.3：

Context and Concepts / 1.C：

Concentrations and other units of measure / 1.C.1：

Material balance / 1.C.2：

Factors governing contaminant concentrations / 1.C.3：

Engineering analysis / 1.C.4：

Control opportunities / 1.C.5：

Environmental regulations / 1.C.6：

Precision and accuracy / 1.C.7：

Magnitudes: Length scales and characteristic times / 1.C.8：

References

Problems

Water, Air, and Their Impurities / 2：

Water and the Hydrosphere / 2.A：

Air and the Atmosphere / 2.B：

Impurities in Environmental Media / 2.C：

Gases dissolved in water / 2.C.1：

Water in air / 2.C.2：

Acids, bases, and the hydrogen ion / 2.C.3：

Inorganic impurities / 2.C.4：

Organic impurities / 2.C.5：

Radionuclides / 2.C.6：

Compounds causing odor, taste, or color / 2.C.7：

Particulate matter / 2.C.8：

Microorganisms / 2.C.9：

Transformation Processes / 3：

Governing Concepts / 3.A：

Stoichiometry / 3.A.1：

Chemical equilibrium / 3.A.2：

Kinetics / 3.A.3：

Phase Changes and Partitioning / 3.B：

Vapor pressure / 3.B.1：

Dissolution of species in water / 3.B.2：

Sorption / 3.B.3：

Acid-Base Reactions / 3.C：

Acid-base reactions and the hydrogen ion / 3.C.1：

pH of pure water / 3.C.2：

Strong and weak acids / 3.C.3：

Carbonate system / 3.C.4：

Oxidation-Reduction Reactions / 3.D：

Oxidation state / 3.D.1：

Corrosion / 3.D.2：

Combustion / 3.D.3：

Atmospheric oxidation processes / 3.D.4：

Microbial reactions / 3.D.5：

Reference

Transport Phenomena / 4：

Basic Concepts and Mechanisms / 4.A：

Contaminant flux / 4.A.1：

Advection / 4.A.2：

Molecular diffusion / 4.A.3：

Dispersion / 4.A.4：

Particle Motion / 4.B：

Drag on particles / 4.B.1：

Gravitational settling / 4.B.2：

Brownian diffusion / 4.B.3：

Mass Transfer at Fluid Boundaries / 4.C：

Mass-transfer coefficient / 4.C.1：

Transport across the air-water interface / 4.C.2：

Transport in Porous Media / 4.D：

Fluid flow through porous media / 4.D.1：

Contaminant transport in porous media / 4.D.2：

Transport and Transformation Models / 5：

Reactor Models / 5.A：

Batch reactor / 5.A.1：

Completely mixed flow reactor (CMFR) / 5.A.2：

Plug-flow reactor (PFR) / 5.A.3：

Advanced examples / 5.A.4：

Beyond Ideal Reactors: General Material-Balance Models / 5.B：

Governing equation / 5.B.1：

Approaches for solving environmental transport problems / 5.B.2：

Applications / II：

Water Quality Engineering / 6：

The Nature of Water Quality Problems / 6.A：

Rivers and streams / 6.A.1：

Lakes and reservoirs / 6.A.2：

Groundwater / 6.A.3：

Oceans and estuaries / 6.A.4：

Overview of Water Quality Regulations and Treatment Systems / 6.B：

Key U.S. federal water regulations / 6.B.1：

Engineered water quality systems / 6.B.2：

Physical Treatment Methods / 6.C：

Sedimentation / 6.C.1：

Filtration through granular media / 6.C.2：

Membrane separation processes / 6.C.3：

Chemical and Physicochemical Treatment Methods / 6.D：

Disinfection / 6.D.1：

Coagulation and flocculation / 6.D.2：

Sorption of organic molecules / 6.D.3：

Chemical precipitation and ion exchange / 6.D.4：

Biological Wastewater Treatment / 6.E：

Activated sludge / 6.E.1：

Trickling filters / 6.E.2：

Anaerobic digestion of wastewater sludges / 6.E.3：

Air Quality Engineering / 7：

Nature of Air Pollution Problems / 7.A：

Criteria pollutants / 7.A.1：

Hazardous air pollutants / 7.A.2：

Acid deposition / 7.A.3：

Photochemical smog / 7.A.4：

Indoor air quality / 7.A.5：

Global change / 7.A.6：

Air Pollutant Emissions and Controls / 7.B：

Characterizing emissions / 7.B.1：

Pollutant generation by combustion / 7.B.2：

Motor vehicle emissions / 7.B.3：

Treatment Technologies / 7.C：

Particle control devices / 7.C.1：

Absorption for gaseous pollutant control / 7.C.2：

Air Quality Models / 7.D：

Summary of modeling approaches / 7.D.1：

Gaussian plume dispersion modeling / 7.D.2：

Hazardous Waste Management / 8：

History and case studies / 8.A：

Hazardous waste regulatory framework / 8.A.2：

Magnitude of the hazardous waste problem / 8.A.3：

Sources of hazardous wastes / 8.A.4：

Hazardous Waste Minimization / 8.B：

What is waste minimization? / 8.B.1：

Why should we do it? / 8.B.2：

Techniques for waste minimization / 8.B.3：

Management tools / 8.B.4：

Hazardous Waste Treatment Processes / 8.C：

Physical separation / 8.C.1：

Chemical treatment / 8.C.2：

Thermal treatment / 8.C.3：

Biological treatment / 8.C.4：

Hazardous Waste Disposal / 8.D：

Landfills / 8.D.1：

Deep-well injection / 8.D.2：

Environmental Releases and Remediation / 8.E：

Site characterization / 8.E.1：

Quantitative risk analysis / 8.E.2：

Site remediation / 8.E.3：

Appendices

Basic Data for Environmental Engineering Science / A：

Primer on Ionizing Radiation / B：

Primer on Environmental Organic Chemicals / C：

Pure hydrocarbons / C.1：

Oxygenated organic compounds / C.2：

Organohalides / C.3：

Organic compounds containing sulfur or nitrogen / C.4：

Problem Solving: Mathematics for Environmental Engineering / D：

Ordinary differential equations / D.1：

First-order linear equation with constant coefficients / D.1.a：

Coupled first-order ordinary differential equations / D.1.b：

Introduction to the numerical solution of ordinary differential equations / D.1.c：

Partial differential equations that arise in transport problems / D.2：

Solving equilibrium problems: Roots of nonlinear algebraic equations / D.3：

Data manipulation on a logarithmic scale / D.4：

Linear regression / D.5：

A Further Look at Transformation Processes / E：

Activity / E.1：

Gibbs free energy and equilibrium constants / E.2：

Electrode potentials and free-energy change in redox reactions / E.3：

Activation energy and the temperature dependence of reaction rates / E.4：

United States Federal Regulations for Water and Air Quality / F：

Index

Fundamentals / I：

Overview / 1：

What Is Environmental Engineering Science? / 1.A：

73.

図書

73. Microporous and mesoporous solid catalysts

edited by Eric G. Derouane

出版情報:	Chichester : J. Wiley & Sons, c2006 xii, 243 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Catalysts for fine chemical synthesis ; v. 4
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Series Preface

Preface to Volume 4

Abbreviations

An Overview of Zeolite, Zeotype and Mesoporous Solids Chemistry: Design, Synthesis and Catalytic Properties / Thomas Maschmeyer ; Leon van de Water1：

Zeolites, zeotypes and mesoporous solids: synthetic aspects / 1.1：

Introduction / 1.1.1：

Synthetic aspects: template theory for zeolite synthesis / 1.1.2：

Synthetic aspects: template theory for mesoporous oxides synthesis / 1.1.3：

Design of extra-large pore zeolites and other micro- and mesoporous catalysts / 1.2：

Extra-large pore zeolites / 1.2.1：

Hierarchical pore architectures: combining micro- and mesoporosity / 1.2.3：

Potential of post-synthesis functionalized micro- and mesoporous solids as catalysts for fine chemical synthesis / 1.3：

Covalent functionalization / 1.3.1：

Noncovalent immobilization approaches / 1.3.3：

Single-site catalysts inspired by natural systems / 1.3.4：

References

Problems and Pitfalls in the Applications of Zeolites and other Microporous and Mesoporous Solids to Catalytic Fine Chemical Synthesis / Michel Guisnet ; Matteo Guidotti2：

Zeolite catalysed organic reactions / 2.1：

Fundamental and practical differences with homogeneous reactions / 2.2.1：

Batch mode catalysis / 2.2.2：

Continuous flow mode catalysis / 2.2.3：

Competition for adsorption: influence on reaction rate, stability and selectivity / 2.2.4：

Catalyst deactivation / 2.2.5：

General conclusions / 2.3：

Aromatic Acetylation / 3：

Aromatic acetylation / 3.1：

Acetylation with Acetic Anhydride / 3.1.1：

Acetylation with Acetic Acid / 3.1.2：

Procedures and protocols / 3.2：

Selective synthesis of acetophenones in batch reactors through acetylation with acetic anhydride / 3.2.1：

Selective synthesis of acetophenones in fixed bed reactors through acetylation with acetic anhydride / 3.2.2：

Aromatic Benzoylation / Patrick Geneste ; Annie Finiels4：

Aromatic benzoylation / 4.1：

Effect of the zeolite / 4.1.1：

Effect of the acylating agent / 4.1.2：

Effect of the solvent / 4.1.3：

Benzoylation of phenol and the Fries rearrangement / 4.1.4：

Kinetic law / 4.1.5：

Substituent effect / 4.1.6：

Experimental / 4.1.7：

Acylation of anisole over mesoporous aluminosilicates / 4.2：

Nitration of Aromatic Compounds / Avelino Corma ; Sara Iborra5：

Reaction mechanism / 5.1：

Nitration of aromatic compounds using zeolites as catalysts / 5.3：

Nitration in liquid phase / 5.3.1：

Vapour phase nitration / 5.3.2：

Conclusions / 5.4：

Oligomerization of Alkenes / 6：

Reaction mechanisms / 6.1：

Acid zeolites as catalysts for oligomerization of alkenes / 6.3：

Medium pore zeolites: influence of crystal size and acid site density / 6.3.1：

Use of large pore zeolites / 6.3.2：

Catalytic membranes for olefin oligomerization / 6.3.3：

Mesoporous alominosilicates as oligomerization catalysts / 6.4：

Nickel supported aluminosilicates as catalysts / 6.5：

Microporous and Mesoporous Catalysts for the Transformation of Carbohydrates / Claude Moreau7：

Hydrolysis of sucrose in the presence of H-form zeolites / 7.1：

Hydrolysis of fructose and glucose precursors / 7.3：

Isomerization of glucose into fructose / 7.4：

Dehydration of fructose and fructose-precursors / 7.5：

Dehydration of xylose / 7.6：

Synthesis of alkyl-D-glucosides / 7.7：

Synthesis of butyl-D-glucosides / 7.7.1：

Synthesis of long-chain alkyl-D-glucosides / 7.7.2：

Synthesis of alkyl-D-fructosides / 7.8：

Hydrogenation of glucose / 7.9：

Oxidation of glucose / 7.10：

One-pot Reactions on Bifunctional Catalysts / 7.11：

Examples / 8.1：

One-pot transformations involving successive hydrogenation and acid-base steps / 8.2.1：

One-pot transformations involving successive oxidation and acid-base steps / 8.2.2：

Base-type Catalysts / Didier Tichit ; Daniel Brunel9：

Characterization of solid bases / 9.1：

Test reactions / 9.2.1：

Probe molecules combined with spectroscopic methods / 9.2.2：

Solid base catalysts / 9.3：

Alkaline earth metal oxides / 9.3.1：

Catalysis on alkaline earth metal oxides / 9.3.2：

Hydrotalcites and related compounds / 9.3.3：

Organic base-supported catalysts / 9.3.4：

Hybrid Oxidation Catalysts from Immobilized Complexes on Inorganic Microporous Supports / Dirk De Vos ; Ive Hermans ; Ben Sels ; Pierre Jacobs9.4：

Introduction and scope / 10.1：

Oxygenation potential of heme-type complexes in zeolite / 10.2：

Metallo-phthallocyanines encapsulated in the cages of faujasite-type zeolites / 10.2.1：

Oxygenation potential of metallo-phthallocyanines encapsulated in the mesopores of VPI-5 AIPO[subscript 4] / 10.2.2：

Oxygenation potential of zeolite encapsulated metallo-porphyrins / 10.2.3：

Oxygenation potential of zeolite encapsulated nonheme complexes / 10.3：

Immobilization of N,N[prime]-bidentate complexes in zeolite Y / 10.3.1：

Ligation of zeolite exchanged transition ions with bidentate aza ligands / 10.3.2：

Ligation of zeolite exchanged transition ions with tri- and tetra-aza(cyclo)alkane ligands / 10.3.3：

Ligation of zeolite exchanged transition ions with Schiff base-type ligands / 10.3.4：

Zeolite effects with N,N[prime]-bis(2-pyridinecarboxamide) complexes of Mn and Fe in zeolite Y / 10.3.5：

Zeolite encapsulated chiral oxidation catalysts / 10.3.6：

Acknowledgements / 10.4：

Subject Index

Series Preface

Preface to Volume 4

Abbreviations

74.

図書

74. DNA microarray technology and data analysis in cancer research

Shaoguang Li, Dongguang Li

出版情報:	Hackensack, N.J. : World Scientific, c2008 xi, 118 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Introduction of Authors

DNA Microarray Technology / Chapter 1：

Experimental Procedure / 1.1：

Experimental Design / 1.2：

Quality Control / 1.3：

Interpretation of DNA Microarray Data / 1.4：

Advantages and Disadvantages / 1.5：

Applications of DNA Microarray Technology in Cancer Research / Chapter 2：

Solid Tumors / 2.1：

Blood Cancers / 2.2：

Our DNA Microarray Study Using Mouse Model of BCR-ABL-Induced Leukemia / 2.3：

Leukemia mouse model study / 2.3.1：

Cell line study / 2.3.2：

Current Analytical Methods of DNA Microarray Data / Chapter 3：

Method / 3.1：

Robust multi-chip averaging (RMA) / 3.2.1：

iterPLIER / 3.2.2：

Quality Control Diagnostics / 3.3：

Saturation / 3.3.1：

Transformed intensities across arrays / 3.3.2：

Normalized intensities across arrays / 3.3.3：

Scatterplot of normalized intensities / 3.3.4：

Average MA plot of normalized intensities / 3.3.5：

Statistical Analysis / 3.4：

Analysis of variance (ANOVA) model / 3.4.1：

Contrasts / 3.4.2：

Coefficient of Variation Analysis / 3.5：

A Novel Method for DNA Microarray Data Analysis: SDL Global Optimization Method / Chapter 4：

Research Subjects / 4.1：

Rationale / 4.2：

Fold Change Analysis / 4.3：

More Information on SDL Global Optimization / 4.4：

Genetic algorithms (GAs) / 4.4.1：

SDL global optimization algorithms / 4.4.2：

Applications of the SDL Global Optimization Method in DNA Microarray Data Analysis / Chapter 5：

Leukemia Cell Line Study / 5.1：

Introduction / 5.1.1：

Datasets / 5.1.2：

Analysis strategies / 5.1.3：

Discussion and conclusion / 5.1.4：

Analyses of Publicly Available Human Microarray Data / 5.2：

Overall Methodology / 5.2.1：

Orthogonal arrays (OAs) and sampling procedure / 5.3.1：

Objective function / 5.3.2：

Search space reduction for global search / 5.3.3：

Mathematical form of SDL optimization / 5.3.4：

Multi-subset class predictor / 5.3.5：

Validation (predicting through a voting mechanism) / 5.3.6：

Experimental Results / 5.4：

Discussion / 5.5：

Conclusion / 5.6：

General Discussion and Future Directions / Chapter 6：

References

Index

Preface

Introduction of Authors

DNA Microarray Technology / Chapter 1：

75.

図書

75. The sense of hearing (pbk)

Christopher J. Plack

出版情報:	Mahwah, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, c2005 xi, 267 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Introduction / 1：

Why Study Hearing? / 1.1：

How Is Hearing Investigated? / 1.2：

About This Book / 1.3：

The Nature of Sound / 2：

What Is Sound? / 2.1：

A Tone for Your Sins / 2.2：

The Spectrum / 2.3：

Complex Tones and Noise / 2.4：

Modulated Waveforms / 2.5：

Summary / 2.6：

Reading / 2.7：

Production, Propagation, and Processing / 3：

Sound Sources and Resonance / 3.1：

Propagation / 3.2：

Signal Processing / 3.3：

Digital Signals / 3.4：

A Journey Through the Auditory System / 3.5：

From Air to Ear / 4.1：

The Cochlea / 4.2：

Transduction / 4.3：

The Auditory Nerve / 4.4：

From Ear to Brain / 4.5：

Frequency Selectivity / 4.6：

The Importance of Frequency Selectivity / 5.1：

Frequency Selectivity on the Basilar Membrane / 5.2：

Neural Frequency Selectivity / 5.3：

Psychophysical Measurements / 5.4：

Loudness and Intensity Coding / 5.5：

The Dynamic Range of Hearing / 6.1：

Loudness / 6.2：

How Is Intensity Represented in the Auditory System? / 6.3：

Comparisons Across Frequency and Across Time / 6.4：

Pitch and Periodicity Coding / 6.5：

Pitch / 7.1：

How Is Periodicity Represented? / 7.2：

How Is Periodicity Extracted? / 7.3：

Hearing Over Time / 7.4：

Temporal Resolution / 8.1：

The Perception of Modulation / 8.2：

Combining Information Over Time / 8.3：

Spatial Hearing / 8.4：

Using Two Ears / 9.1：

Escape From the Cone of Confusion / 9.2：

Judging Distance / 9.3：

Reflections and the Perception of Space / 9.4：

The Auditory Scene / 9.5：

Principles of Perceptual Organization / 10.1：

Simultaneous Grouping / 10.2：

Sequential Grouping / 10.3：

Speech / 10.4：

Speech Production / 11.1：

Problems with the Speech Signal / 11.2：

Speech Perception / 11.3：

Concluding Remarks / 11.4：

In Praise of Diversity / 12.1：

What We Know / 12.2：

What We Don't Know / 12.3：

Glossary

References

Preface

Introduction / 1：

Why Study Hearing? / 1.1：

76.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

76. セラミックスの機能と応用 : 環境・リサイクル・情報・通信・エネルギー・バイオ

宗宮重行[ほか]編

出版情報:	東京 : 技報堂出版, 2002.8 xv, 384p ; 21cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

共通基礎データ ⅷ

第Ⅰ編環境・リサイクル分野

第Ⅰ-1章総論 3

1.1 はじめに 3

1.2 環境問題 3

1.3 材料技術の応用分野 4

1.4 セラミックスの応用 5

1.4.1 構造的なメリット 5

1.4.2 機能的なメリット 6

1.4.3 セラミックスのデメリット 6

1.5 おわりに 7

第Ⅰ-2章各論 9

2.1 ろ過機能 9

2.1.1 ディーゼルパティキュレートフィルター(DPF) 9

2.1.2 高温集塵フィルター 12

2.1.3 排水処理用セラミックス膜フィルター 19

2.2 ケミカルセンター 22

2.2.1 可燃性ガスセンサー 22

2.2.2 有害ガスセンサー 26

2.3 セラミックス担体 34

2.3.1 セラミックスハニカム 34

2.3.2 バイオリアクター 37

2.4 表面機能性セラミックス 39

2.4.1 抗菌部材 39

2.4.2 親水性部材(半導体の光励起反応を利用した機能薄膜材料) 44

2.4.3 ゼオライトとNOx分解触媒 54

2.5 リサイクル関連技術 59

2.5.1 リサイクルとは 59

2.5.2 リサイクルの目的 59

2.5.3 廃棄物総合対策の中でのリサイクルの位置付け 62

2.5.4 セラミックス産業関連リサイクル 62

2.6 その他 64

2.6.1 セラミックス吸音材 64

2.6.2 セラミックス電波吸収体 69

第Ⅰ-3章基礎データ 73

第Ⅱ編情報・通信分野

第Ⅱ-1章総論 79

1.1 エレクトロニクスの動向と機能性セラミックスの進歩 79

1.1.1 エレクトロニクスの動向 79

1.1.2 機能性セラミックスの進歩 80

1.1.3 機能性セラミックスの分類と用途 82

第Ⅱ-2章各論 85

2.1 絶縁性セラミックス 85

2.1.1 セラミックス多層配線基板 85

2.1.2 IC基板について 90

2.2 半導性セラミックス 94

2.2.1 サーミスター(NTC,PTC) 94

2.2.2 バリスタ 102

2.2.3 各種センサー 106

2.3 イオン導電性セラミックス 113

2.3.1 リチウムイオン電池 113

2.3.2 酸素センサー 117

2.4 圧電性セラミックス 121

2.4.1 セラミックスフィルター 121

2.4.2 圧電振動ジャイロ 124

2.4.3 圧電トランス 129

2.4.4 薄膜デバイス 133

2.5 誘電性セラミックス 139

2.5.1 積層コンデンサー 139

2.5.2 誘電体フィルター 143

2.6 磁性セラミックス 147

2.6.1 MR,GMRヘッド 147

2.6.2 高周波電源用フェライト 152

2.7 酸化物化学結晶 157

2.7.1 固体レーザー 157

第Ⅱ-3章基礎データ 167

第Ⅲ編エネルギー分野

第Ⅲ-1章総論 173

1.1 はじめに 173

1.2 物理学の階層構造 173

1.3 古典場における物理量の相関関係 175

1.3.1 示強性物理量と示量性物理量 176

1.3.2 物質定数の定義 176

1.3.3 物質から材料へ熱的・機械的機能に及ぼす諸因子 178

1.4 おわりに 179

第Ⅲ-2 各論 181

2.1 機械的機能 181

2.1.1 高弾性エネルギー(ばね) 181

2.1.2 高硬度(工具,コーティング) 185

2.1.3 耐摩耗性(軸受,摺動部品) 189

2.1.4 潤滑性(固体潤滑剤) 193

2.1.5 複合材 198

2.2 熱的機能 204

2.2.1 高温強度(タービン用材料) 204

2.2.2 耐熱性・耐熱衝撃性 207

2.2.3 断熱性(断熱材) 212

2.3 耐食性 217

2.3.1 高温耐食性(炉材) 217

2.3.2 耐薬品性(耐酸性ポンプ) 227

2.4 エネルギー変換効率 232

2.4.1 熱電変換 232

2.4.2 燃料電池 239

2.4.3 原子力 243

2.5 加工・接合 247

2.5.1 研削加工 247

2.5.2 砥粒加工 251

2.5.3 ビーム加工 254

2.5.4 接合 259

第Ⅲ-3章基礎データ 279

第Ⅳ編バイオ分野

第Ⅳ-1章総論 287

1.1 生体修復セラミックスの最新の動向 287

1.1.1 はじめに 287

1.1.2 高強度,高耐摩性セラミックス 287

1.1.3 生体活性セラミックス 288

1.1.4 吸収性セラミックス 289

1.1.5 生体活性セメント 289

1.1.6 生体活性セラミックス金属複合体 290

1.1.7 生体活性セラミックス高分子複合体 291

1.1.8 がん治療用セラミックス 291

1.1.9 おわりに 292

1.2 生体材料の臨床応用の基礎 293

1.2.1 生体材料の使用目的 293

1.2.2 期待する特性 294

1.2.3 セラミックスと生体内環境 296

第Ⅳ-2章各論 299

2.1 バイオイナートセラミックス 299

2.1.1 アルミナセラミックス 299

2.1.2 ジルコニアセラミックス 306

2.2 バイオアクティブセラミックス 310

2.2.1 ハイドロキシアパタイト(HA) 310

2.3 人口歯・人口歯根 314

2.3.1 人口歯・人口歯根用セラミックス 314

2.4 バイオセラミックスコーティング 320

2.4.1 ハイドロキシアパタイト(HA)コーティング 320

2.5 バイオアクティブセラミックスの臨床応用 342

2.5.1 バイオアクティブ結晶化ガラス(A-W) 342

2.5.2 ハイドロキシアパタイト(HA) 346

2.5.3 バイオセラミックス複合体 350

2.5.4 人口歯・人口歯根 354

2.5.5 ガン治療用セラミックス 362

第Ⅳ-3章基礎データ 369

索引 375

共通基礎データ ⅷ

第Ⅰ編環境・リサイクル分野

第Ⅰ-1章総論 3

77.

図書

77. Advanced organic chemistry : reaction mechanisms

Reinhard Bruckner

出版情報:	San Diego : Hercourt/Academic Press, c2002 xxi, 636 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	Advanced organic chemistry series
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Foreword

Preface to the English Edition

Preface to the German Edition

Acknowledgments

Radical Substitution Reactions at the Saturated C Atom / 1：

Bonding and Preferred Geometries in C Radicals, Carbenium Ions and Carbanions / 1.1：

Stability of Radicals / 1.2：

Relative Rates of Analogous Radical Reactions / 1.3：

Radical Substitution Reactions: Chain Reactions / 1.4：

Radical Initiators / 1.5：

Radical Chemistry of Alkylmercury(II) Hydrides / 1.6：

Radical Halogenation of Hydrocarbons / 1.7：

Autoxidations / 1.8：

Defunctionalizations via Radical Substitution Reactions / 1.9：

References

Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions at the Saturated C Atom / 2：

Nucleophiles and Electrophiles; Leaving Groups / 2.1：

Good and Poor Nucleophiles / 2.2：

Leaving Groups and the Quality of Leaving Groups / 2.3：

S[subscript N]2 Reactions: Kinetic and Stereochemical Analysis--Substituent Effects on Reactivity / 2.4：

S[subscript N]1 Reactions: Kinetic and Stereochemical Analysis; Substituent Effects on Reactivity / 2.5：

When Do S[subscript N] Reactions at Saturated C Atoms Take Place According to the S[subscript N]1 Mechanism and When Do They Take Place According to the S[subscript N]2 Mechanism? / 2.6：

Unimolecular S[subscript N] Reactions That Do Not Take Place via Simple Carbenium Ion Intermediates: Neighboring Group Participation / 2.7：

Preparatively Useful S[subscript N]2 Reactions: Alkylations / 2.8：

Additions to the Olefinic C=C Double Bond / 3：

The Concept of cis and trans Addition / 3.1：

Vocabulary of Stereochemistry and Stereoselective Synthesis I / 3.2：

Additions That Take Place Diastereoselectivity as cis Additions / 3.3：

Enantioselective cis Additions to C=C Double Bonds / 3.4：

Additions That Take Place Diastereoselectively as trans Additions (Additions via Onium Intermediates) / 3.5：

Additions That Take Place or Can Take Place without Stereocontrol Depending on the Mechanism / 3.6：

[beta]-Eliminations / 4：

Concepts of Elimination Reactions / 4.1：

[beta]-Eliminations of H/Het via Cyclic Transition States / 4.2：

[beta]-Eliminations of H/Het via Acyclic Transition States: The Mechanistic Alternatives / 4.3：

E2 Eliminations of H/Het and the E2/S[subscript N]2 Competition / 4.4：

E1 Elimination of H/Het from R[subscript tert]--X and the E1/S[subscript N]1 Competition / 4.5：

E1[subscript cb] Eliminations / 4.6：

[beta]-Eliminations of Het[superscript 1]/Het[superscript 2] / 4.7：

Substitution Reactions on Aromatic Compounds / 5：

Electrophilic Aromatic Substitutions via Wheland Complexes ("Ar-S[subscript E] Reactions") / 5.1：

Ar-S[subscript E] Reactions via Wheland Complexes: Individual Reactions / 5.2：

Electrophilic Substitution Reactions on Metallated Aromatic Compounds / 5.3：

Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions in Aryldiazonium Salts / 5.4：

Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions via Meisenheimer Complexes / 5.5：

Nucleophilic Aromatic Substitution via Arynes, cine Substitution / 5.6：

Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions on the Carboxyl Carbon (Except through Enolates) / 6：

C=O-Containing Substrates and Their Reactions with Nucleophiles / 6.1：

Mechanisms, Rate Laws, and Rate of Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions at the Carboxyl Carbon / 6.2：

Activation of Carboxylic Acids and of Carboxylic Acid Derivatives / 6.3：

Selected S[subscript N] Reactions of Heteroatom Nucleophiles on the Carboxyl Carbon / 6.4：

S[subscript N] Reactions of Hydride Donors, Organometallics, and Heteroatom-Stabilized "Carbanions" on the Carboxyl Carbon / 6.5：

Additions of Heteroatom Nucleophiles to Heterocumulenes. Additions of Heteroatom Nucleophiles to Carbonyl Compounds and Follow-up Reactions / 7：

Additions of Heteroatom Nucleophiles to Heterocumulenes / 7.1：

Additions of Heteroatom Nucleophiles to Carbonyl Compounds / 7.2：

Addition of Heteroatom Nucleophiles to Carbonyl Compounds in Combination with Subsequent S[subscript N]1 Reactions: Acetalizations / 7.3：

Addition of Nitrogen Nucleophiles to Carbonyl Compounds in Combination with Subsequent E1 Eliminations: Condensation Reactions of Nitrogen Nucleophiles with Carbonyl Compounds / 7.4：

Addition of Hydride Donors and Organometallic Compounds to Carbonyl Compounds / 8：

Suitable Hydride Donors and Organometallic Compounds and a Survey of the Structure of Organometallic Compounds / 8.1：

Chemoselectivity of the Addition of Hydride Donors to Carbonyl Compounds / 8.2：

Diastereoselectivity of the Addition of Hydride Donors to Carbonyl Compounds / 8.3：

Enantioselective Addition of Hydride Donors to Carbonyl Compounds / 8.4：

Addition of Organometallic Compounds to Carbonyl Compounds / 8.5：

1,4-Additions of Organometallic Compounds to [alpha],[beta]-Unsaturated Ketones / 8.6：

Reaction of Ylides with Saturated or [alpha],[beta]-Unsaturated Carbonyl Compounds / 9：

Ylides/Ylenes / 9.1：

Reactions of S Ylides with Saturated Carbonyl Compounds or with Michael Acceptors: Three-Membered Ring Formation / 9.2：

Condensation of P Ylides with Carbonyl Compounds: Wittig Reaction / 9.3：

Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons Reaction / 9.4：

Chemistry of the Alkaline Earth Metal Enolates / 10：

Basic Considerations / 10.1：

Alkylation of Quantitatively Prepared Enolates and Aza-Enolates; Chain-Elongating Syntheses of Carbonyl Compounds and Carboxylic Acid Derivatives / 10.2：

Hydroxyalkylation of Enolates with Carbonyl Compounds ("Aldol Addition"): Synthesis of [beta]-Hydroxyketones and [beta]-Hydroxyesters / 10.3：

Condensation of Enolates with Carbonyl Compounds: Synthesis of Michael Acceptors / 10.4：

Acylation of Enolates / 10.5：

Michael Additions of Enolates / 10.6：

Rearrangements / 11：

Nomenclature of Sigmatropic Shifts / 11.1：

Molecular Origins for the Occurrence of [1,2]-Rearrangements / 11.2：

[1,2]-Rearrangements in Species with a Valence Electron Sextet / 11.3：

[1,2]-Rearrangements without the Occurrence of a Sextet Intermediate / 11.4：

Claisen Rearrangement / 11.5：

Thermal Cycloadditions / 12：

Driving Force and Feasibility of One-Step [2 + 4]- and [2 + 2]-Cycloadditions / 12.1：

Transition State Structures of Selected One-Step [2 + 4]- and [2 + 2]-Cycloadditions / 12.2：

Diels-Alder Reactions / 12.3：

[2 + 2]-Cycloadditions with Dichloroketene / 12.4：

1,3-Dipolar Cycloadditions / 12.5：

Transition Metal-Mediated Alkenylations, Arylations, and Alkynylations / 13：

Alkenylation and Arylation of Copper-Bound Organyl Groups / 13.1：

Alkenylation and Arylation of Grignard Compounds / 13.2：

Palladium-Catalyzed Alkenylation and Arylation of Organometallic Compounds / 13.3：

Alkynylation of Copper Acetylides / 13.4：

Heck Reactions / 13.5：

Oxidations and Reductions / 14：

Oxidation States of Organic Chemical Compounds, Oxidation Numbers in Organic Chemical Compounds, and Organic Chemical Redox Reactions / 14.1：

Cross-References to Redox Reactions Already Discussed in Chapters 1-13 / 14.2：

Oxidations / 14.3：

Reductions / 14.4：

Index

Foreword

Preface to the English Edition

Preface to the German Edition

78.

図書

78. A2Z

Amy Yamada 著

出版情報:	東京 : 講談社, 2000.1 239p ; 20cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

79.

図書

79. Bioinformatics : from genomes to drugs (v. 1 ; v. 2)

edited by Thomas Lengauer

出版情報:	Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2002 2 v. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:	Methods and principles in medicinal chemistry / edited by R. Mannhold ... [et al.] ; v. 14
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報:

v. 1. Basic technologies

v. 2. Applications

v. 1. Basic technologies

v. 2. Applications

80.

図書

80. Introduction to the theory of ferromagnetism. 2nd ed (: hbk ; : pbk)

Amikam Aharoni

出版情報:	Oxford : Oxford University Press, 2000 xi, 319 p. ; 24 cm
シリーズ名:	The international series of monographs on physics ; 109
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction / 1：

Nomenclature / 1.1：

Weiss Domains / 1.2：

The Bohr-van Leeuwen Theorem / 1.3：

Diamagnetism / 1.4：

Molecular Field Approximation / 2：

Paramagnetism / 2.1：

Ferromagnetism / 2.2：

Antiferromagnetism / 2.3：

The Curie-Weiss Law / 2.4：

Ferrimagnetism / 2.5：

Other Cases / 2.6：

The Heisenberg Hamiltonian / 3：

Spin and Orbit / 3.1：

Exchange Interaction / 3.2：

Exchange Integrals / 3.3：

Delocalized Electrons / 3.4：

Spin Waves / 3.5：

Magnetization vs. Temperature / 4：

Magnetic Domains / 4.1：

The Landau Theory / 4.2：

Critical Exponents / 4.3：

Ising Model / 4.4：

Low Dimensionality / 4.5：

Arrott Plots / 4.6：

Anisotropy and Time Effects / 5：

Anisotropy / 5.1：

Uniaxial Anisotropy / 5.1.1：

Cubic Anisotropy / 5.1.2：

Magnetostriction / 5.1.3：

Surface Anisotropy / 5.1.4：

Experimental Methods / 5.1.6：

Superparamagnetism / 5.2：

Magnetic Viscosity / 5.3：

The Stoner-Wohlfarth Model / 5.4：

Another Energy Term / 6：

Basic Magnetostatics / 6.1：

Uniqueness / 6.1.1：

Trivial Examples / 6.1.2：

Uniformly Magnetized Ellipsoid / 6.1.3：

Origin of Domains / 6.2：

Domain Wall / 6.2.1：

Long and Short Range / 6.2.2：

Magnetic Charge / 6.3：

General Demagnetization / 6.3.1：

Units / 6.4：

Basic Micromagnetics / 7：

'Classical' Exchange / 7.1：

The Landau and Lifshitz Wall / 7.2：

Magnetostatic Energy / 7.3：

Physically Small Sphere / 7.3.1：

Pole Avoidance Principle / 7.3.2：

Reciprocity / 7.3.3：

Upper and Lower Bounds / 7.3.4：

Planar Rectangle / 7.3.5：

Energy Minimization / 8：

Bloch and Neel Walls / 8.1：

Two-dimensional Walls / 8.2：

Bulk Materials / 8.2.1：

Brown's Static Equations / 8.3：

Self-consistency / 8.4：

The Dynamic Equation / 8.5：

The Nucleation Problem / 9：

Definition / 9.1：

Two Eigenmodes / 9.2：

Coherent Rotation / 9.2.1：

Magnetization Curling / 9.2.2：

Infinite Slab / 9.3：

The Third Mode / 9.4：

Brown's Paradox / 9.5：

Hard Materials / 9.5.1：

Soft Materials / 9.5.2：

Small Particles / 9.5.3：

Analytic Micromagnetics / 10：

Ferromagnetic Resonance / 10.1：

First Integral / 10.2：

Boundary Conditions / 10.3：

Wall Mass / 10.4：

The Remanent State / 10.5：

Sphere / 10.5.1：

Prolate Spheroid / 10.5.2：

Cube / 10.5.3：

Numerical Micromagnetics / 11：

Computational Results / 11.1：

Domain Walls / 11.3.1：

Thin Films / 11.3.2：

Prism / 11.3.5：

Cylinder / 11.3.6：

References

Author Index

Subject Index

Introduction / 1：

Nomenclature / 1.1：

Weiss Domains / 1.2：

81.

図書

81. Inductively coupled plasma-Mass spectrometry : practices and techniques

Howard E. Taylor

出版情報:	San Diego : Academic, c2001 xi, 294 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

About the Author

Introduction / 1：

History / 1.1：

Overview / 1.2：

Atomic Structure / 2：

Bohr Model / 2.1：

Isotopes / 2.2：

Ionization / 2.3：

Inductively Coupled Plasmas / 3：

Plasma Formation / 3.1：

Generators / 3.1.1：

Crystal-Controlled Oscillator

Free-Running Oscillator

Solid-State Generators

Load Coils / 3.1.2：

Torches / 3.1.3：

Plasma Configuration / 3.2：

Instrumentation / 4：

Interface / 4.1：

Ion Lenses / 4.2：

Mass Spectrometers / 4.3：

Quadrupole Mass Analyzer / 4.3.1：

Scanning

Peak Hopping

Resolution

Abundance Sensitivity

Magnetic Sector Mass Analyzer / 4.3.2：

Single Focusing

Double Focusing

Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometer / 4.3.3：

Ion-Trap Mass Spectrometer / 4.3.4：

Detectors / 4.4：

Continuous Dynode Electron Multiplier / 4.4.1：

Discrete Dynode Electron Multiplier / 4.4.2：

Faraday Cup / 4.4.3：

Sample Introduction / 5：

Gaseous Samples / 5.1：

Vapor Generation / 5.1.1：

Hydride Generation

Osmium Tetroxide Vapor

Cold-Vapor Mercury

Chromatography / 5.1.2：

Vapor Phase Chromatography

Supercritical Fluid Chromatography

Liquid Samples / 5.2：

Nebulizers / 5.2.1：

Spray Chamber

Pneumatic Nebulizer

Ultrasonic Nebulizer

Electrothermal Vaporizers / 5.2.2：

Solid Samples / 5.3：

Ablation Methods / 5.3.1：

Laser Ablation

Spark Ablation

Slurry Nebulization / 5.3.2：

Direct Insertion / 5.3.3：

Special Techniques / 6：

Flow Injection / 6.1：

Liquid Chromatography / 6.2：

Ion-Exchange Chromatography / 6.2.2：

Field Flow Fractionation / 6.3：

Quantitation Techniques / 7：

Qualitative Analysis / 7.1：

Semiquantitative Analysis / 7.2：

Quantitative Analysis / 7.3：

Direct Calibration / 7.3.1：

Calibration Curves

Internal Standardization

Standard Addition / 7.3.2：

Isotope Dilution / 7.3.3：

Quantitation Strategy / 7.3.4：

Interferences / 8：

Spectrometric Effects / 8.1：

Isobaric Spectral Overlap / 8.1.1：

Polyatomic Molecular Spectral Overlap / 8.1.2：

Polyatomic Molecules from Plasma Gas Components

Molecular Oxides

Sample Matrix/Acid Components

Reaction/Collision Cells

Doubly Charged Ions / 8.1.3：

Background / 8.1.4：

Nonspectrometric Effects / 8.2：

Matrix Effects / 8.2.1：

Physical Effects / 8.2.2：

Optimization / 9：

Parameter Optimization / 9.1：

"Cold Plasma" Operating Conditions / 9.2：

Figures of Merit / 10：

Sensitivity / 10.1：

Detection Limits / 10.2：

Precision / 10.3：

Accuracy / 10.4：

References

Table of Elements with Atomic Number, Weights, and First and Second Ionization Potentials / Appendix 1：

Isotopic Composition of the Elements / Appendix 2：

Prominent Polyatomic Interferences Applicable for ICP-MS Determinations / Appendix 3：

Table of Student's t Distribution / Appendix 4：

Certified Standard Reference Materials Available from the U.S. NIST and the NRC of Canada / Appendix 5：

Supplemental References / Appendix 6：

Index

About the Author

Introduction / 1：

History / 1.1：

82.

図書

82. The mathematica guidebook for graphics ([1] : pbk. ; [2] : pbk.)

Michael Trott

出版情報:	New York : Springer, c2004 1 v. in 2 (xxxv, 1340 p.) ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

83.

図書

83. Emerging model organisms : a laboratory manual (v. 1 : hbk - v. 2 : pbk.)

出版情報:	Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. : Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, c2009-c2010 2 v. ; 28 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

84.

図書

84. Compounds of groups 1 to 2 and 11 to 12

volume editor, Karsten Meyer

出版情報:	Amsterdam ; Tokyo : Elsevier, 2007 xv, 483 p. ; 27 cm
シリーズ名:	Comprehensive organometallic chemistry III / editors-in-chief, D. Michael P. Mingos, Robert H. Crabtree ; v. 2
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Compounds of Groups 1 to 2 and 11 to 12 Alkali Metal Organometallics / Volume 2：

Structure and Bonding Alkaline

Earth Organometallics

Copper Organometallics

Silver Organometallics

Gold Organometallics

Zinc Organometallics

Mercury and Cadmium Organometallics

Index

Compounds of Groups 1 to 2 and 11 to 12 Alkali Metal Organometallics / Volume 2：

Structure and Bonding Alkaline

Earth Organometallics

85.

図書

85. Protein synthesis and ribosome structure : translating the genome

edited by Knud H. Nierhaus and Daniel N. Wilson

出版情報:	Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2004 xviii, 579 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Foreword

Preface

Abbreviations

Fundamentals tIntroduction / Part I：

Electrophoresis / 1：

General / 1.0：

Electrophoresis in non-restrictive gels / 1.1：

Electrophoresis in restrictive gels / 1.2：

Isotachophoresis / 2：

Migration with the same speed / 2.1：

""Ion train"" separation / 2.2：

Zone sharpening effect / 2.3：

Concentration regulation effect / 2.4：

Isoelectric focusing / 3：

Principles / 3.1：

Gels for IEF / 3.2：

Temperature / 3.3：

Controlling the pH gradient / 3.4：

The kinds of pH gradients / 3.5：

Protein detection in IEFgels / 3.6：

Foreword

Preface

Abbreviations

86.

図書

86. Anti-personnel landmine detection for humanitarian demining : the current situation and future direction for Japanese research and development (: hbk)

Katsuhisa Furuta, Jun Ishikawa, editors

出版情報:	London : Springer, c2009 xxiii, 211 p. ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Abbreviations and Acyronyms

List of Contributors

Introduction / Part I：

The Anti-personnel Landmine Problem, Existing Demining Technologies and Operating Procedures / Jun Ishikawa ; Katsuhisa Furuta1：

Japanese Action for Humanitarian Demining / 1.2：

Short-term R&D Project / 1.2.1：

Mid-term R&D Project / 1.2.2：

References

Dual Sensor Systems Ground Penetrating Radar and Metal Detectors / Part II：

Principles of Mine Detection by Ground-penetrating Radar / Motoyuki Sato2：

GPR Principles / 2.1：

Electromagnetic Wave Propagation in Soil / 2.2.1：

Reflection of Electromagnetic Waves from Land Mines / 2.2.2：

Clutter / 2.2.3：

GPR Survey / 2.3：

Operation Frequency / 2.3.1：

GPR System / 2.3.2：

Signal Processing / 2.3.3：

Development of Dual Sensors and Deployment in Mine Affected Countries / Kazunori Takahashi3：

ALIS / 3.1：

ALIS Configuration and GPR / 3.2.1：

Sensor Head / 3.2.2：

Sensor Tracking System / 3.2.3：

Data Processing and Display / 3.2.4：

ALIS Operation / 3.2.5：

Evaluation Test of ALIS / 3.3：

ALIS Evaluation Before 2006 / 3.3.1：

Test Lane Trial in Cambodia, 2006 / 3.3.2：

Test Lane Trial in Croatia, 2007 / 3.3.3：

Quality Control Test in Mine-fields in Croatia, 2006-2007 / 3.3.4：

Buggy-Mounted System / 3.4：

ALIS-EMI / 3.5：

Summary / 3.6：

Development of an Array Antenna Landmine Detection Radar System / Yoshiyuki Tomizawa ; Ikuo Arai ; Shinji Gotoh4：

Anti-personnel Landmine Detection Radar Using an Array Antenna / 4.1：

Radar Waveform / 4.2.1：

Development of the Wideband Antenna / 4.2.2：

Creating an Antenna Array / 4.2.3：

Development of the Ultra-compact Impulse Radar / 4.2.4：

Architecture of the Landmine Detection Radar / 4.2.5：

Prototype / 4.3：

Detection Tests / 4.4：

Single Antenna Laboratory Testing / 4.4.1：

Array Antenna Laboratory Testing / 4.4.2：

Evaluation Testing in Japan / 4.4.3：

International Evaluation Testing / 4.4.4：

Scan-image Improvements / 4.5：

Effects of Ground Surface Unevenness / 4.5.1：

Improving Identification Accuracy Through Super-resolution Signal Processing / 4.5.2：

Applying Music Processing to Pulse Radar / 4.5.3：

Reducing the Size and Weight of the Array Antenna Landmine Detection Radar / 4.6：

Size and Weight of the Antenna / 4.6.1：

Increasing Data Acquisition Speed / 4.6.2：

Installation on a Gryphon All-terrain Vehicle / 4.7：

Test and Evaluation of Japanese GPR-EMI Dual Sensor Systems at the Benkovac Test Site in Croatia / Nikola Pavković4.8：

Test and Evaluation Overview / 5.1：

Benkovac Test Site / 5.2.1：

Four Devices to Be Evaluated / 5.2.2：

Test and Evaluation Plan / 5.3：

Experimental Design / 5.3.1：

Trial Procedures / 5.3.2：

Evaluation Method / 5.3.3：

Experimental Results / 5.4：

ANOVA Results / 5.4.1：

Probability of Detection / 5.4.2：

ROC Curves and the Role of GPR / 5.4.3：

Acknowledgments / 5.5：

Annex 5.1 Comprehensive Result of Probability of Detection (PD)

Vehicle Systems Based on Advanced Robotics for Humanitarian Demining / Part III：

Environment-adaptive Anti-personnel Mine Detection System: Advanced Mine Sweeper / Toshio Fukuda ; Yasuhisa Hasegawa ; Kazuhiro Kosuge ; Kiyoshi Komoriya ; Fumihisa Kitagawa ; Tomohiro Ikegami6：

System Architecture / 6.1：

Sensing Technology / 6.3：

Integrated Sensor / 6.3.1：

Signal Processing for Geography-adaptive Sensing / 6.3.2：

Access-control Technology / 6.4：

Sensor Manipulation System / 6.4.1：

Sensing Vehicle / 6.4.2：

Access Vehicle / 6.4.3：

Assist Vehicle / 6.4.4：

Information Management System / 6.5：

Experiments / 6.6：

Humanitarian Demining Operation Using the Teleoperated Buggy Vehicle Gryphon with a Mine Sensors Equipped Arm / Edwardo F. Fukushima ; Shigeo Hirose6.7：

System Details / 7.1：

Mobile Platform / 7.2.1：

Manipulator Arm / 7.2.2：

Stereo Vision Camera / 7.2.3：

Marking System / 7.2.4：

Control Box / 7.2.5：

Mine Sensors / 7.2.6：

Field Tests / 7.3：

Consistency of Mechanized Sensor Scanning / 7.3.1：

Improved Methodology for Evaluating Metal Detector Sensor Images / 7.3.2：

Objective Evaluation of Robotics System for Humanitarian Demining / 7.4：

Annex 7.1 Procedures for Test and Evaluation / 7.5：

Development of Mine Detection Robot Mine Hunter Vehicle (MHV), Controlled Metal Detector and Multi-functional Hydraulic Manipulator / Kenzo Nonami8：

State of the Art of Teleoperated Mine Detection by Vehicle-mounted Mine Detector / 8.1：

Concept and Implementation of Mine Hunter Vehicle (MHV) / 8.2：

Controlled Metal Detector Mounted on Mine Detection Robot / 8.3：

Methods of Estimating the Position of Buried Landmines / 8.3.1：

Experiments on Mine Detection / 8.3.2：

Control and Operation of a Teleoperated and Master-slave Hydraulic Manipulator for Landmine Prodding and Excavation / 8.3.3：

Operation Strategy / 8.4.1：

Master-slave Manipulator / 8.4.2：

Explosive Sensor / 8.5：

Nuclear Quadrupole Resonance for Explosive Detection / Hideo Itozaki9：

Explosive Detection by NQR / 9.1：

NQR Mine Detection / 9.3：

Demonstration of NQR Mine Detection / 9.4：

Application of NQR Detector / 9.5：

Development of a High-performance Landmine Detection System Through Gamma-ray Detection by Using a Compact Fusion Neutron Source and Dual-sensors / Kiyoshi Yoshikawa ; Kai Masuda ; Teruhisa Takamatsu ; Yasushi Yamamoto ; Hisayuki Toku ; Takeshi Fujimoto9.6：

Principle of Landmine Detection Through Nuclear Reactions / 10.1：

An Inertial-electrostatic Confinement Fusion (IECF) Neutron Source / 10.2：

Advanced Dual-sensors for Gamma-ray Diagnostics / 10.3：

Configuration of Humanitarian Landmine Detection System / 10.4：

Criteria for Landmine Detection / 10.5：

Landmine Imitators and Conditions for Testing / 10.6：

Test Results of Neutron-captured Gamma-rays Diagnostics / 10.7：

Test Results of Back-scattered Neutron Diagnostics / 10.8：

Development of a Compact Neutron Capture Gamma-ray Imaging System for Anti-personnel Landmine Detection / Tetsuo Iguchi ; Jun Kawarabayashi ; Ken-ichi Watanabe ; Tatsuo Shoji ; Tatsuya Osawa ; Shinji Mihoya ; Tadashi Hasegawa ; Masanori Shimazaki ; Toshiaki Monaka10.9：

Compact and Intense Neutron Generator / 11.1：

Compact High Energy Gamma-camera / 11.3：

Principle and Algorithm for Gamma-ray Imaging / 11.4：

Integration of NPGA System / 11.5：

Performance Tests on Anti-personnel Landmine Detection / 11.6：

Development of an "Electronic Dog Nose" Based on an SPR Immunosensor for Highly Sensitive Detection of Explosives / Takeshi Onodera ; Norio Miura ; Kiyoshi Matsumoto ; Kiyoshi Toko11.7：

Odor Sensor / 12.1：

SPR Sensor / 12.3：

Antibody Production / 12.4：

Indirect Competitive Assay / 12.5：

Sampling System for Nitro Aromatic Compounds Using a Preconcentrator / 12.6：

Index / 12.7：

Abbreviations and Acyronyms

List of Contributors

Introduction / Part I：

87.

図書

87. Biological and pharmaceutical nanomaterials. 1. ed

edited by Challa S. S. R. Kumar

出版情報:	Weinheim : Wiley-VCH, c2006 xix, 408 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:	Nanotechnologies for the life sciences ; v. 2
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

List of Contributors

DNA-based Nanomaterials / I：

Self-assembled DNA Nanotubes / Thom LaBean ; Sung Ha Park1：

Introduction / 1.1：

DNA Nanotubes Self-assembled from DX Tiles / 1.2：

3DAE-E DX Tile Nanotubes / 1.3：

DAE-O DX Tile Nanotubes / 1.4：

TX Tile Nanotubes / 1.5：

4 x 4 Tile Nanotubes / 1.6：

6HB Tile Nanotubes / 1.7：

Applications / 1.8：

Summary and Perspectives / 1.9：

References

Nucleic Acid Nanoparticles / Guy Zuber ; Benedicte Pons ; Andrew W. Fraley2：

The Chemical and Physical Properties of Therapeutic DNA / 2.1：

Preparation of Nucleic Acid Nanoparticles: Synthesis and Characterization / 2.3：

Rationale / 2.3.1：

Synthesis, Characterization and Optimization of Surfactants / 2.3.2：

Organization of the Surfactant-DNA Complexes / 2.3.3：

Quantification of the Stability of Surfactant-DNA Complexes / 2.3.4：

DNA Functionalization for Cell Recognition and Internalization / 2.4：

Strategies for Functionalization / 2.4.1：

Intercalation / 2.4.2：

Triple Helix Formation with Oligodeoxyribonucleotides / 2.4.3：

Peptide Nucleic Acids (PNAs) / 2.4.4：

Interactions of DNA with Fusion Proteins / 2.4.5：

Agents that Bind to the Minor Groove / 2.4.6：

DNA Nanoparticles: Sophistication for Cell Recognition and Internalization / 2.5：

Preparation of DNA Nanoparticles Enveloped with a Protective Coat and Cell Internalization Elements / 2.5.1：

Biomedical Application: Cell Targeting and Internalization Properties of Folate-PEG-coated Nanoparticles / 2.5.2：

Concluding Remarks / 2.6：

Lipoplexes / Sarah Weisman3：

DNA Lipoplexes / 3.1：

Composition / 3.2.1：

Nanostructure and Microstructure / 3.2.2：

Equilibrium Morphology / 3.2.2.1：

Nonequilibrium Morphology / 3.2.2.2：

Lipoplex Size / 3.2.2.3：

Lipofection Efficiency / 3.2.3：

In Vitro / 3.2.3.1：

In Vivo / 3.2.3.2：

ODN Lipoplexes / 3.3：

siRNA Lipoplexes / 3.4：

Acknowledgments

DNA-Chitosan Nanoparticles for Gene Therapy: Current Knowledge and Future Trends / Julio C. Fernandes ; Marcio Jose Tiera ; Francoise M. Winnik4：

Chitosan as a Carrier for Gene Therapy / 4.1：

Chitosan Chemistry / 4.2.1：

General Strategies for Chitosan Modification / 4.2.2：

Chitosan-DNA interactions: Transfection Efficacy of Unmodified Chitosan / 4.2.3：

Modified Chitosans: Strategies to Improve the Transfection Efficacy / 4.3：

The Effects of Charge Density/Solubility and Degree of Acetylation / 4.3.1：

Improving the Physicochemical Characteristics of the Nanoparticulate Systems: Solubility, Aggregation and RES Uptake / 4.3.2：

Targeting Mediated by Cell Surface Receptors / 4.3.3：

Hydrophobic Modification: Protecting the DNA and Improving the Internalization Process / 4.3.4：

Methods of Preparation of Chitosan Nanoparticles / 4.4：

Complex Coacervation / 4.4.1：

Crosslinking Methods / 4.4.2：

Chemical Crosslinking / 4.4.2.1：

Ionic Crosslinking or Ionic Gelation / 4.4.2.2：

Emulsion Crosslinking / 4.4.2.3：

Spray Drying / 4.4.2.4：

Other Methods / 4.4.2.5：

DNA Loading into Nano- and Microparticles of Chitosan / 4.5：

DNA Release and Release Kinetics / 4.6：

Preclinical Evidence of Chitosan-DNA Complex Efficacy / 4.7：

Potential Clinical Applications of Chitosan-DNA in Gene Therapy / 4.8：

Conclusion / 4.9：

Protein & Peptide-based Nanomaterials / II：

Plant Protein-based Nanoparticles / Anne-Marie Orecchioni ; Cecile Duclairoir ; Juan Manuel Irache ; Evelyne Nakache5：

Description of Plant Proteins / 5.1：

Pea Seed Proteins / 5.2.1：

Wheat Proteins / 5.2.2：

Preparation of Protein Nanoparticles / 5.3：

Preparation of Legumin and Vicilin Nanoparticles / 5.3.1：

Preparation of Gliadin Nanoparticles / 5.3.2：

Drug Encapsulation in Plant Protein Nanoparticles / 5.4：

RA Encapsulation in Gliadin Nanoparticles / 5.4.1：

VE Encapsulation in Gliadin Nanoparticles / 5.4.2：

Lipophilic, Hydrophilic or Amphiphilic Drug Encapsulation / 5.4.3：

Preparation of Ligand-Gliadin Nanoparticle Conjugates / 5.5：

Bioadhesive Properties of Gliadin Nanoparticles / 5.6：

Ex Vivo Studies with Gastrointestinal Mucosal Segments / 5.6.1：

In Vivo Studies with Laboratory Animals / 5.6.2：

Future Perspectives / 5.7：

Size Optimization / 5.7.1：

Immunization in Animals / 5.7.2：

Peptide Nanoparticles / Klaus Langer5.8：

Starting Materials for the Preparation of Nanoparticles / 6.1：

Preparation Methods / 6.3：

Nanoparticle Preparation by Emulsion Techniques / 6.3.1：

Emulsion Technique for the Preparation of Albumin-based Microspheres and Nanoparticles / 6.3.1.1：

Emulsion Technique for the Preparation of Gelatin-based Microspheres and Nanoparticles / 6.3.1.2：

Emulsion Technique for the Preparation of Casein-based Microspheres and Nanoparticles / 6.3.1.3：

Nanoparticle Preparation by Coacervation / 6.3.2：

Complex Coacervation Techniques for the Preparation of Nanoparticles / 6.3.2.1：

Simple Coacervation (Desolvation) Techniques for the Preparation of Nanoparticles / 6.3.2.2：

Basic Characterization Techniques for Peptide Nanoparticles / 6.4：

Drug Targeting with Nanoparticles / 6.5：

Passive Drug Targeting with Particle Systems / 6.5.1：

Active Drug Targeting with Particle Systems / 6.5.2：

Surface Modifications of Protein-based Nanoparticles / 6.5.3：

Surface Modification by Different Hydrophilic Compounds / 6.5.4：

Surface Modification by Polyethylene Glycol (PEG) Derivatives / 6.5.5：

Surface Modification by Drug-targeting Ligands / 6.5.6：

Different Surface Modification Strategies / 6.5.7：

Applications as Drug Carriers and for Diagnostic Purposes / 6.6：

Protein-based Nanoparticles in Gene Therapy / 6.6.1：

Parenteral Application Route / 6.6.2：

Preclinical Studies with Protein-based Particles / 6.6.2.1：

Clinical Studies with Protein-based Particles / 6.6.2.2：

Topical Application of Protein-based Particles / 6.6.3：

Peroral Application of Protein-based Particles / 6.6.4：

Immunological Reactions with Protein-based Microspheres / 6.7：

Albumin Nanoparticles / Socorro Espuelas6.8：

Serum Albumin / 7.1：

Preparation of Albumin Nanoparticles / 7.3：

"Conventional" Albumin Nanoparticles / 7.3.1：

Preparation of Albumin Nanoparticles by Desolvation or Coacervation / 7.3.1.1：

Preparation of Albumin Nanoparticles by Emulsification / 7.3.1.2：

Other Techniques to Prepare Albumin Nanoparticles / 7.3.1.3：

Surface-modified Albumin Nanoparticles / 7.3.2：

Drug Encapsulation in Albumin Nanoparticles / 7.3.3：

Biodistribution of Albumin Nanoparticles / 7.4：

Pharmaceutical Applications / 7.5：

Albumin Nanoparticles for Diagnostic Purposes / 7.5.1：

Radiopharmaceuticals / 7.5.1.1：

Echo-contrast Agents / 7.5.1.2：

Albumin Nanoparticles as Carriers for Oligonucleotides and DNA / 7.5.2：

Albumin Nanoparticles in the Treatment of Cancer / 7.5.3：

Fluorouracil and Methotrexate Delivery / 7.5.3.1：

Paclitaxel Delivery / 7.5.3.2：

Albumin Nanoparticles in Suicide Gene Therapy / 7.5.3.3：

Magnetic Albumin Nanoparticles / 7.5.4：

Albumin Nanoparticles for Ocular Drug Delivery / 7.5.5：

Topical Drug Delivery / 7.5.5.1：

Intravitreal Drug Delivery / 7.5.5.2：

Nanoscale Patterning of S-Layer Proteins as a Natural Self-assembly System / Margit Sara ; D. Pum ; C. Huber ; N. Ilk ; M. Pleschberger ; U. B. Sleytr7.6：

General Properties of S-Layers / 8.1：

Structure, Isolation, Self-Assembly and Recrystallization / 8.2.1：

Chemistry and Molecular Biology / 8.2.2：

S-Layers as Carbohydrate-binding Proteins / 8.2.3：

Nanoscale Patterning of S-Layer Proteins / 8.3：

Properties of S-Layer Proteins Relevant for Nanoscale Patterning / 8.3.1：

Immobilization of Functionalities by Chemical Methods / 8.3.2：

Patterning by Genetic Approaches / 8.3.3：

The S-Layer Proteins SbsA, SbsB and SbsC / 8.3.3.1：

S-Layer Fusion Proteins / 8.3.3.2：

Spatial Control over S-Layer Reassembly / 8.4：

S-Layers as Templates for the Formation of Regularly Arranged Nanoparticles / 8.5：

Binding of Molecules and Nanoparticles to Functional Domains / 8.5.1：

In Situ Synthesis of Nanoparticles on S-Layers / 8.5.2：

Conclusions and Outlook / 8.6：

Pharmaceutically Important Nanomaterials / III：

Methods of Preparation of Drug Nanoparticles / Jonghwi Lee ; Gio-Bin Lim ; Hesson Chung9：

Structures of Drug Nanoparticles / 9.1：

Thermodynamic Approaches / 9.3：

Lipid-based Pharmaceutical Nanoparticles / 9.3.1：

What is a Lipid? / 9.3.2：

Liquid Crystalline Phases of Hydrated Lipids with Planar and Curved Interfaces / 9.3.3：

Oil-in-water-type Lipid Emulsion / 9.3.4：

Liposomes / 9.3.5：

Cubosomes and Hexosomes / 9.3.6：

Other Lipid-based Pharmaceutical Nanoparticles / 9.3.7：

Mechanical Approaches / 9.4：

Types of Processing / 9.4.1：

Characteristics of Wet Comminution / 9.4.2：

Drying of Liquid Nanodispersions / 9.4.3：

SCF Approaches / 9.5：

SCF Characteristics / 9.5.1：

Classification of SCF Particle Formation Processes / 9.5.2：

RESS / 9.5.3：

SAS / 9.5.4：

SEDS / 9.5.5：

Electrostatic Approaches / 9.6：

Electrical Potential and Interfaces / 9.6.1：

Electrospraying / 9.6.2：

Production of Biofunctionalized Solid Lipid Nanoparticles for Site-specific Drug Delivery / Rainer H. Muller ; Eliana B. Souto ; Torsten Goppert ; Sven Gohla10：

Concept of Differential Adsorption / 10.1：

Production of SLN / 10.3：

Functionalization by Surface Modification / 10.4：

Conclusions / 10.5：

Biocompatible Nanoparticulate Systems for Tumor Diagnosis and Therapy / Mostafa Sadoqi ; Sunil Kumar ; Cesar Lau-Cam ; Vishal Saxena11：

Nanoscale Particulate Systems and their Building Blocks/Components / 11.1：

Dendrimers / 11.2.1：

Buckyballs and Buckytubes / 11.2.2：

Quantum Dots / 11.2.3：

Polymeric Micelles / 11.2.4：

Biodegradable Nanoparticles / 11.2.5：

Preparation of Nanoparticles / 11.3.1：

Biodegradable Optical Nanoparticles / 11.4：

Optical Nanoparticles as a Potential Technology for Tumor Diagnosis / 11.4.1：

Optical Nanoparticles as a Potential Technology for Tumor Treatment / 11.4.2：

Optical Imaging and PDT / 11.5：

Optical Imaging / 11.5.1：

Fluorescence-based Optical Imaging / 11.5.1.1：

NIR Fluorescence Imaging / 11.5.1.2：

NIR Dyes for Fluorescence Imaging / 11.5.1.3：

PDT / 11.5.2：

Basis of PDT / 11.5.2.1：

Photosensitizers for PDT / 11.5.2.2：

ICG: An Ideal Photoactive Agent for Tumor Diagnosis and Treatment / 11.5.3：

Clinical Uses of ICG / 11.5.3.1：

Structure and Physicochemical Properties of ICG / 11.5.3.2：

Binding Properties of ICG / 11.5.3.3：

Metabolism, Excretion and Pharmacokinetics of ICG / 11.5.3.4：

Toxicity of ICG / 11.5.3.5：

Tumor Imaging with ICG / 11.5.3.6：

PDT with ICG / 11.5.3.7：

Limitations of ICG for Tumor Diagnosis and Treatment / 11.5.3.8：

Recent Approaches for Improving the Blood Circulation Time and Uptake of ICG by Tumors / 11.5.3.9：

Recent Approaches for ICG Stabilization In Vitro / 11.5.3.10：

PLGA-based Nanoparticulate Delivery System for ICG / 11.6：

Rationale of Using a PLGA-based Nanoparticulate Delivery System for ICG / 11.6.1：

In Vivo Pharmacokinetics of ICG Solutions and Nanoparticles / 11.6.2：

Conclusions and Future Work / 11.7：

Nanoparticles for Crossing Biological Membranes / R. Pawar ; A. Avramoff ; A. J. Domb12：

Cell Membranes / 12.1：

Functions of Biological Membranes / 12.2.1：

Kinetic and Thermodynamic Aspects of Biological Membranes / 12.2.2：

Problems of Drugs Crossing through Biological Membranes / 12.3：

Through the Skin / 12.3.1：

Mechanical Irritation of Skin / 12.3.1.1：

Low-voltage Electroporation of the Skin / 12.3.1.2：

Through the BBB / 12.3.2：

Small Drugs / 12.3.2.1：

Limitations of Small Drugs / 12.3.2.1.1：

Peptide Drug Delivery via SynB Vectors / 12.3.2.2：

GI Barrier / 12.3.3：

Intestinal Translocation and Disease / 12.3.3.1：

Nanoparticulate Drug Delivery / 12.4：

Skin

Skin as Semipermeable Nanoporous Barrier / 12.4.1.1：

Hydrophilic Pathway through the Skin Barrier / 12.4.1.2：

Solid-Lipid Nanoparticles (SLN) Skin Delivery / 12.4.2：

Chemical Stability of SLN / 12.4.2.1：

In Vitro Occlusion of SLN / 12.4.2.2：

In Vivo SLN: Occlusion, Elasticity and Wrinkles / 12.4.2.3：

Active Compound Penetration into the Skin / 12.4.2.4：

Controlled Release of Cosmetic Compounds / 12.4.2.5：

Novel UV Sunscreen System Using SLN / 12.4.2.6：

Polymer-based Nanoparticulate Delivery to the Skin / 12.4.3：

Subcutaneous Nanoparticulate Antiepileptic Drug Delivery / 12.4.4：

Nanoparticulate Anticancer Drug Delivery / 12.4.5：

Paclitaxel / 12.4.5.1：

Doxorubicin / 12.4.5.2：

5-Fluorouracil (5-FU) / 12.4.5.3：

Antineoplastic Agents / 12.4.5.4：

Gene Delivery / 12.4.5.5：

Breast Cancer / 12.4.5.6：

Nanofibers Composed of Nonbiodegradable Polymer / 12.4.6：

Electrostatic Spinning / 12.4.6.1：

Scanning Electron Microscopy / 12.4.6.2：

Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) / 12.4.6.3：

Nanoparticulate Delivery to the BBB / 12.5：

Peptide Delivery to the BBB / 12.5.1：

Peptide Conjugation through a Disulfide Bond / 12.5.1.1：

Biodegradable Polymer Based Nanoparticulate Delivery to BBB / 12.5.2：

Nanoparticulate Gene Delivery to the BBB / 12.5.3：

Mechanism of Nanoparticulate Drug Delivery to the BBB / 12.5.4：

Nanoparticulate Thiamine-coated Delivery to the BBB / 12.5.5：

Nanoparticle Optics and Living Cell Imaging / 12.5.6：

Oral Nanoparticulate Delivery / 12.6：

Lectin-conjugated Nanoparticulate Oral Delivery / 12.6.1：

Oral Peptide Nanoparticulate-based Delivery / 12.6.2：

Polymer-Based Oral Peptide Nanoparticulate Delivery / 12.6.3：

Polyacrylamide Nanospheres / 12.6.3.1：

Poly(alkyl cyanoacrylate) PACA Nanocapsules / 12.6.3.2：

Derivatized Amino Acid Microspheres / 12.6.3.3：

Lymphatic Oral Nanoparticulate Delivery / 12.6.4：

Oral Nanosuspension Delivery / 12.6.5：

Mucoadhesion of Nanoparticles after Oral Administration / 12.6.6：

Protein Nanoparticulate Oral Delivery / 12.6.7：

Index

Preface

List of Contributors

DNA-based Nanomaterials / I：

88.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

88. ディジタル信号処理工学

眞溪歩著

出版情報:	東京 : 昭晃堂, 2004.3 ii, iv, iv, 225p ; 21cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

1.1複素数の取り扱い 1

1.1.1複素数の表記 1

1.1.2オイラーの公式 2

1.1.3複素数の四則演算 4

1.2ベクトルの取り扱い 9

1.2.1ベクトル空間 9

1.2.2ノルム 10

1.2.3内積 12

1.2.4固有値と固有関数 14

1.32つの関数･数列間の演算 16

1.3.1たたみ込み 17

1.3.2循環たたみ込み 19

1.3.3有限長の数列のたたみ込み 22

1.3.4相関関数 23

1.4特殊な関数 26

1.4.1ステップ関数 26

1.4.2デルタ関数 26

2.1最小2乗近似 29

2.1.1実験における最小2乗法 29

2.1.2最小2乗近似 30

2.1.3直交性 32

2.1.4直交関数展開 36

2.2フーリエ級数 38

2.2.1収束性 38

2.2.2直交関数系 39

2.2.3フーリエ級数の定義 41

2.2.4フーリエ級数の性質 46

2.2.5ギプス現象 48

演習問題 55

3.1フーリエ変換 57

3.1.1フーリエ変換の定義 57

3.1.2フーリエ変換の性質 61

3.2離散時間フーリエ変換 69

3.2.1連続時間信号の離散化 69

3.2.2離散時間フーリエ変換の定義 70

3.2.3離散時間フーリエ変換の性質 73

3.2.4サンプリング定理 75

3.2.5アンチエリアシング 81

3.3離散フーリエ変換 86

3.3.1離散フーリエ変換の定義 86

3.3.2離散フーリエ変換の性質 90

3.4高速フーリエ変換 97

3.4.1高速フーリエ変換の導出 97

3.4.2高速フーリエ変換の利用 103

3.5窓フーリエ変換 106

3.5.1離散窓フーリエ変換 106

3.5.2短時間フーリエ変換 112

演習問題 116

4.1z変換 118

4.1.1z変換の定義 118

4.1.2逆z変換 122

4.1.3z変換の性質 124

4.2離散時間線形時不変システム 129

4.2.1離散時間システムの表し方 129

4.2.2時不変性 130

4.2.3線形性 132

4.2.4インパルス応答 133

4.2.5因果性 134

4.2.6伝達関数 135

4.2.7ブロック線図 136

4.2.8差分方程式 138

4.2.9BIBO安定性 142

4.2.10周波数応答 143

4.2.11最小･最大位相システム 151

4.2.12線形位相システム 159

4.2.13.全域通過システム 165

4.2.14非因果的システム 166

演習問題 167

5.1フィルタの分類 169

5.1.1システムによる分類 169

5.1.2利用目的による分類 169

5.2FIRフィルタの設計 172

5.2.1最小2乗近似による設計 172

5.2.2窓関数による設計 176

5.2.3周波数変換 181

5.3IIRフィルタの設計 185

5.3.1インパルス不変変換 185

5.3.2双線形変換 187

5.3.3周波数変換 190

5.4ディジタルフィルタの実際 195

5.4.1フィルタの誤差 195

5.4.2過渡現象 196

5.4.3FIRフィルタとIIRフィルタ 196

5.4.4フィルタ設計ツールの利用 197

演習問題 198

6.1ラプラス変換 199

6.1.1ラプラス変換の定義 199

6.1.2ラプラス変換の性質 200

6.2連続時間線形時不変システム 201

6.2.1連続時間線形時不変システムの記述と性質 201

6.2.2エリアシング再考 205

6.2.3各種変換のまとめ 206

6.3アナログフィルタ 207

6.3.1バターワースフィルタ 207

6.3.2チェビシェフフィルタ 210

6.3.3周波数変換 213

演習問題略解 215

参考書 216

索引 217

1.1複素数の取り扱い 1

1.1.1複素数の表記 1

1.1.2オイラーの公式 2

89.

図書

89. Peptide and protein design for biopharmaceutical applications (: [hbk])

editor, Knud J. Jensen

出版情報:	West Sussex : Wiley, 2009 xii, 294, [6] p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

List of Contributors

Preface

Introduction / Knud J. Jensen1：

Computational Approaches in Peptide and Protein Design: An Overview / Gregory V. Nikiforovicb ; Garland R. Marshall2：

Basics and Tools / 2.1：

The Importance of Computational Approaches / 2.2.1：

Tools and Procedures: Force Fields and Sampling / 2.2.2：

Computational Study of Cyclopentapeptide Inhibitors of CXCR4 / 2.3：

The 3D Pharmacophore Model for FC131 / 2.3.1：

A 3D Model of the TM Region of CXCR4 / 2.3.2：

Docking of FC131 to CXCR4 / 2.3.3：

Acknowledgements

References

Modified Peptides / 3.1：

Pseudopeptides / 3.3：

Secondary Structure Mimics (Excluding Turn Mimics) / 3.4：

?-strand Mimetics / 3.4.1：

Helix Mimetics / 3.4.2：

Examples of Peptidomimetics / 3.5：

Conclusion / 3.6：

Design of Cyclic Peptides / Oliver Demmer ; Andreas O. Frank ; Horst Kessler4：

Pharmaceutical Research Today / 4.1：

General Advantages of Cyclic Peptide Structures / 4.1.2：

Examples of Cyclic Peptides of Medicinal Interest / 4.1.3：

General Considerations / 4.1.4：

Peptide Cyclization / 4.2：

Possibilities of Peptide Cyclization / 4.2.1：

Synthesis of Cyclic Peptides / 4.2.2：

Chemical Modifications of Cyclic Peptides / 4.2.3：

Concluding Remarks / 4.2.4：

Conformation and Dynamics of Cyclic Peptides / 4.3：

Reductions in Conformational Space / 4.3.1：

Conformational Arrangements in Cyclic Structures / 4.3.2：

Flexibility of Cyclized Scaffolds / 4.3.3：

Experimental Structure Characterization / 4.3.4：

Concepts in the Rational Design of Cyclic Peptides / 4.4：

The Influence of Amino Acid Composition / 4.4.1：

The Dunitz-Waser Concept / 4.4.2：

The Spatial Screening Technique / 4.4.3：

General Strategy for Finding Active Hits / 4.4.4：

Examples of Cyclic Peptides as Drug Candidates / 4.5：

Cilengitide as Integrin Inhibitor / 4.5.1：

CXCR4 Antagonists / 4.5.2：

Sandostatin and the Veber-Hirschmann Peptide as Examples of Rational Design / 4.5.3：

Carbohydrates in Peptide and Protein Design / Jesper Brask4.6：

Configurational and Conformational Properties of Carbohydrates / 5.1：

Carbohydrates in Peptidomimetics / 5.3：

Glycopeptides / 5.4：

Carbohydrates as Scaffolds in the Design of Nonpeptide Peptidomimetics / 5.5：

Sugar Amino Acids / 5.6：

Cyclodextrin-Peptide Conjugates / 5.7：

Carboproteins: Protein Models on Carbohydrate Templates / 5.8：

De Novo Design of Proteins / 5.9：

Secondary Structure Elements / 6.1：

The ?-helix / 6.2.1：

The ?-sheet / 6.2.2：

Loops, Turns and Templates / 6.2.3：

Assembling a Specified Tertiary Structure from Secondary Structural Elements / 6.3：

Computational Methods / 6.3.1：

Coiled Coils / 6.3.2：

?-helical Bundles / 6.3.3：

Fluorous Interactions / 6.3.4：

Additional Topics / 6.3.5：

Proteins on Templates / 6.4：

Foldamers / 6.5：

Biopharmaceutical Applications of De Novo Design / 6.6：

?-helical Structures in Biopharmaceutical Applications / 6.6.1：

Foldamers in Biopharmaceutical Applications / 6.6.2：

Design of Insulin Variants for Improved Treatment of Diabetes / Thomas Hoeg-Jensen7：

Diabetes Management and the Need for Insulin Engineering / 7.1：

Insulin Structure / 7.3：

Prolonged-acting Insulin Solids / 7.4：

Prolonged-acting Insulin Solutions / 7.5：

Fast-acting Insulins / 7.6：

Glucose-sensitive Insulin Preparations / 7.7：

Alternative Insulin Delivery / 7.8：

Insulin Mimetics / 7.9：

Pushing the Limits of Insulin Engineering / 7.10：

Index / 7.11：

List of Contributors

Preface

Introduction / Knud J. Jensen1：

90.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

90. 分離技術 : そこが知りたい化学の話

相良紘著

出版情報:	東京 : 日刊工業新聞社, 2008.6 viii, 210p ; 21cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

プロローグ 1

第1章　固体の混ざったものを分離する 5

1.1　固体の混ざり方を眺める 5

1.2　固体どうしの混ざったものを分離する 6

　1.2.1　分離法を概観する 6

　1.2.2　ふるい分け 7

　1.2.3　風力分級 9

　1.2.4　水力分級 11

　1.2.5　起泡分離 13

　1.2.6　磁気分離 15

　1.2.7　静電分離 16

1.3　固体と液体の混ざったものを分離する 18

　1.3.1　分離法を概観する 18

　1.3.2　沈降分離 19

　1.3.3　ろ過 23

　1.3.4　精密ろ過 27

　1.3.5　限外ろ過 30

1.4　固体と気体の混ざったものを分離する 35

　1.4.1　分離法を概観する 35

　1.4.2　エアフィルター 36

　1.4.3　バグフィルター 38

　1.4.4　サイクロン 39

　1.4.5　スクラバー 42

　1.4.6　電気集じん 44

第2章　液体に含まれる成分を分離する 47

2.1　液体の混ざり方を眺める 47

2.2　蒸留で分離する 48

　2.2.1　分子間力と沸点 48

　2.2.2　気液平衡と比揮発度 52

　2.2.3　異種分子間力と沸点変化 55

　2.2.4　単蒸留 56

　2.2.5　フラッシュ蒸留 58

　2.2.6　再蒸留とバッチ精留 60

　2.2.7　連続精留 61

　2.2.8　共沸蒸留 68

　2.2.9　抽出蒸留 70

　2.2.10　水蒸気蒸留 72

　2.2.11　反応蒸留 73

　2.2.12　その他（気体や固体の分離精製） 74

2.3　晶析で分離する 75

　2.3.1　結合力と融点 76

　2.3.2　固体の溶解度 78

　2.3.3　液体の凝固点降下 79

　2.3.4　固液平衡 80

　2.3.5　共晶型混合物と固溶体型混合物 82

　2.3.6　再結晶法 84

　2.3.7　溶融結晶化法 85

　2.3.8　帯溶融法 86

　2.3.9　異性体の分離 87

　2.3.10　連続晶析と結晶精製 89

2.4　液液抽出で分離する 93

　2.4.1　分子間力と溶解性 93

　2.4.2　溶解性とエントロピー 94

　2.4.3　溶媒和と配位結合 96

　2.4.4　液液平衡と分配係数 98

　2.4.5　単抽出 100

　2.4.6　連続多段抽出 103

　2.4.7　芳香族の抽出 106

　2.4.8　酢酸の分離 109

　2.4.9　ウランの濃縮 109

2.5　膜で分離する 110

　2.5.1　分離法を概観する 110

　2.5.2　膜透過のメカニズム 111

　2.5.3　半透膜と浸透圧 113

　2.5.4　逆浸透と逆浸透膜 115

　2.5.5　浸透気化と浸透気化膜 117

　2.5.6　電解質水溶液とイオン交換体 119

　2.5.7　イオン交換膜とイオン交換透析 120

　2.5.8　液体膜とエマルションの安定化 123

　2.5.9　逆浸透膜による海水の淡水化 126

　2.5.10　浸透気化膜によるアルコールの脱水 127

　2.5.11　イオン交換膜による海水の濃縮 128

　2.5.12　液体膜による金属の回収 129

2.6　液相吸着で分離する 130

　2.6.1　吸着相互作用 130

　2.6.2　化学吸着と物理吸着 132

　2.6.3　吸着剤の構造と吸着特性 133

　2.6.4　吸着平衡と吸着等温線 134

　2.6.5　固定層吸着と吸着速度 136

　2.6.6　吸着帯と破過曲線 137

　2.6.7　液体クロマトグラフィー 139

　2.6.8　移動層吸着 141

　2.6.9　擬似移動層吸着装置 142

　2.6.10　イオン交換樹脂による純水の製造 143

2.7　包接化で分離する 145

　2.7.1　尿素の包接化合物 145

　2.7.2　直鎖状炭化水素の分離 146

　2.7.3　チオ尿素の包接化合物 147

　2.7.4　分枝状化合物の分離 147

　2.7.5　無機錯化合物による芳香族化合物の分離 149

第3章　気体に含まれる成分を分離する 151

3.1　ガス吸収で分離する 151

　3.1.1　気体の溶解度 151

　3.1.2　物質移動と二重境膜モデル 153

　3.1.3　吸収操作と吸収装置 155

　3.1.4　吸収塔の必要高さ 158

　3.1.5　吸収プロセス 161

3.2　膜（気体分離膜）で分離する 163

　3.2.1　気体透過のメカニズム 164

　3.2.2　2成分系混合気体の分離 165

　3.2.3　気体分子の径 167

　3.2.4　水素の分離 168

3.3　気相吸着で分離する 169

　3.3.1　圧力スイング吸着 169

　3.3.2　窒素と酸素の吸着等温線 170

　3.3.3　窒素と酸素の吸着速度 171

　3.3.4　空気分離プロセス 172

　3.3.5　ガスクロマトグラフィー 173

3.4　昇華（逆昇華）で分離する 174

　3.4.1　昇華現象と昇華圧 175

　3.4.2　昇華法の長所と短所 176

　3.4.3　無水フタル酸の製造 177

　3.4.4　テレフタル酸の製造 178

　3.4.5　高機能性膜の製造 178

第4章　固体に含まれる成分を分離する 181

4.1　固液抽出で分離する 181

　4.1.1　固液抽出装置 181

　4.1.2　植物油脂の採油 184

　4.1.3　香料の抽出 185

4.2　超臨界流体抽出で分離する 185

　4.2.1　臨界温度と臨界圧力 186

　4.2.2　超臨界流体 187

　4.2.3　超臨界流体抽出プロセス 188

第5章　ウランの同位体を分離する 191

5.1　わずかな差を見分ける 191

5.2　分離の原理と方法を概説する 193

　5.2.1　ガス拡散法 193

　5.2.2　熱拡散法 195

　5.2.3　遠心分離法 197

　5.2.4　ノズル分離法 198

　5.2.5　化学交換法 200

エピローグ 203

参考図書 205

索引 207

プロローグ 1

第1章　固体の混ざったものを分離する 5

1.1　固体の混ざり方を眺める 5

91.

図書

91. Finite mixture models

Geoffrey McLachlan, David Peel

出版情報:	New York : Wiley, c2000 xxii, 419 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:	Wiley series in probability and mathematical statistics ; . Applied probability and statistics
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

General Introduction / 1：

Introduction / 1.1：

Flexible Method of Modeling / 1.1.1：

Initial Approach to Mixture Analysis / 1.1.2：

Impact of EM Algorithm / 1.1.3：

Overview of Book / 1.2：

Basic Definition / 1.3：

Interpretation of Mixture Models / 1.4：

Shapes of Some Univariate Normal Mixtures / 1.5：

Mixtures of Two Normal Homoscedastic Components / 1.5.1：

Mixtures of Univariate Normal Heteroscedastic Components / 1.5.2：

Modeling of Asymmetrical Data / 1.6：

Normal Scale Mixture Model / 1.7：

Spurious Clusters / 1.8：

Incomplete-Data Structure of Mixture Problem / 1.9：

Sampling Designs for Classified Data / 1.10：

Parametric Formulation of Mixture Model / 1.11：

Nonparametric ML Estimation of a Mixing Distribution / 1.12：

Estimation of Mixture Distributions / 1.13：

Identifiability of Mixture Distributions / 1.14：

Clustering of Data via Mixture Models / 1.15：

Mixture Likelihood Approach to Clustering / 1.15.1：

Decision-Theoretic Approach / 1.15.2：

Clustering of I.I.D. Data / 1.15.3：

Image Segmentation or Restoration / 1.15.4：

Hidden Markov Models / 1.16：

Testing for the Number of Components in Mixture Models / 1.17：

Brief History of Finite Mixture Models / 1.18：

Notation / 1.19：

ML Fitting of Mixture Models / 2：

ML Estimation / 2.1：

Information Matrices / 2.3：

Asymptotic Covariance Matrix of MLE / 2.4：

Properties of MLEs for Mixture Models / 2.5：

Choice of Root / 2.6：

Test for a Consistent Root / 2.7：

Basis of Test / 2.7.1：

Example 2.1: Likelihood Function with Two Maximizers / 2.7.2：

Formulation of Test Statistic / 2.7.3：

Application of EM Algorithm for Mixture Models / 2.8：

Direct Approach / 2.8.1：

Formulation as an Incomplete-Data Problem / 2.8.2：

E-Step / 2.8.3：

M-Step / 2.8.4：

Assessing the Implied Error Rates / 2.8.5：

Fitting Mixtures of Mixtures / 2.9：

Maximum a Posteriori Estimation / 2.10：

An Aitken Acceleration-Based Stopping Criterion / 2.11：

Starting Values for EM Algorithm / 2.12：

Specification of an Initial Parameter Value / 2.12.1：

Random Starting Values / 2.12.2：

Example 2.2: Synthetic Data Set 1 / 2.12.3：

Deterministic Annealing EM Algorithm / 2.12.4：

Stochastic EM Algorithm / 2.13：

Rate of Convergence of the EM Algorithm / 2.14：

Rate Matrix for Linear Convergence / 2.14.1：

Rate Matrix in Terms of Information Matrices / 2.14.2：

Information Matrix for Mixture Models / 2.15：

Direct Evaluation of Observed Information Matrix / 2.15.1：

Extraction of Observed Information Matrix in Terms of the Complete-Data Log Likelihood / 2.15.2：

Approximations to Observed Information Matrix: I.I.D. Case / 2.15.3：

Supplemented EM Algorithm / 2.15.4：

Conditional Bootstrap Approach / 2.15.5：

Provision of Standard Errors / 2.16：

Information-Based Methods / 2.16.1：

Bootstrap Approach to Standard Error Approximation / 2.16.2：

Speeding up Convergence / 2.17：

Louis' Method / 2.17.1：

Quasi-Newton Methods / 2.17.3：

Hybrid Methods / 2.17.4：

Outlier Detection from a Mixture / 2.18：

Modified Likelihood Ratio Test / 2.18.1：

Partial Classification / 2.19：

Partial Nonrandom Classification / 2.20：

A Nonrandom Model / 2.20.1：

Asymptotic Relative Efficiencies / 2.20.3：

Classification ML Approach / 2.21：

Multivariate Normal Mixtures / 3：

Heteroscedastic Components / 3.1：

Homoscedastic Components / 3.3：

Standard Errors / 3.4：

Assessment of Model Fit / 3.5：

Examples of Univariate Normal Mixtures / 3.6：

Basic Model in Genetics / 3.6.1：

Example 3.1: PTC Sensitivity Data / 3.6.2：

Example 3.2: Screening for Hemochromatosis / 3.6.3：

Example 3.3: Diagnostic Criteria for Diabetes / 3.6.4：

Examples of Multivariate Normal Mixtures / 3.7：

Example 3.4: Crab Data / 3.7.1：

Example 3.5: Hemophilia Data / 3.7.2：

Properties of MLE for Normal Components / 3.8：

Options / 3.8.1：

Choice of Local Maximizer / 3.9.1：

Choice of Model for Component-Covariance Matrices / 3.9.2：

Starting Points / 3.9.3：

Spurious Local Maximizers / 3.10：

Example 3.6: Synthetic Data Set 2 / 3.10.1：

Example 3.7: Synthetic Data Set 3 / 3.10.3：

Example 3.8: Modeling Hemophilia Data under Heteroscedasticity / 3.10.4：

Detection of Spurious Local Maximizers / 3.10.5：

Example 3.9: Galaxy Data Set / 3.10.6：

Example 3.10: Prevalence of Local Maximizers / 3.11：

Alternative Models for Component-Covariance Matrices / 3.12：

Spectral Representation / 3.12.1：

Example 3.11: Minefield Data Set / 3.12.2：

Some Other Models / 3.13：

Clustering of Treatment Means in ANOVA / 3.13.1：

Three-Way Models / 3.13.2：

Example 3.12: Consumer Data on Cat Food / 3.13.3：

Errors-In-Variables Model / 3.13.4：

Bayesian Approach to Mixture Analysis / 4：

Estimation for Proper Priors / 4.1：

Conjugate Priors / 4.3：

Markov Chain Monte Carlo / 4.4：

Posterior Simulation / 4.4.1：

Perfect Sampling / 4.4.2：

Exponential Family Components / 4.5：

Normal Components / 4.6：

Gibbs Sampler / 4.6.1：

Prior on Number of Components / 4.7：

Noninformative Settings / 4.8：

Improper Priors / 4.8.1：

Data-Dependent Priors / 4.8.2：

Markov Prior on Component Means / 4.8.3：

Reparameterization for Univariate Normal Components / 4.8.4：

Label-Switching Problem / 4.9：

Prior Feedback Approach to ML Estimation / 4.10：

Variational Approach to Bayesian Estimation / 4.11：

Minimum Message Length / 4.12：

Mixtures with Nonnormal Components / 5：

Mixed Continuous and Categorical Variables / 5.1：

Location Model-Based Approach / 5.2.1：

Implementation of Location Model / 5.2.2：

Example 5.1: Prostate Cancer Data / 5.3：

Description of Data Set / 5.3.1：

Fitting Strategy under MULTIMIX / 5.3.2：

Generalized Linear Model / 5.4：

Definition / 5.4.1：

ML Estimation for a Single GLM Component / 5.4.2：

Quasi-Likelihood Approach / 5.4.3：

Mixtures of GLMs / 5.5：

Specification of Mixture Model / 5.5.1：

ML Estimation via the EM Algorithm / 5.5.2：

Multicycle ECM Algorithm / 5.5.3：

Choice of the Number of Components / 5.5.5：

A General ML Analysis of Overdispersion in a GLM / 5.6：

Poisson Regression Model / 5.7：

Some Standard Modifications for Overdispersed Data / 5.7.1：

Gamma-Poisson Mixture Model / 5.7.2：

Multiplicative Random Effects Model / 5.7.3：

Additive Random Effects Model / 5.7.4：

Finite Mixture of Poisson Regression Models / 5.8：

Mean and Variance / 5.8.1：

Identifiability / 5.8.2：

Example 5.2: Fabric Faults Data Set / 5.8.3：

Components and Mixing Proportions Without Covariates / 5.8.4：

Algorithms for NPMLE of a Mixing Distribution / 5.8.5：

Disease Mapping / 5.8.6：

Count Data with Excess Zeros / 5.9：

History of Problem / 5.9.1：

Zero-Inflated Poisson Regression / 5.9.2：

Logistic Regression Model / 5.10：

Finite Mixtures of Logistic Regressions / 5.11：

Mixing at the Binary Level / 5.11.1：

Example 5.3: Beta-Blockers Data Set / 5.11.3：

Latent Class Models / 5.12：

Hierarchical Mixtures-of-Experts Model / 5.13：

Mixtures-of-Experts Model / 5.13.1：

Hierarchical Mixtures-of-Experts / 5.13.2：

Application of EM Algorithm to HME Model / 5.13.3：

Example 5.4: Speech Recognition Problem / 5.13.4：

Pruning HME Tree Structures / 5.13.5：

Assessing the Number of Components in Mixture Models / 6：

Some Practical Issues / 6.1：

Order of a Mixture Model / 6.1.2：

Example 6.1: Adjusting for Effect of Skewness on the LRT / 6.1.3：

Example 6.2: 1872 Hidalgo Stamp Issue of Mexico / 6.2：

Approaches for Assessing Mixture Order / 6.3：

Main Approaches / 6.3.1：

Nonparametric Methods / 6.3.2：

Method of Moments / 6.3.3：

Likelihood Ratio Test Statistic / 6.4：

Example 6.3: Breakdown in Regularity Conditions / 6.4.1：

Distributional Results for the LRTS / 6.5：

Some Theoretical Results / 6.5.1：

Some Simulation Results / 6.5.2：

Mixtures of Two Unrestricted Normal Components / 6.5.3：

Mixtures of Two Exponentials / 6.5.4：

Bootstrapping the LRTS / 6.6：

Implementation / 6.6.1：

Application to Three Real Data Sets / 6.6.2：

Applications in Astronomy / 6.6.3：

Effect of Estimates on P-Values of Bootstrapped LRTS / 6.7：

Double Bootstrapping / 6.7.1：

Information Criteria in Model Selection / 6.8：

Bias Correction of the Log Likelihood / 6.8.1：

Akaike's Information Criterion / 6.8.2：

Bootstrap-Based Information Criterion / 6.8.3：

Cross-Validation-Based Information Criterion / 6.8.4：

Minimum Information Ratio Criterion / 6.8.5：

Informational Complexity Criterion / 6.8.6：

Bayesian-Based Information Criteria / 6.9：

Bayesian Approach / 6.9.1：

Laplace's Method of Approximation / 6.9.2：

Bayesian Information Criterion / 6.9.3：

Laplace-Metropolis Criterion / 6.9.4：

Laplace-Empirical Criterion / 6.9.5：

Reversible Jump Method / 6.9.6：

MML Principle / 6.9.7：

Classification-Based Information Criteria / 6.10：

Classification Likelihood Criterion / 6.10.1：

Normalized Entropy Criterion / 6.10.2：

Integrated Classification Likelihood Criterion / 6.10.3：

An Empirical Comparison of Some Criteria / 6.11：

Simulated Set 1 / 6.11.1：

Simulated Set 2 / 6.11.2：

Simulated Set 3 / 6.11.3：

Conclusions from Simulations / 6.11.4：

Multivariate t Mixtures / 7：

Previous Work / 7.1：

Robust Clustering / 7.3：

Multivariate t Distribution / 7.4：

ML Estimation of Mixture of t Distributions / 7.5：

Application of EM Algorithm / 7.5.1：

Application of ECM Algorithm / 7.5.2：

Previous Work on M-Estimation of Mixture Components / 7.6：

Example 7.1: Simulated Noisy Data Set / 7.7：

Example 7.2: Crab Data Set / 7.8：

Example 7.3: Old Faithful Geyser Data Set / 7.9：

Mixtures of Factor Analyzers / 8：

Principal Component Analysis / 8.1：

Single-Factor Analysis Model / 8.3：

EM Algorithm for a Single-Factor Analyzer / 8.4：

Data Visualization in Latent Space / 8.5：

AECM Algorithm for Fitting Mixtures of Factor Analyzers / 8.6：

AECM Framework / 8.7.1：

First Cycle / 8.7.2：

Second Cycle / 8.7.3：

Representation of Original Data / 8.7.4：

Link of Factor Analysis with Probabilistic PCA / 8.8：

Mixtures of Probabilistic PCAs / 8.9：

Initialization of AECM Algorithm / 8.10：

Example 8.1: Simulated Data / 8.11：

Example 8.2: Wine Data / 8.12：

Fitting Mixture Models to Binned Data / 9：

Binned and Truncated Data / 9.1：

Missing Data / 9.3：

M-Step for Normal Components / 9.3.2：

Practical Implementation of EM Algorithm / 9.4：

Computational Issues / 9.4.1：

Numerical Integration at Each EM Iteration / 9.4.2：

Integration over Truncated Regions / 9.4.3：

EM Algorithm for Binned Multivariate Data / 9.4.4：

Simulations / 9.5：

Example 9.1: Red Blood Cell Data / 9.6：

Mixture Models for Failure-Time Data / 10：

Competing Risks / 10.1：

Mixtures of Survival Functions / 10.2.1：

Latent Failure-Time Approach / 10.2.2：

ML Estimation for Mixtures of Survival Functions / 10.2.3：

Example 10.1: Heart-Valve Data / 10.3：

Description of Problem / 10.3.1：

Mixture Models with Unconstrained Components / 10.3.2：

Constrained Mixture Models / 10.3.3：

Conditional Probability of a Reoperation / 10.3.4：

Advantages of Mixture Model-Based Approach / 10.3.5：

Long-Term Survivor Model / 10.4：

Modified Long-Term Survivor Model / 10.4.1：

Partial ML Approach for Modified Long-Term Survival Model / 10.4.3：

Interpretation of Cure Rate in Presence of Competing Risks / 10.4.4：

Example 9.2: Breast Cancer Data / 10.4.5：

Analysis of Masked System-Life Data / 10.5：

Masked Cause of Failure / 10.5.1：

Exponential Components / 10.5.2：

Weibull Components / 10.5.4：

Mixture Analysis of Directional Data / 11：

Joint Sets / 11.1：

Directional Data / 11.3：

Initial Work on Clustering of Directional Data / 11.4：

Mixture of Kent Distributions / 11.5：

Moment Estimation of Kent Distribution / 11.6：

Uniform Component for Background Noise / 11.7：

Example 11.1: Two Mining Samples / 11.8：

Determining the Number of Joint Sets / 11.10：

Discussion / 11.11：

Variants of the EM Algorithm for Large Databases / 12：

Incremental EM Algorithm / 12.1：

Definition of Partial E-Step / 12.2.1：

Block Updating of Sufficient Statistics / 12.2.3：

Justification of IEM Algorithm / 12.2.4：

Gain in Convergence Time / 12.2.5：

IEM Algorithm for Singleton Blocks / 12.2.6：

Efficient Updating Formulas / 12.2.7：

Simulations for IEM Algorithm / 12.3：

Simulation 1 / 12.3.1：

Simulation 2 / 12.3.2：

Lazy EM Algorithm / 12.4：

Sparse EM Algorithm / 12.5：

Sparse IEM Algorithm / 12.6：

Summary of Results for the IEM and SPIEM Algorithms / 12.6.1：

A Scalable EM Algorithm / 12.7：

Primary Compression of the Data / 12.7.1：

Updating of Parameter Estimates / 12.7.3：

Merging of Sufficient Statistics / 12.7.4：

Secondary Data Compression / 12.7.5：

Tuning Constants / 12.7.6：

Simulation Results / 12.7.7：

Multiresolution KD-Trees / 12.8：

EM Algorithm Based on Multiresolution KD-Trees / 12.8.1：

Hidden Markov Chain / 13：

Some Examples / 13.2.1：

Applying EM Algorithm to Hidden Markov Chain Model / 13.3：

EM Framework / 13.3.1：

Forward-Backward Recursions on E-Step / 13.3.2：

Numerical Instabilities / 13.3.4：

Hidden Markov Random Field / 13.4：

Specification of Markov Random Field / 13.4.1：

Restoration Step / 13.4.2：

An Improved Approximation to EM Solution / 13.4.4：

Approximate M-Step for Normal Components / 13.4.5：

Example 13.1: Segmentation of MR Images / 13.5：

Examples of Gibbs Sampling with Hidden Markov Chains / 13.6：

Mixture Software / Appendix：

Emmix / A.1：

Some Other Mixture Software / A.2：

References

Author Index

Subject Index

Preface

General Introduction / 1：

Introduction / 1.1：

92.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

92. 新土質実験法

高専土質実験教育研究会編

出版情報:	東京 : 鹿島出版会, 2007.4 viii, 189p ; 26cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

まえがき

第1章　土質試験の基本

1.1　土質試験の重要性とその心構え 1

1.1.1　土質試験の重要性 1

1.1.2　土の複雑さと土質試験の範囲 2

1.1.3　現場の土になじむこと 2

1.2　土質試験の種類 3

1.2.1　実験室内での土質試験 3

1.2.2　現場における土質試験 6

1.3　土質試験用機器 6

1.3.1　JIS規格の器具 6

1.3.2　その他の共通機器 6

第2章　物理試験

2.1　試料調整（試料の準備）（JISA1201） 9

2.1.1　試験の目的 9

2.1.2　試験用具 9

2.1.3　試料の準備 9

2.1.4　粒度調整 9

2.2　土の含水比試験（JISA1203） 11

2.2.1　試験の目的 11

2.2.2　試験用具・薬品 11

2.2.3　試料の準備 11

2.2.4　試験方法 11

2.2.5　試験結果の整理 12

2.2.6　結果の利用 12

2.2.7　関連知識 12

2.3　土粒子の密度試験（JISA1202） 13

2.3.1　試験の目的 13

2.3.2　試験用具 13

2.3.3　試料の準備 13

2.3.4　試験方法 13

2.3.5　試験結果の整理 14

2.3.6　結果の利用 15

2.3.7　関連知識 15

2.4　土の粒度試験（JISA1204） 16

2.4.1　試験の目的 16

2.4.2　試験用具・薬品 16

2.4.3　試料の準備と試験方法 17

2.4.4　試験結果の整理 20

2.4.5　結果の利用 21

2.5　土の液性限界試験（JISA1205） 25

2.5.1　試験の目的 25

2.5.2　試験用具 25

2.5.3　試料の準備 25

2.5.4　試験方法 25

2.5.5　試験結果の整理 26

2.5.6　結果の利用 26

2.5.7　関連知識 26

2.6　土の塑性限界試験（JISA1205） 28

2.6.1　試験の目的 28

2.6.2　試験用具 28

2.6.3　試料の準備 28

2.6.4　試`験方法 28

2.6.5　試験結果の整理 28

2.6.6　結果の利用 28

2.7　土の収縮定数試験（JISA1209） 31

2.7.1　試験の目的 31

2.7.2　試験用具 31

2.7.3　試料の準備 31

2.7.4　試験方法 31

2.7.5　試験結果の整理 32

2.7.6　結果の利用 33

2.7.7　関連知識 34

2.8　砂の最小密度ぴ最大密度試験（JISA1224） 36

2.8.1　試験の目的 36

2.8.2　試験用具 36

2.8.3　試料の準備 36

2.8.4　試験方法 36

2.8.5　試験結果の整理 37

2.8.6　結果の利用 37

2.9　土の湿潤密度試験（JISA1225） 39

2.9.1　試験の目的 39

2.9.2　試験用具 39

2.9.3　供試体の作製 39

2.9.4　試験方法 40

2.9.5　試験結果の整理 40

2.9.6　結果の利用 41

2.9.7　関連知識 42

2.10　土の保水性試験（JGS0051） 43

2.10.1　試験の目的 43

2.10.2　試験用具 43

2.10.3　試験方法 43

2.10.4　試験結果の整理 43

2.10.5　結果の利用 43

2.11　地盤材料の工学的分類方法（JGS0051） 44

2.11.1　分類の目的 44

2.11.2　分類のための試験 44

2.11.3　地盤材料の分類 44

2.11.4　試験結果の整理 47

2.11.5　結果の利用 47

第3章　化学試験

3.1　土懸濁液のpH試験（JGS0211） 51

3.1.1　試験の目的 51

3.1.2　試験用具・試薬 51

3.1.3　試科 51

3.1.4　試験方法 52

3.1.5　試験結果の整理 53

3.1.6　結果の利用 53

3.1.7　関連知識 53

3.2　土懸濁液の電気伝導率試験（JGS0212） 54

3.2.1　試験の目的 54

3.2.2　試験用具・試薬 54

3.2.3　試科 54

3.2.4　試験方法 54

3.2.5　試験結果の整理 55

3.2.6　結果の利用 56

3.2.7　関連知識 56

3.3　土の強熱減量試験（JISA1226） 57

3.3.1　試験の目的 57

3.3.2　試験用具・試薬 57

3.3.3　試科 57

3.3.4　試験方法 57

3.3.5　試験結果の整理 58

3.3.6　結果の利用 58

3.3.7　関連知識 59

第4章　力学的試験

4.1　突固めによる土の締固め試験（JISA1210） 63

4.1.1　試験の目的 63

4.1.2　試験用具 63

4.1.3　試験方法の種類とその選択 64

4.1.4　試料の準備 64

4.1.5　試験方法 65

4.1.6　試験結果の整理 66

4.2　土の透水試験（JISA1210） 69

4.2.1　試験の目的 69

4.2.2　使用機器 69

4.2.3　試料の準備 69

4.2.4　試験方法 70

4.2.5　試験結果の整理 72

4.2.6　参考資料 73

4.3　土の多段階載荷による圧密試験（JISA1217） 76

4.3.1　試験の目的 76

4.3.2　誠験用具 76

4.3.3　供試体の準備および試験方法 76

4.3.4　試験結果の整理 78

4.3.5　参考資料 83

4.4　一面せん断試験（JGSO560） 87

4.4.1　試験の目的 87

4.4.2　試験用具 87

4.4.3　供試体作成 88

4.4.4　試験方法 90

4.4.5　試験結果の整理 90

4.4.6　結果の利用・関連知識 91

4.5　一軸圧縮試験（JISA1216） 97

4.5.1　試験の目的 97

4.5.2　試験用具 97

4.5.3　供試体作成 97

4.5.4　試験方法 98

4.5.5　試験結果の整理 99

4.5.6　結果の利用・関連知識 100

4.6　三軸圧縮試験（JAFT520～524） 104

4.6.1　試験の目的 104

4.6.2　使用機器 104

4.6.3　供試体の作製 104

4.6.4　試験方法 105

4.6.5　試験結果の整理 108

4.6.6　結果の利用 109

4.6.7　関連知識 110

4.7　CBR試験（JISA1211） 119

4.7.1　試験の目的 119

4.7.2　使用機器 119

4.7.3　供試体の作製方法 120

4.7.4　試験方法 121

4.7.5　試験結果の整理 122

4.7.6　参考資料 123

第5章　現場における試験

5.1　砂置換法による土の密度試験（JISA1214） 131

5.1.1　試験の目的 131

5.1.2　試験用具 131

5.1.3　試験方法 132

5.1.4　試験結果の整理 135

5.1.5　結果の利用・関連知識 135

5.2　現場CBR試験（JISA1222） 139

5.2.1　試験の目的 139

5.2.2　試験用具 139

5.2.3　試験方法 140

5.2.4　試験結果の整理 140

5.3　道路の平板載荷試験（JISA1215） 142

5.3.1　試験の目的 142

5.3.2　試験用具 142

5.3.3　試験方法 142

5.3.4　試験結果の整理 143

5.3.5　結果の利用 143

5.3.6　関連知識

5.4　ポータブルコーン貫入試験（JGSA1431） 147

5.4.1　試験の目的 147

5.4.2　試験用具 147

5.4.3　試験方法 147

5.4.4　試験結果の整理 148

5.4.5　結果の利用 148

5.4.6　関連知識 149

5.5　原位置ベーンせん断試験（JGSA1411） 154

5.5.1　試験の目的 154

5.5.2　試験用具 154

5.5.3　試験方法 155

5.5.4　試験結果の整理 155

5.5.5　関連知識 156

5.6　スウェーデン式サウンディング試験（JISA1221） 158

5.6.1　試験の目的 158

5.6.2　試験用具 158

5.6.3　試験方法 158

5.6.4　試験結果の整理 159

5.6.5　結果の利用 159

第6章　模型実験、その他の試験

6.1　砂の土圧模型実験 163

6.1.1　試験の目的 163

6.1.2　試験用具 163

6.1.3　試験の準備、土層の作製 163

6.1.4　試験方法 164

6.1.5　試験結果の整理 164

6.1.6　結果の利用 165

6.1.7　関連知識 165

6.2　流線網可視化試験 168

6.2.1　試験の目的 168

6.2.2　試験用具・試薬 168

6.2.3　試科 168

6.2.4　試験方法 168

6.2.5　試験結果の整理 169

6.2.6　結果の利用 170

6.2.7　関連知識 170

第7章　測定値の整理方法

7.1　測定値の表示方法 173

7.2　統計量の表示方法 173

7.3　測定値の棄却と検定方法 174

7.3.1　異常値の棄却 174

7.3.2　平均値の差の検定 178

7.4　試験結果の表示方法 179

7.4.1　回帰分析 179

7.4.2　相関係数 181

索引 183

まえがき

第1章　土質試験の基本

1.1　土質試験の重要性とその心構え 1

93.

図書

93. Pattern classification. 2nd ed

Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork

出版情報:	New York ; Chichester : Wiley, c2001 xx, 654 p. ; 27 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Introduction / 1：

Machine Perception / 1.1：

An Example / 1.2：

Related Fields / 1.2.1：

Pattern Recognition Systems / 1.3：

Sensing / 1.3.1：

Segmentation and Grouping / 1.3.2：

Feature Extraction / 1.3.3：

Classification / 1.3.4：

Post Processing / 1.3.5：

The Design Cycle / 1.4：

Data Collection / 1.4.1：

Feature Choice / 1.4.2：

Model Choice / 1.4.3：

Training / 1.4.4：

Evaluation / 1.4.5：

Computational Complexity / 1.4.6：

Learning and Adaptation / 1.5：

Supervised Learning / 1.5.1：

Unsupervised Learning / 1.5.2：

Reinforcement Learning / 1.5.3：

Conclusion / 1.6：

Summary by Chapters

Bibliographical and Historical Remarks

Bibliography

Bayesian Decision Theory / 2：

Bayesian Decision Theory--Continuous Features / 2.1：

Two-Category Classification / 2.2.1：

Minimum-Error-Rate Classification / 2.3：

Minimax Criterion / 2.3.1：

Neyman-Pearson Criterion / 2.3.2：

Classifiers, Discriminant Functions, and Decision Surfaces / 2.4：

The Multicategory Case / 2.4.1：

The Two-Category Case / 2.4.2：

The Normal Density / 2.5：

Univariate Density / 2.5.1：

Multivariate Density / 2.5.2：

Discriminant Functions for the Normal Density / 2.6：

Case 1: [Sigma subscript i] = [sigma superscript 2]I / 2.6.1：

Case 2: [Sigma ubscript i] = [Sigma] / 2.6.2：

Case 3: [Sigma subscript i] = arbitrary / 2.6.3：

Decision Regions for Two-Dimensional Gaussian Data / Example 1：

Error Probabilities and Integrals / 2.7：

Error Bounds for Normal Densities / 2.8：

Chernoff Bound / 2.8.1：

Bhattacharyya Bound / 2.8.2：

Error Bounds for Gaussian Distributions / Example 2：

Signal Detection Theory and Operating Characteristics / 2.8.3：

Bayes Decision Theory--Discrete Features / 2.9：

Independent Binary Features / 2.9.1：

Bayesian Decisions for Three-Dimensional Binary Data / Example 3：

Missing and Noisy Features / 2.10：

Missing Features / 2.10.1：

Noisy Features / 2.10.2：

Bayesian Belief Networks / 2.11：

Belief Network for Fish / Example 4：

Compound Bayesian Decision Theory and Context / 2.12：

Summary

Problems

Computer exercises

Maximum-Likelihood and Bayesian Parameter Estimation / 3：

Maximum-Likelihood Estimation / 3.1：

The General Principle / 3.2.1：

The Gaussian Case: Unknown [mu] / 3.2.2：

The Gaussian Case: Unknown [mu] and [Sigma] / 3.2.3：

Bias / 3.2.4：

Bayesian Estimation / 3.3：

The Class-Conditional Densities / 3.3.1：

The Parameter Distribution / 3.3.2：

Bayesian Parameter Estimation: Gaussian Case / 3.4：

The Univariate Case: p([mu]|D) / 3.4.1：

The Univariate Case: p(x|D) / 3.4.2：

The Multivariate Case / 3.4.3：

Bayesian Parameter Estimation: General Theory / 3.5：

Recursive Bayes Learning

When Do Maximum-Likelihood and Bayes Methods Differ? / 3.5.1：

Noninformative Priors and Invariance / 3.5.2：

Gibbs Algorithm / 3.5.3：

Sufficient Statistics / 3.6：

Sufficient Statistics and the Exponential Family / 3.6.1：

Problems of Dimensionality / 3.7：

Accuracy, Dimension, and Training Sample Size / 3.7.1：

Overfitting / 3.7.2：

Component Analysis and Discriminants / 3.8：

Principal Component Analysis (PCA) / 3.8.1：

Fisher Linear Discriminant / 3.8.2：

Multiple Discriminant Analysis / 3.8.3：

Expectation-Maximization (EM) / 3.9：

Expectation-Maximization for a 2D Normal Model

Hidden Markov Models / 3.10：

First-Order Markov Models / 3.10.1：

First-Order Hidden Markov Models / 3.10.2：

Hidden Markov Model Computation / 3.10.3：

Hidden Markov Model / 3.10.4：

Decoding / 3.10.5：

HMM Decoding

Learning / 3.10.6：

Nonparametric Techniques / 4：

Density Estimation / 4.1：

Parzen Windows / 4.3：

Convergence of the Mean / 4.3.1：

Convergence of the Variance / 4.3.2：

Illustrations / 4.3.3：

Classification Example / 4.3.4：

Probabilistic Neural Networks (PNNs) / 4.3.5：

Choosing the Window Function / 4.3.6：

k[subscript n]-Nearest-Neighbor Estimation / 4.4：

k[subscript n]-Nearest-Neighbor and Parzen-Window Estimation / 4.4.1：

Estimation of A Posteriori Probabilities / 4.4.2：

The Nearest-Neighbor Rule / 4.5：

Convergence of the Nearest Neighbor / 4.5.1：

Error Rate for the Nearest-Neighbor Rule / 4.5.2：

Error Bounds / 4.5.3：

The k-Nearest-Neighbor Rule / 4.5.4：

Computational Complexity of the k-Nearest-Neighbor Rule / 4.5.5：

Metrics and Nearest-Neighbor Classification / 4.6：

Properties of Metrics / 4.6.1：

Tangent Distance / 4.6.2：

Fuzzy Classification / 4.7：

Reduced Coulomb Energy Networks / 4.8：

Approximations by Series Expansions / 4.9：

Linear Discriminant Functions / 5：

Linear Discriminant Functions and Decision Surfaces / 5.1：

Generalized Linear Discriminant Functions / 5.2.1：

The Two-Category Linearly Separable Case / 5.4：

Geometry and Terminology / 5.4.1：

Gradient Descent Procedures / 5.4.2：

Minimizing the Perceptron Criterion Function / 5.5：

The Perceptron Criterion Function / 5.5.1：

Convergence Proof for Single-Sample Correction / 5.5.2：

Some Direct Generalizations / 5.5.3：

Relaxation Procedures / 5.6：

The Descent Algorithm / 5.6.1：

Convergence Proof / 5.6.2：

Nonseparable Behavior / 5.7：

Minimum Squared-Error Procedures / 5.8：

Minimum Squared-Error and the Pseudoinverse / 5.8.1：

Constructing a Linear Classifier by Matrix Pseudoinverse

Relation to Fisher's Linear Discriminant / 5.8.2：

Asymptotic Approximation to an Optimal Discriminant / 5.8.3：

The Widrow-Hoff or LMS Procedure / 5.8.4：

Stochastic Approximation Methods / 5.8.5：

The Ho-Kashyap Procedures / 5.9：

The Descent Procedure / 5.9.1：

Some Related Procedures / 5.9.2：

Linear Programming Algorithms / 5.10：

Linear Programming / 5.10.1：

The Linearly Separable Case / 5.10.2：

Support Vector Machines / 5.10.3：

SVM Training / 5.11.1：

SVM for the XOR Problem

Multicategory Generalizations / 5.12：

Kesler's Construction / 5.12.1：

Convergence of the Fixed-Increment Rule / 5.12.2：

Generalizations for MSE Procedures / 5.12.3：

Multilayer Neural Networks / 6：

Feedforward Operation and Classification / 6.1：

General Feedforward Operation / 6.2.1：

Expressive Power of Multilayer Networks / 6.2.2：

Backpropagation Algorithm / 6.3：

Network Learning / 6.3.1：

Training Protocols / 6.3.2：

Learning Curves / 6.3.3：

Error Surfaces / 6.4：

Some Small Networks / 6.4.1：

The Exclusive-OR (XOR) / 6.4.2：

Larger Networks / 6.4.3：

How Important Are Multiple Minima? / 6.4.4：

Backpropagation as Feature Mapping / 6.5：

Representations at the Hidden Layer--Weights / 6.5.1：

Backpropagation, Bayes Theory and Probability / 6.6：

Bayes Discriminants and Neural Networks / 6.6.1：

Outputs as Probabilities / 6.6.2：

Related Statistical Techniques / 6.7：

Practical Techniques for Improving Backpropagation / 6.8：

Activation Function / 6.8.1：

Parameters for the Sigmoid / 6.8.2：

Scaling Input / 6.8.3：

Target Values / 6.8.4：

Training with Noise / 6.8.5：

Manufacturing Data / 6.8.6：

Number of Hidden Units / 6.8.7：

Initializing Weights / 6.8.8：

Learning Rates / 6.8.9：

Momentum / 6.8.10：

Weight Decay / 6.8.11：

Hints / 6.8.12：

On-Line, Stochastic or Batch Training? / 6.8.13：

Stopped Training / 6.8.14：

Number of Hidden Layers / 6.8.15：

Criterion Function / 6.8.16：

Second-Order Methods / 6.9：

Hessian Matrix / 6.9.1：

Newton's Method / 6.9.2：

Quickprop / 6.9.3：

Conjugate Gradient Descent / 6.9.4：

Additional Networks and Training Methods / 6.10：

Radial Basis Function Networks (RBFs) / 6.10.1：

Special Bases / 6.10.2：

Matched Filters / 6.10.3：

Convolutional Networks / 6.10.4：

Recurrent Networks / 6.10.5：

Cascade-Correlation / 6.10.6：

Regularization, Complexity Adjustment and Pruning / 6.11：

Stochastic Methods / 7：

Stochastic Search / 7.1：

Simulated Annealing / 7.2.1：

The Boltzmann Factor / 7.2.2：

Deterministic Simulated Annealing / 7.2.3：

Boltzmann Learning / 7.3：

Stochastic Boltzmann Learning of Visible States / 7.3.1：

Missing Features and Category Constraints / 7.3.2：

Deterministic Boltzmann Learning / 7.3.3：

Initialization and Setting Parameters / 7.3.4：

Boltzmann Networks and Graphical Models / 7.4：

Other Graphical Models / 7.4.1：

Evolutionary Methods / 7.5：

Genetic Algorithms / 7.5.1：

Further Heuristics / 7.5.2：

Why Do They Work? / 7.5.3：

Genetic Programming / 7.6：

Nonmetric Methods / 8：

Decision Trees / 8.1：

Cart / 8.3：

Number of Splits / 8.3.1：

Query Selection and Node Impurity / 8.3.2：

When to Stop Splitting / 8.3.3：

Pruning / 8.3.4：

Assignment of Leaf Node Labels / 8.3.5：

A Simple Tree

Multivariate Decision Trees / 8.3.6：

Priors and Costs / 8.3.9：

Missing Attributes / 8.3.10：

Surrogate Splits and Missing Attributes

Other Tree Methods / 8.4：

ID3 / 8.4.1：

C4.5 / 8.4.2：

Which Tree Classifier Is Best? / 8.4.3：

Recognition with Strings / 8.5：

String Matching / 8.5.1：

Edit Distance / 8.5.2：

String Matching with Errors / 8.5.3：

String Matching with the "Don't-Care" Symbol / 8.5.5：

Grammatical Methods / 8.6：

Grammars / 8.6.1：

Types of String Grammars / 8.6.2：

A Grammar for Pronouncing Numbers

Recognition Using Grammars / 8.6.3：

Grammatical Inference / 8.7：

Rule-Based Methods / 8.8：

Learning Rules / 8.8.1：

Algorithm-Independent Machine Learning / 9：

Lack of Inherent Superiority of Any Classifier / 9.1：

No Free Lunch Theorem / 9.2.1：

No Free Lunch for Binary Data

Ugly Duckling Theorem / 9.2.2：

Minimum Description Length (MDL) / 9.2.3：

Minimum Description Length Principle / 9.2.4：

Overfitting Avoidance and Occam's Razor / 9.2.5：

Bias and Variance / 9.3：

Bias and Variance for Regression / 9.3.1：

Bias and Variance for Classification / 9.3.2：

Resampling for Estimating Statistics / 9.4：

Jackknife / 9.4.1：

Jackknife Estimate of Bias and Variance of the Mode

Bootstrap / 9.4.2：

Resampling for Classifier Design / 9.5：

Bagging / 9.5.1：

Boosting / 9.5.2：

Learning with Queries / 9.5.3：

Arcing, Learning with Queries, Bias and Variance / 9.5.4：

Estimating and Comparing Classifiers / 9.6：

Parametric Models / 9.6.1：

Cross-Validation / 9.6.2：

Jackknife and Bootstrap Estimation of Classification Accuracy / 9.6.3：

Maximum-Likelihood Model Comparison / 9.6.4：

Bayesian Model Comparison / 9.6.5：

The Problem-Average Error Rate / 9.6.6：

Predicting Final Performance from Learning Curves / 9.6.7：

The Capacity of a Separating Plane / 9.6.8：

Combining Classifiers / 9.7：

Component Classifiers with Discriminant Functions / 9.7.1：

Component Classifiers without Discriminant Functions / 9.7.2：

Unsupervised Learning and Clustering / 10：

Mixture Densities and Identifiability / 10.1：

Maximum-Likelihood Estimates / 10.3：

Application to Normal Mixtures / 10.4：

Case 1: Unknown Mean Vectors / 10.4.1：

Case 2: All Parameters Unknown / 10.4.2：

k-Means Clustering / 10.4.3：

Fuzzy k-Means Clustering / 10.4.4：

Unsupervised Bayesian Learning / 10.5：

The Bayes Classifier / 10.5.1：

Learning the Parameter Vector / 10.5.2：

Unsupervised Learning of Gaussian Data

Decision-Directed Approximation / 10.5.3：

Data Description and Clustering / 10.6：

Similarity Measures / 10.6.1：

Criterion Functions for Clustering / 10.7：

The Sum-of-Squared-Error Criterion / 10.7.1：

Related Minimum Variance Criteria / 10.7.2：

Scatter Criteria / 10.7.3：

Clustering Criteria

Iterative Optimization / 10.8：

Hierarchical Clustering / 10.9：

Definitions / 10.9.1：

Agglomerative Hierarchical Clustering / 10.9.2：

Stepwise-Optimal Hierarchical Clustering / 10.9.3：

Hierarchical Clustering and Induced Metrics / 10.9.4：

The Problem of Validity / 10.10：

On-line clustering / 10.11：

Unknown Number of Clusters / 10.11.1：

Adaptive Resonance / 10.11.2：

Learning with a Critic / 10.11.3：

Graph-Theoretic Methods / 10.12：

Component Analysis / 10.13：

Nonlinear Component Analysis (NLCA) / 10.13.1：

Independent Component Analysis (ICA) / 10.13.3：

Low-Dimensional Representations and Multidimensional Scaling (MDS) / 10.14：

Self-Organizing Feature Maps / 10.14.1：

Clustering and Dimensionality Reduction / 10.14.2：

Mathematical Foundations / A：

Notation / A.1：

Linear Algebra / A.2：

Notation and Preliminaries / A.2.1：

Inner Product / A.2.2：

Outer Product / A.2.3：

Derivatives of Matrices / A.2.4：

Determinant and Trace / A.2.5：

Matrix Inversion / A.2.6：

Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues / A.2.7：

Lagrange Optimization / A.3：

Probability Theory / A.4：

Discrete Random Variables / A.4.1：

Expected Values / A.4.2：

Pairs of Discrete Random Variables / A.4.3：

Statistical Independence / A.4.4：

Expected Values of Functions of Two Variables / A.4.5：

Conditional Probability / A.4.6：

The Law of Total Probability and Bayes' Rule / A.4.7：

Vector Random Variables / A.4.8：

Expectations, Mean Vectors and Covariance Matrices / A.4.9：

Continuous Random Variables / A.4.10：

Distributions of Sums of Independent Random Variables / A.4.11：

Normal Distributions / A.4.12：

Gaussian Derivatives and Integrals / A.5：

Multivariate Normal Densities / A.5.1：

Bivariate Normal Densities / A.5.2：

Hypothesis Testing / A.6：

Chi-Squared Test / A.6.1：

Information Theory / A.7：

Entropy and Information / A.7.1：

Relative Entropy / A.7.2：

Mutual Information / A.7.3：

Index / A.8：

Preface

Introduction / 1：

Machine Perception / 1.1：

94.

図書

94. Parallel-vector equation solvers for finite element engineering applications

Duc Thai Nguyen

出版情報:	New York : Kluwer Academic / Plenum Publishers, c2002 xix, 344 p. ; 26 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Introduction / 1.：

Parallel Computers / 1.1：

Measurements for Algorithms' Performance / 1.2：

Vector Computers / 1.3：

Summary / 1.4：

Exercises / 1.5：

References / 1.6：

Storage Schemes for the Coefficient Stiffness Matrix / 2.：

Full Matrix / 2.1：

Symmetrical Matrix / 2.3：

Banded Matrix / 2.4：

Variable Banded Matrix / 2.5：

Skyline Matrix / 2.6：

Sparse Matrix / 2.7：

Detailed Procedures For Determining The Mapping Between 2-D Array and 1-D Array in Skyline Storage Scheme / 2.8：

Determination of the Column Height (ICOLH) of a Finite Element Model / 2.9：

Computer Implementation For Determining Column Heights / 2.10：

Parallel Algorithms for Generation and Assembly of Finite Element Matrices / 2.11：

Conventional Algorithm to Generate and Assemble Element Matrices / 3.1：

Node-by-Node Parallel Generation and Assembly Algorithms / 3.3：

Additional Comments on Baddourah-Nguyen's (Node-by-Node) Parallel Generation and Assembly (GandA) Algorithm / 3.4：

Application of Baddourah-Nguyen's Parallel GandA Algorithm / 3.5：

Qin-Nguyen's GandA Algorithm / 3.6：

Applications of Qin-Nguyen's Parallel GandA Algorithm / 3.7：

Parallel-Vector Skyline Equation Solver on Shared Memory Computers / 3.8：

Choleski-based Solution Strategies / 4.1：

Factorization / 4.3：

Basic sequential skyline Choleski factorization: computer code (version 1) / 4.3.1：

Improved basic sequential skyline Choleski factorization: computer code (version 2) / 4.3.2：

Parallel-vector Choleski factorization (version 3) / 4.3.3：

Parallel-vector (with "few" synchronization checks) Choleski factorization (version 4) / 4.3.4：

Parallel-vector enhancement (vector unrolling) Choleski factorization (version 5) / 4.3.5：

Parallel-vector (unrolling) skyline Choleski factorization (version 6) / 4.3.6：

Solution of Triangular Systems / 4.4：

Forward solution / 4.4.1：

Backward solution / 4.4.2：

Force: A Portable, Parallel FORTRAN Language / 4.5：

Evaluation of Methods on Example Problems / 4.6：

Skyline Equation Solver Computer Program / 4.7：

Parallel-Vector Variable Bandwidth Equation Solver on Shared Memory Computers / 4.8：

Data Storage Schemes / 5.1：

Basic Sequential Variable Bandwidth Choleski Method / 5.3：

Vectorized Choleski Code with Loop Unrolling / 5.4：

More on Force: A Portable, Parallel FORTRAN Language / 5.5：

Parallel-Vector Choleski Factorization / 5.6：

Relations Amongst the Choleski, Gauss and LDL[superscript T] Factorizations / 5.7：

Choleski (U[superscript T]U) factorization / 5.8.1：

Gauss (with diagonal terms L[subscript ii]=1) LU factorization / 5.8.2：

Gauss (LU) factorization with diagonal terms U[subscript ii]=1 / 5.8.3：

LDL[superscript T] factorization with diagonal term L[subscript ii]=1 / 5.8.4：

Similarities of Choleski and Gauss methods / 5.8.5：

Factorization Based Upon "Look Backward" Versus "Look Forward" Strategies / 5.9：

Evaluation of Methods For Structural Analyses / 5.10：

High speed research aircraft / 5.10.1：

Space shuttle solid rocket booster (SRB) / 5.10.2：

Descriptions of Parallel-Vector Subroutine PVS / 5.11：

Parallel-Vector Equation Solver Subroutine PVS / 5.12：

Parallel-Vector Variable Bandwidth Out-of-Core Equation Solver / 5.13：

Out-of-Core Parallel/Vector Equation Solver (version 1) / 6.1：

Memory usage and record length / 6.2.1：

A synchronous input/output on Cray computers / 6.2.2：

Brief summary for parallel-vector incore equation solver on the Cray Y-MP / 6.2.3：

Parallel-vector out-of-core equation solver on the Cray Y-MP / 6.2.4：

Out-of-Core Vector Equation Solver (version 2) / 6.3：

Memory usage / 6.3.1：

Vector out-of-core equation solver on the Cray Y-MP / 6.3.2：

Out-of-Core Vector Equation Solver (version 3) / 6.4：

Application / 6.5：

Version 1 performance / 6.5.1：

Version 2 performance / 6.5.2：

Version 3 performance / 6.5.3：

Parallel-Vector Skyline Equation Solver for Distributed Memory Computers / 6.6：

Parallel-Vector Symmetrical Equation Solver / 7.1：

Basic symmetrical equation solver / 7.2.1：

Parallel-vector performance improvement in decomposition / 7.2.2：

Communication performance improvement in factorization / 7.2.3：

Forward/backward elimination / 7.2.4：

Numerical Results and Discussions / 7.3：

FORTRAN Call Statement to Subroutine Node / 7.4：

Parallel-Vector Unsymmetrical Equation Solver / 7.5：

Parallel-Vector Unsymmetrical Equation Solution Algorithms / 8.1：

Basic unsymmetric equation solver / 8.2.1：

Detailed derivation for the [L] and [U] matrices / 8.2.2：

Basic algorithm for decomposition of "full" bandwidth/column heights unsymmetrical matrix / 8.2.3：

Basic algorithm for decomposition of "variable" bandwidths/column heights unsymmetrical matrix / 8.2.4：

Algorithms for decomposition of "variable" bandwidths/column heights unsymmetrical matrix with unrolling strategies / 8.2.5：

Parallel-vector algorithm for factorization / 8.2.6：

Forward solution phase [L]{y}={b} / 8.2.7：

Backward solution phase [U] {x{ = {y{ / 8.2.8：

Numerical Evaluations / 8.3：

A Few Remarks On Pivoting Strategies / 8.4：

A FORTRAN Call Statement to Subroutine UNSOLVER / 8.5：

A Tridiagonal Solver for Massively Parallel Computers / 8.6：

Basic Sequential Solution Procedures for Tridiagonal Equations / 9.1：

Cyclic Reduction Algorithm / 9.3：

Parallel Tridiagonal Solver by Using Divided and Conquered Strategies / 9.4：

Parallel Factorization Algorithm for Tridiagonal System of Equations Using Separators / 9.5：

Forward and Backward Solution Phases / 9.6：

Forward solution phase: [L] {z} = {y} / 9.6.1：

Backward solution phase: [U] {x} = {z} / 9.6.2：

Comparisons between Different Algorithms / 9.7：

Numerical Results / 9.8：

A FORTRAN Call Statement To Subroutine Tridiag / 9.9：

Sparse Equation Solver with Unrolling Strategies / 9.10：

Basic Equation Solution Algorithms / 10.1：

Choleski algorithm / 10.2.1：

LDL[superscript T] algorithm / 10.2.2：

Reordering Algorithms / 10.3：

Sparse Symbolic Factorization / 10.5：

Sparse Numerical Factorization / 10.6：

Forward and Backward Solutions / 10.7：

Forward substitution phase / 10.7.1：

Backward substitution phase / 10.7.2：

Sparse Solver with Improved Strategies / 10.8：

Finding master (or super) degree-of-freedom (dof) / 10.8.1：

Sparse matrix (with unrolling strategies) times vector / 10.8.2：

Modifications for the chained list array ICHAINL (-) / 10.8.3：

Sparse numerical factorization with unrolling strategies / 10.8.4：

Out-of-core sparse equation solver with unrolling strategies / 10.8.5：

Numerical Performance of the Developed Sparse Equation Solver / 10.9：

FORTRAN Call Statement to SPARSE Equation Solver / 10.10：

Algorithms for Sparse-Symmetrical-Indefinite and Sparse-Unsymmetrical System of Equations / 10.11：

Basic Formulation for Indefinite System of Linear Equations / 11.1：

Rotation Matrix [R] Strategies / 11.3：

Natural 2 x 2 Pivoting / 11.4：

Switching Row(s) and Column(s) During Factorization / 11.5：

Simultaneously Performing Symbolic and Numerical Factorization / 11.6：

Restart Memory Managements / 11.7：

Major Step-by-Step Procedures for Mixed Look Forward/Backward, Sparse LDL[superscript T] Factorization, Forward and Backward Solution With 2x2 Pivoting Strategies / 11.8：

Some Remarks on Unsymmetrical-Sparse System of Linear Equations / 11.9：

Index / 11.11：

Introduction / 1.：

Parallel Computers / 1.1：

Measurements for Algorithms' Performance / 1.2：

95.

図書

95. Scheduling algorithms. 3rd ed (: hc)

Peter Brucker

出版情報:	Berlin : Springer Verlag, c2001 xii, 365 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Classification of Scheduling Problems / 1：

Scheduling Problems / 1.1：

Job Data / 1.2：

Job Characteristics / 1.3：

Machine Environment / 1.4：

Optimality Criteria / 1.5：

Examples / 1.6：

Some Problems in Combinatorial Optimization / 2：

Linear and Integer Programming / 2.1：

Transshipment Problems / 2.2：

The Maximum Flow Problem / 2.3：

Bipartite Matching Problems / 2.4：

The Assignment Problem / 2.5：

Are Coloring of Bipartite Graphs / 2.6：

Shortest Path Problems and Dynamic Programming / 2.7：

Computational Complexity / 3：

The Classes P and NP / 3.1：

NP-complete and NP-hard Problems / 3.2：

Simple Reductions Between Scheduling Problems / 3.3：

Living with NP-hard Problems / 3.4：

Local Search Techniques / 3.4.1：

Branch-and-Bound Algorithms / 3.4.2：

Single Machine Scheduling Problems / 4：

Minimax Criteria / 4.1：

Maximum Lateness and Related Criteria / 4.1.1：

Total Weighted Completion Time / 4.3：

Weighted Number of Late Jobs / 4.3.1：

Total Weighted Tardiness / 4.4.1：

Problems with Release Times and Identical Processing Times / 4.6：

Complexity of Single Machine Problems / 4.6.1：

Parallel Machines / 5：

Independent Jobs / 5.1：

Identical Machines / 5.1.1：

Uniform Machines / 5.1.2：

Unrelated Machines / 5.1.3：

Jobs with Precedence Constraints / 5.2：

Complexity Results / 5.2.1：

Shop Scheduling Problems / 6：

The Disjunctive Graph Model / 6.1：

Open Shop Problems / 6.2：

Arbitrary Processing Times / 6.2.1：

Unit Processing Times / 6.2.2：

Flow Shop Problems / 6.3：

Minimizing Makespan / 6.3.1：

Job Shop Problems / 6.4：

Problems with Two Machines / 6.4.1：

Problems with Two Jobs. A Geometric Approach / 6.4.2：

Job Shop Problems with Two Machines / 6.4.3：

A Branch-and-Bound Algorithm / 6.4.4：

Applying Tabu-Search to the Job Shop Problem / 6.4.5：

Mixed Shop Problems / 6.5：

Problems with Two Jobs / 6.5.1：

Complexity of Shop Scheduling Problems / 6.6：

Due-Date Scheduling / 7：

Problem l / 7.1：

Batching Problem / 7.3：

Single Machine s-Batching Problems / 8.1：

Single Machine p-Batching Problems / 8.2：

The Unbounded Model / 8.2.1：

The Bounded Model / 8.2.2：

Complexity Results for Single Machine Batching Problems / 8.3：

Changeover Times and Transportation Times / 9：

Single Machine Problems / 9.1：

Problems with Parallel Machines / 9.2：

General Shop Problems / 9.3：

Multi-Purpose Machines / 10：

MPM Problems with Identical and Uniform Machines / 10.1：

MPM Problems with Shop Characteristics / 10.2：

Multiprocessor Tasks / 10.2.1：

Multiprocessor Task Systems / 11.1：

Shop Problems with MPT: Arbitrary Processing Times / 11.2：

Shop Problems with MPT: Unit Processing Times / 11.3：

Multi-Mode Multiprocessor-Task Scheduling Problems / 11.4：

Bibliography / 11.5：

Index

Preface

Classification of Scheduling Problems / 1：

Scheduling Problems / 1.1：

96.

図書

96. Theory and applications in inorganic chemistry. 6th ed

Kazuo Nakamoto

出版情報:	Hoboken : Wiley, c2009 xi, 419 p. ; 25 cm
シリーズ名:	Infrared and Raman spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds / Kazuo Nakamoto ; pt. A
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface to The Sixth Edition

Abbreviations

Theory of Normal Vibrations / Chapter 1：

Origin of Molecular Spectra / 1.1：

Origin of Infrared and Raman Spectra / 1.2：

Vibration of a Diatomic Molecule / 1.3：

Normal Coordinates and Normal Vibrations / 1.4：

Symmetry Elements and Point Groups / 1.5：

Symmetry of Normal Vibrations and Selection Rules / 1.6：

Introduction to Group Theory / 1.7：

The Number of Normal Vibrations for Each Species / 1.8：

Internal Coordinates / 1.9：

Selection Rules for Infrared and Raman Spectra / 1.10：

Structure Determination / 1.11：

Principle of the GF Matrix Method / 1.12：

Utilization of Symmetry Properties / 1.13：

Potential Fields and Force Constants / 1.14：

Solution of the Secular Equation / 1.15：

Vibrational Frequencies of Isotopic Molecules / 1.16：

Metal-Isotope Spectroscopy / 1.17：

Group Frequencies and Band Assignments / 1.18：

Intensity of Infrared Absorption / 1.19：

Depolarization of Raman Lines / 1.20：

Intensity of Raman Scattering / 1.21：

Principle of Resonance Raman Spectroscopy / 1.22：

Resonance Raman Spectra / 1.23：

Theoretical Calculation of Vibrational Frequencies / 1.24：

Vibrational Spectra in Gaseous Phase and Inert Gas Matrices / 1.25：

Matrix Cocondensation Reactions / 1.26：

Symmetry in Crystals / 1.27：

Vibrational Analysis of Crystals / 1.28：

The Correlation Method / 1.29：

Lattice Vibrations / 1.30：

Polarized Spectra of Single Crystals / 1.31：

Vibrational Analysis of Ceramic Superconductors / 1.32：

References

Applications in Inorganic Chemistry / Chapter 2：

Diatomic Molecules / 2.1：

Triatomic Molecules / 2.2：

Pyramidal Four-Atom Molecules / 2.3：

Planar Four-Atom Molecules / 2.4：

Other Four-Atom Molecules / 2.5：

Tetrahedral and Square-Planar Five-Atom Molecules / 2.6：

Trigonal-Bipyramidal and Tetragonal-Pyramidal XY[subscript 5] and Related Molecules / 2.7：

Octahedral Molecules / 2.8：

XY[subscript 7] and XY[subscript 8] Molecules / 2.9：

X[subscript 2]Y[subscript 4] and X[subscript 2]Y[subscript 6] Molecules / 2.10：

X[subscript 2]Y[subscript 7], X[subscript 2]Y[subscript 8], X[subscript 2]Y[subscript 9], and X[subscript 2]Y[subscript 10] Molecules / 2.11：

Metal Cluster Compounds / 2.12：

Compounds of Boron / 2.13：

Compounds of Carbon / 2.14：

Compounds of Silicon, Germanium, and Other Group IVB Elements / 2.15：

Compounds of Nitrogen / 2.16：

Compounds of Phosphorus and Other Group VB Elements / 2.17：

Compounds of Sulfur and Selenium / 2.18：

Compounds of Halogen / 2.19：

Appendixes

Point Groups and Their Character Tables / I：

Matrix Algebra / II：

General Formulas for Calculating the Number of Normal Vibrations in Each Species / III：

Direct Products of Irreducible Representations / IV：

Number of Infrared- and Raman-Active Stretching Vibrations for MX[subscript n]Y[subscript m]-Type Molecules / V：

Derivation of Eq. 1.113 / VI：

The G and F Matrix Elements of Typical Molecules / VII：

Group Frequency Charts / VIII：

Correlation Tables / IX：

Site Symmetry for the 230 Space Groups / X：

Index

Preface to The Sixth Edition

Abbreviations

Theory of Normal Vibrations / Chapter 1：

97.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

97. データリテラシー

柴田里程著

出版情報:	東京 : 共立出版, 2001.5 x, 171p ; 22cm
シリーズ名:	データサイエンス・シリーズ / 柴田里程 [ほか] 編集委員 ; 1
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

第1章データサイエンス

1.1 データサイエンスがめざすもの 1

1.2 データの上流から下流まで 2

1.2.1 データサンプリング 2

1.2.2 データとその記述の一体化 3

1.2.3 DandDルール 6

1.2.4 データのブラウジング 7

1.2.5 データに含まれる情報量 7

1.2.6 データモデリング 8

1.2.7 モデルヴァリデーション 10

1.2.8 ソフトウェア 11

1.3 データエンジニアリング 12

1.3.1 データの同化 12

1.3.2 データマイニング 13

1.3.3 データ学習アルゴリズム 13

1.4 データリテラシー 14

1.4.1 データの型 14

1.4.2 データの属性と構造 14

1.4.3 日時の表現 15

1.4.4 背景情報 18

1.4.5 ランダム性と非ランダム性 19

1.4.6 変量 22

1.4.7 平均,分散,標準偏差 22

1.4.8 相関と関係 24

1.4.9 偏差値 25

第2章データ

2.1 データベクトル 27

2.1.1 値 29

2.1.2 属性 30

2.2 データベクトルの構造化 44

2.2.1 配列形式 45

2.2.2 関係形式 46

2.2.3 その他の形式 53

2.3 特別な意味をもつ構造 54

2.3.1 グラフ,関連度表 55

2.3.2 並べ替え 56

2.3.3 時系列 56

2.3.4 点過程データ 57

2.3.5 意図しない観測打切り 57

2.3.6 制約 58

2.3.7 区間 59

2.3.8 基数系 59

2.3.9 座標 61

2.4 データ取得計画 64

2.4.1 ランダム化 64

2.4.2 システマティックな抽出,意図的な抽出 69

2.4.3 実験計画 72

2.5 背景情報 76

2.5.1 改訂の記録 77

2.5.2 参考文献 77

第3章データの浄化と組織化

3.1 事例研究 79

3.1.1 実験データ 79

3.1.2 地震データ 82

3.1.3 気象観測データ 86

3.1.4 マーケティングデータ 92

3.1.5 給油記録データ 95

3.1.6 高血圧症研究データ 98

3.1.7 商品先物取引データ 100

3.2 データの浄化 105

3.2.1 人為的なミスの訂正 105

3.2.2 表現の統一 105

3.2.3 1次データへの絞り込み 106

3.2.4 冗長な変量の削除 106

3.2.5 単位の統一 106

3.2.6 コーディング 106

3.3 データの組織化 107

3.3.1 新たな変量の導入 107

3.3.2 関係形式と配列形式 107

3.3.3 時間の扱い 107

3.4 背景情報の記述 109

3.4.1 データベクトルの属性 109

3.4.2 関係形式や配列形式の背景情報 109

3.4.3 文章での記述 110

第4章データのブラウジング

4.1 データを数値として眺める 112

4.2 データをグラフィカルに眺める 113

4.2.1 散布図 114

4.2.2 時系列図 119

4.2.3 箱型図 128

4.2.4 累積分布図 134

4.2.5 Q-Qプロマット 137

4.3 関係を探る 143

4.3.1 補間と平滑化 144

4.3.2 独立性と無相関 146

4.4 データを変換する 149

4.5 データを分解する 149

第5章データの流通と蓄積

5.1 データの源泉 151

5.2 データの公開 153

5.2.1 データ公開の形式 156

5.2.2 データの著作権 156

5.2.3 データの価値 157

5.3 インターデータベース 158

5.3.1 フローティングDandDインスタンス 159

5.3.2 データの蓄積 160

5.3.3 モデルの蓄積 161

5.4 データの流通と蓄積のもたらす未来 161

参考文献 163

索引 165

第1章データサイエンス

1.1 データサイエンスがめざすもの 1

1.2 データの上流から下流まで 2

98.

図書

98. Mitochondria. 2nd ed

Immo E. Scheffler

出版情報:	Hoboken, N.J. : Wiley-Liss, c2008 xviii, 462 p., [12] p. of plates ; 25 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface

Preface to First Edition

History / 1：

References

Evolutionary Origin of Mitochondria / 2：

Structure and Morphology. Integration into the Cell / 3：

Structure and Morphology / 3.1：

Integration into the Cell / 3.2：

Distribution in the Cytosol / 3.2.1：

Interaction with Cytoskeleton / 3.2.2：

The Dynamics of Mitochondrial Morphology / 3.3：

Mitochondrial Shape Changes / 3.3.1：

Fission / 3.3.1.1：

Fusion / 3.3.1.2：

Distribution During Cell Division / 3.3.2：

During Cell Differentiation / 3.3.3：

Turnover and Degradation / 3.3.4：

Mitochondrial Alterations in Apoptosis / 3.3.5：

Unsolved Problems for the Future / 3.3.6：

Biogenesis of Mitochondria / 4：

The Mitochondrial Genome / 4.1：

Introduction / 4.1.1：

The Mitochondrial Genome in Metazoans / 4.1.2：

The Mitochondrial Genome in Plants / 4.1.3：

The Mitochondrial Genome in Fungi / 4.1.4：

The Mitochondrial Genome in Kinetoplastid Protozoa / 4.1.5：

Mitochondrial Plasmids / 4.1.6：

Fungal Senescence / 4.1.6.1：

Phytopathogenicity / 4.1.6.2：

Cytoplasmic Male Sterility (CMS) / 4.1.6.3：

Nuclear Genes Encoding Mitochondrial Proteins / 4.2：

Enzymes Required for Maintenance and Expression of the Mitochondrial Genome / 4.2.1：

Nucleo-mitochondrial Interactions / 4.2.2：

In Yeast, Saccharomyces cerevisiae / 4.2.2.1：

Regulation of Nuclear Respiratory Genes in Mammalian Cells / 4.2.2.3：

Co-evolution of Nuclear and Mitochondrial Genomes / 4.2.2.4：

Replication and Maintenance of Mitochondrial DNA / 4.3：

DNA Replication in Mammalian Mitochondria / 4.3.1：

mtDNA Repair in Mammalian Mitochondria / 4.3.2：

Recombination in Mammalian Mitochondria / 4.3.3：

mtDNA Maintenance and Replication in Other Organisms / 4.3.4：

Transcription of Mitochondrial DNA-RNA Metabolism / 4.4：

Transcription in Mammalian Mitochondria / 4.4.1：

Transcription of mtDNA in the Yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae / 4.4.2：

Transcription of mtDNA in Plant Mitochondria / 4.4.3：

Transcriptional Termination / 4.4.4：

RNA Processing in Mitochondria / 4.4.5：

RNA Editing in Kinetoplastid Protozoa / 4.4.6：

Editing in Plant Mitochondria / 4.4.7：

Control of mRNA Levels by Turnover / 4.4.8：

Translation of Mitochondrial mRNAs / 4.5：

Codon Usage and tRNA Structure / 4.5.1：

Mitochondrial Ribosomes / 4.5.3：

Cis-Acting Elements / 4.5.4：

Translation Factors / 4.5.5：

Protein Import into Mitochondria / 4.6：

Mitochondrial Targeting of Proteins / 4.6.1：

The Protein Import Machinery of Mitochondria / 4.6.2：

Import of Transfer RNA into Mitochondria / 4.7：

Regulated Protein Degradation in Mitochondria / 4.8：

Mitochondrial Electron Transfer and Oxidative Phosphorylation / 5：

Historical Introduction / 5.1：

The Electron Transport Chain / 5.2：

The Biochemical Components / 5.2.1：

Physical Separation of the Complexes of the ETC / 5.2.2：

Biochemical Fractionations / 5.2.2.1：

Supercomplexes / 5.2.2.2：

Introduction to Bioenergetics / 5.2.3：

Complex I / 5.2.4：

Complex II / 5.2.5：

Nuclear Versus Mitochondrial Location of Complex II Genes / 5.2.5.1：

Complex III / 5.2.6：

Complex IV / 5.2.7：

The Assembly of the Electron Transport Chain Complexes / 5.2.8：

Electron Transport in Other Organisms / 5.3：

NAD(P)H Dehydrogenases / 5.3.1：

A Cyanide-Insensitive Electron Pathway / 5.3.2：

NADH Oxidation in Yeasts / 5.3.3：

Energy Metabolism and NADH Oxidation in Trypanosomes / 5.3.4：

The Chemiosmotic Hypothesis / 5.4：

The Mitchell Hypothesis / 5.4.1：

The Q Cycle / 5.4.2：

Probing the Mitochondrial Membrane Potential with Fluorescent Dyes / 5.4.3：

ATP Synthase (F[subscript 1]F[subscript 0]-ATPase) / 5.5：

X-Ray Structure / 5.5.1：

ATP Synthesis and Catalytic Mechanisms / 5.5.3：

The F[subscript 0] Subcomplex and Proton Flow / 5.5.4：

Assembly of Complex V and Dimerization / 5.5.5：

Control of Respiration and Oxidative Phosphorylation / 5.6：

General Considerations / 5.6.1：

The Role of Substrates / 5.6.1.1：

The Uncoupling Proteins in Warm-Blooded Animals / 5.6.2：

Uncoupling in Other Organisms / 5.6.3：

In Saccharomyces cerevisiae / 5.6.3.1：

In Plants / 5.6.3.2：

Reactive Oxygen Species / 5.7：

Nitric Oxide (NO) / 5.8：

The Role of Specific Lipids / 5.9：

Metabolic Pathways Inside Mitochondria / 6：

The Krebs Cycle / 6.1：

Fatty Acid Metabolism / 6.3：

The Urea Cycle / 6.4：

Biosynthesis of Heme / 6.5：

Cardiolipin and Lipid Biosynthesis/Metabolism / 6.6：

Biosynthesis of Ubiquinol (Coenzyme Q) / 6.7：

Biosynthesis of Fe-S Centers / 6.8：

Transport of Small Solutes into and out of Mitochondria / 6.9：

Porin Alias VDAC / 6.9.1：

The ADP/ATP Translocator / 6.9.3：

The Mitochondrial Carrier Protein Family / 6.9.4：

Cation Transport / 6.9.5：

Transport of Calcium and Its Physiological Role / 6.9.5.1：

The Mitochondrial Permeability Transition / 6.9.6：

Mitochondrial Mutations and Disease / 7：

General Introduction / 7.1：

In Cell Culture / 7.2：

Mitochondrial Mutations in Microorganisms / 7.2.1：

Mitochondrial Mutations in Mammalian Cells in Culture / 7.2.2：

Molecular Genetics of Human Mitochondrial Diseases / 7.3：

Maternal Versus Sporadic Inheritance / 7.3.1：

Mapping mtDNA Deletions/Rearrangements / 7.3.3：

mtDNA Point Mutations and Maternal Inheritance / 7.3.4：

Mitochondria and Oogenesis / 7.3.5：

Clinical Aspects of Mitochondrial DNA Mutations / 7.3.6：

MtDNA Deletions: Kearns-Sayre Syndrome and Pearson Syndrome / 7.3.6.1：

Familial Mitochondrial DNA Depletion / 7.3.6.2：

Point Mutations / 7.3.6.3：

Nuclear Mutations and Mitochondrial Disease / 7.3.7：

Defective Electron Transport Chain / 7.3.7.1：

MtDNA Maintenance and Replication / 7.3.7.2：

Friedreich's Ataxia / 7.3.7.3：

Deafness and Dystonia Syndrome (Mohr-Tranebjaerg Syndrome) / 7.3.7.4：

Conclusion / 7.3.8：

Mitochondrial DNA and Aging / 7.4：

Accumulation of mtDNA Damage and Normal Aging / 7.4.1：

Neurodegenerative Diseases / 7.4.3：

Parkinson's Disease / 7.4.3.1：

Alzheimer's Disease / 7.4.3.2：

Huntington's Disease / 7.4.3.3：

Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) / 7.4.3.4：

Mitochondria and Apoptosis / 7.5：

Cytoplasmic Male Sterility in Plants / 7.6：

Mitochondrial DNA Sequencing and Anthropology / 8：

Human Evolution / 8.1：

Primate Evolution / 8.3：

Human Y Chromosome Variation / 8.4：

Forensic Applications / 8.5：

Future Challenges / 8.6：

Mitochondria and Pharmacology / 9：

Index / 9.1：

Preface

Preface to First Edition

History / 1：

99.

図書

東工大
目次DB

図書

東工大
目次DB

99. 応用酵素学概論

喜多恵子著

出版情報:	東京 : コロナ社, 2009.5 vi, 183p ; 22cm
シリーズ名:	バイオテクノロジー教科書シリーズ ; 16
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

1　総論

1.1　酵素資源 2

1.2　酵素の生産 6

　1.2.1　菌株の改良 6

　1.2.2　培地および培養条件 7

　1.2.3　培養法 9

1.3　抽出と精製 9

　1.3.1　抽出法 10

　1.3.2　濃縮および脱塩 12

　1.3.3　精製法 13

1.4　酵素のリサイクルと回収 15

　1.4.1　固定化 16

　1.4.2　二相系 19

　1.4.3　濾過 19

1.5　酵素タンパク質の分子工学 20

　1.5.1　理論的分子設計 21

　1.5.2　定方向進化 21

　1.5.3　大量迅速処理スクリーニング技術 22

引用・参考文献 22

2　酵素各論

2.1　酸化還元酵素 24

　2.1.1　CH-OHを供与体とする酸化還元酵素（EC1.1群） 24

　2.1.2　アルデヒドを供与体とする酸化還元酵素（EC1.2群） 26

　2.1.3　CH-NH2を供与体とする酸化還元酵素（EC1.4群） 27

　2.1.4　窒素化合物を供与体とする酸化還元酵素（EC1.7群） 29

　2.1.5　ペルオキシダーゼ（peroxidase）（EC1.11.1群） 29

　2.1.6　オキシゲナーゼ（oxygenase） 31

2.2　転移酵素 31

　2.2.1　メチルトランスフェラーゼ（methyltransferase，EC2.1.1群） 31

　2.2.2　（アミノアシルトランスフェラーゼ（aminoacyltransferase，EC2.3.2群） 32

　2.2.3　グリコシルトランスフェラーゼ（glycosyltransferase，EC2.4群） 33

　2.2.4　トランスアミナーゼ（transaminase，EC2.6.1群） 35

　2.2.5　ホスホトランスフェラーゼ（phosphotransferase，EC2.7.1群） 37

　2.2.6　ヌクレオチジルトランスフェラーゼ（nucleotidyltransferase，EC2.7.7群） 38

2.3　加水分解酵素 39

　2.3.1　糖質分解酵素（glycosylase）（EC3.2群） 39

　2.3.2　プロテアーゼ（protease）（EC3.4群） 47

　2.3.3　脂質分解酵素（EC3.1群） 51

　2.3.4　ヌクレアーゼ（nuclease）（EC3.1群） 53

　2.3.5　ペプチド結合以外のC-N結合を加水分解する酵素（EC3.5群） 56

　2.3.6　その他の加水分解酵素 58

2.4　リアーゼ 59

　2.4.1　C-Cリアーゼ（EC4.1群） 60

　2.4.2　C-Oリアーゼ（EC4.2群） 61

　2.4.3　C-Nリアーゼ（EC4.3群） 62

　2.4.4　C-Sリアーゼ（EC4.4群） 63

2.5　異性化酵素 63

2.6　リガーゼ 65

2.7　補酵素 68

引用・参考文献 73

3　酵素の応用

3.1　食品加工での利用 74

　3.1.1　デンプン加工 74

　3.1.2　デンプン以外の糖の加工 82

　3.1.3　タンパク質加工 84

　3.1.4　果実，野菜，穀類などの加工 88

　3.1.5　アルコール飲料製造への利用 92

　3.1.6　製パン・製菓への利用 96

　3.1.7　乳製品の加工 98

　3.1.8　卵の加工 98

　3.1.9　茶の加工 99

　3.1.10　油脂の加工 99

3.2　食品関連工業での利用 101

　3.2.1　アミノ酸の製造 101

　3.2.2　呈味性ヌクレオチドの製造 107

　3.2.3　その他 110

3.3　化学工業での利用 110

　3.3.1　洗剤用酵素 111

　3.3.2　繊維加工用酵素 116

　3.3.3　紙・パルプ関連酵素 119

　3.3.4　飼料用酵素 120

　3.3.5　有機合成への応用 122

3.4　分析・計測への利用 132

　3.4.1　目的物質の定量分析 132

　3.4.2　酵素活性の定量 139

　3.4.3　センサー 146

　3.4.4　酵素免疫検定法 149

3.5　医薬・化粧品としての利用 150

　3.5.1　治療用酵素 150

　3.5.2　化粧品への応用 158

3.6　研究試薬 159

　3.6.1　遺伝子解析 160

　3.6.2　タンパク質の解析 165

　3.6.3　その他 166

3.7　環境保全への利用 166

　3.7.1　有害物質の分解除去 166

　3.7.2　未利用バイオマスの活用 167

引用・参考文献 173

付録　EC番号別酵素 174

索引 179

1　総論

1.1　酵素資源 2

1.2　酵素の生産 6

100.

図書

100. High resolution NMR : theory and chemical applications. 3rd ed

Edwin D. Becker

出版情報:	San Diego : Academic Press, c2000 xvi, 424 p. ; 24 cm
子書誌情報:	loading…
所蔵情報:	loading…

目次情報: 続きを見る

Preface to the Third Edition

Introduction / 1：

Origins and Early History of NMR / 1.1：

High Resolution NMR: An Overview / 1.2：

Additional Reading and Resources / 1.3：

The Theory of NMR / 2：

Nuclear Spin and Magnetic Moment / 2.1：

Theoretical Descriptions of NMR / 2.2：

Steady-State Quantum Mechanical Description / 2.3：

Effect of the Boltzmann Distribution / 2.4：

Spin-Lattice Relaxation / 2.5：

Precession of Nuclear Magnetic Moments / 2.6：

Classical Mechanical Description of NMR / 2.7：

Magnetization in the Rotating Frame / 2.8：

Methods of Obtaining NMR Spectra / 2.9：

Dynamic Processes / 2.10：

Terminology, Symbols, Units, and Conventions / 2.11：

Problems / 2.12：

Instrumentation and Techniques / 3：

Advantages of Pulse Fourier Transform NMR / 3.1：

Basic NMR Apparatus / 3.2：

Requirements for High Resolution NMR / 3.3：

Detection of NMR Signals / 3.4：

Phase Cycling / 3.5：

Fourier Transformation of the FID / 3.6：

Data Acquisition / 3.7：

Data Processing / 3.8：

Digital Filtering / 3.9：

Alternatives to Fourier Transformation / 3.10：

Sensitivity and Size of Sample / 3.11：

Useful Solvents / 3.12：

Chemical Shifts / 3.13：

The Origin of Chemical Shifts / 4.1：

Theory of Chemical Shifts / 4.2：

Measurement of Chemical Shifts / 4.3：

Empirical Correlations of Chemical Shifts / 4.4：

Some Aspects of Proton Chemical Shifts / 4.5：

Nuclei Other Than Hydrogen / 4.6：

Compilations of Spectral Data and Empirical Estimates of Chemical Shifts / 4.7：

Isotope Effects / 4.8：

Effects of Molecular Asymmetry / 4.9：

Paramagnetic Species / 4.10：

Coupling between Pairs of Spins / 4.11：

Origin of Spin Coupling Interactions / 5.1：

General Aspects of Spin-Spin Coupling / 5.2：

Theory of Spin-Spin Coupling / 5.3：

Correlation of Coupling Constants with Other Physical Properties / 5.4：

Effect of Exchange / 5.5：

Spin Decoupling and Double Resonance / 5.6：

Structure and Analysis of Complex Spectra / 5.7：

Symmetry and Equivalence / 6.1：

Notation / 6.2：

Energy Levels and Transitions in an AX System / 6.3：

Quantum Mechanical Treatment / 6.4：

The Two-Spin System without Coupling / 6.5：

Factoring the Secular Equation / 6.6：

Two Coupled Spins / 6.7：

The AB Spectrum / 6.8：

AX, AB, and A[subscript 2] Spectra / 6.9：

"First-Order" Spectra / 6.10：

Symmetry of Spin Wave Functions / 6.11：

General Procedures for Simulating Spectra / 6.12：

Three-Spin Systems / 6.13：

Relative Signs of Coupling Constants / 6.14：

Some Consequences of Strong Coupling and Chemical Equivalence / 6.15：

"Satellites" from Carbon-13 and Other Nuclides / 6.16：

The AA'BB' and AA'XX' Systems / 6.17：

Spectra of Solids / 6.18：

Spin Interactions in Solids / 7.1：

Dipolar Interactions / 7.2：

"Scalar Coupling" / 7.3：

The Heteronuclear Two-Spin System / 7.4：

Dipolar Decoupling / 7.5：

Cross Polarization / 7.6：

The Homonuclear Two-Spin System / 7.7：

Line Narrowing by Multiple Pulse Methods / 7.8：

Anisotropy of the Chemical Shielding / 7.9：

Magic Angle Spinning / 7.10：

Quadrupole Interactions and Line-Narrowing Methods / 7.11：

Other Aspects of Line Shapes / 7.12：

Orientation Effects in Liquids: Liquid Crystals / 7.13：

Relaxation / 7.14：

Molecular Motions and Processes for Relaxation in Liquids / 8.1：

Nuclear Magnetic Dipole Interactions / 8.2：

Nuclear Overhauser Effect / 8.3：

Relaxation via Chemical Shielding Anisotropy / 8.4：

Electric Quadrupole Relaxation / 8.5：

Scalar Relaxation / 8.6：

Spin-Rotation Relaxation / 8.7：

Relaxation by Paramagnetic Substances / 8.8：

Other Factors Affecting Relaxation / 8.9：

Pulse Sequences / 8.10：

The Spin Echo / 9.1：

The Carr-Purcell Pulse Sequence / 9.2：

Correcting for Pulse Imperfections / 9.3：

Spin Locking / 9.4：

Selective Excitation / 9.5：

Decoupling / 9.6：

Polarization Transfer Methods / 9.7：

Two-Dimensional NMR / 9.8：

General Aspects of 2D Spectra / 10.1：

A Survey of Basic 2D Experiments / 10.2：

Data Acquisition and Processing / 10.3：

Sensitivity Considerations / 10.4：

Density Matrix and Product Operator Formalisms / 10.5：

The Density Matrix / 11.1：

Transformations of the Density Matrix / 11.2：

The One-Spin System / 11.3：

The Two-Spin System / 11.4：

INEPT and Related Pulse Sequences / 11.5：

Product Operators / 11.6：

Coherence Transfer Pathways / 11.7：

Selected 1D, 2D, and 3D Experiments: A Further Look / 11.8：

Spectral Editing / 12.1：

Double Quantum Filtering Experiments / 12.2：

COSY / 12.3：

Heteronuclear Correlation by Indirect Detection / 12.4：

Three- and Four-Dimensional NMR / 12.5：

Elucidation of Molecular Structure and Macromolecular Conformation / 12.6：

Organic Structure Elucidation / 13.1：

Application of Some Useful 2D Methods / 13.2：

Structure and Configuration of Polymers / 13.3：

Three-Dimensional Structure of Biopolymers / 13.4：

NMR Imaging and Spatially Localized Spectroscopy / 13.5：

Use of Magnetic Field Gradients to Produce Images / 14.1：

Use of 2D NMR Methods in Imaging / 14.2：

k Space; Echo Planar Imaging / 14.3：

Factors Affecting Image Contrast / 14.4：

Chemical Shift Imaging and in Vivo Spectroscopy / 14.5：

NMR Imaging in Solids / 14.6：

Properties of Common Nuclear Spins / 14.7：

ABX and AA'XX' Spectra / Appendix B：

The ABX System / B.1：

The AA'XX' System / B.2：

Review of Relevant Mathematics / Appendix C：

Complex Numbers / C.1：

Trigonometric Identities / C.2：

Vectors / C.3：

Matrices / C.4：

Spin Matrices / Appendix D：

One Spin / D.1：

Two-Spin System / D.2：

Selected Answers to Problems / Appendix E：

References

Index

Preface to the Third Edition

Introduction / 1：

Origins and Early History of NMR / 1.1：

文献の複写および貸借の依頼を行う

文献複写・貸借依頼

検索結果: 8178 件

選択: 全てをチェック | 全てのチェックをはずす

表示順選択

10 | 50 | 100 / ページ

絞り込み条件: